ML20078F053
ML20078F053 | |
Person / Time | |
---|---|
Site: | Oconee, Mcguire, Catawba, McGuire, 05000000 |
Issue date: | 07/01/1983 |
From: | DUKE POWER CO. |
To: | |
Shared Package | |
ML16162A491 | List: |
References | |
PROC-830701, NUDOCS 8310070152 | |
Download: ML20078F053 (457) | |
Text
- .- - - . . . . .-, ._. .
/
Duke Power Ccmoany Crisis Mangement Organization For -
Nuclear Stations 5.3.1 Recovery Manager & Immediate Staff Group Plan 2/25/81; Rev. I 11/15/81; Rev. 2 4/30/82; Rev. 3 7/9/82; Rev. 4 10/22/82 Rev. 5 2/28/83; Rev. 6 6/15/93 e
8310070152 831004 PDR ADOCK 05000269 F PDR W
4w * .,4 '
- v. ,
~, . 21_*
. . .
- y .aa.N*T.N?
T*
.r I,a=w=aac.........................................*************** 2 mN................................................
4 4.. VMCr.N..
- 1 maAw 1
- M*
- 1... P }.1.N b e . f.'Iy b C** *
.*1.. . fweN C. *4.3 .* t..*4 . .E.* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... f.4
,I / , Nh .I M eN .
Y ,'.
- 2% a j
S s.T*4' 0.
t.
. . .t e...-.-
t .
. ggy. n.
.$.J 4../ 0.
- m. e* * *
.n
'm . . : , -
q ., 5-
- . .e----
us:
The Recover / Manager anc : meciata Staf' art rescensicle for t. e overall management anc escoverj cf nuclear statien(s) emergency si watiens recui-ing ac-ivation of ne C.-isis Managsment Plan.
.me. ,.e
. m p
9 f
3 ' *me
.ess
\4 ,
- z. ; .
( 2 sev. O
~>
4/ ., .e / o .s..
, , , m e e.e w*a "*
II. RECOVERY MANAGER AND IMMEDIATE STAFF ORGANIZATION
,9h
"$,b_?'
Recovery Manager G. E. Vaugnn - Primary J. Ed. Smita - Alternate" M. O. McIntosh - Alternate" J. W. Hamoton - Alternate" Emergency Response Acministrative Asst.
Coordinator L. Kessler R. M. Glover Senior Company Officer A. C. Thies - Primary W. H. Owen - Alternate (a4Q.
V~' * - In an emergency at one of the comoany's nuclear stations, the stalion managers at One two unaffected station will be used as alternates to the Recovery Manager and Public Spokesman. The primary Recovery Manager will decide, at the time, based upon the situation, who will be alternate Recovery Manager and who wi'll be alternata Public Spokesman. If the Primary Recovery Manager listed acove is not available at the time of the emergency, the Alternate contacted will become the Primary Recovery Manager and will make the determination of alternates.
(
- (w-2
'e
- 3 Rev. 4 10/22/82
~ - - - - - - -- .e-- - - - - - . , = - , - ,. - , . - , , - - . - - .--, - - - . - - - , -
_ .- ~- -. -. ..- ...- -.
/:'l - III. FUNCTIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES
':T A. Recovery Manager Recorts to: Vice President - Nuclear Production Department Sucervises: Immediate Staff and All Functional Managers Basic Function: Supervises the overall management and recovery of nuclear station emergency situations requiring activation of the Crisis Management Plan.
Primary Resoonsibilities:
- 1. Establish a direct line of communications with the Station Manager / Emergency coordinator to be able to provide input and assistance to the station.
- 2. To direct the functional area managers in necessary tasks to be performed for resolution of the situation.
- 3. To provide a Ouke Power Company management link for coordina-tion with the NRC and other federal agencies.
- 4. To provide a means for management review and approval of recom-mended actions to resolve emergency situations.
S.
(. ~ 5. To make recommendations to offsite agencies for public protec-tive actions. ..
Princioal Working Relationshics:
- 1. Station Manager for status updates, system operation, and other necessary information.
- 2. Function Managers for distribution of work tasks.
- 3. NRC and other federai agencies for consultation and recom-mendations.
- 4. State and local officials for making public protective action recommendations.
B. Emergency Response Coordinator g Reoorts to: Recovery Manager Suoervises:
Basic Functions: Advise the Recovery Manager on the Crisis Management Plan and Station Emergency Plan relationship to the emergency situation.
(O 4 Rev. 5 2/28/83
_,r_ ~no-. ~~
T,.
('if,$.. .
caimarv Rescensitf7 fries:
(
1.
Assist ne Recovery Manager in classifica:icn of emergercy c:ncitions, rec:mmencaticas to offsita authori:1es, anc in ::n-sultations with NRC anc c:ner feceral agencies.
- 2. Partici atas as a memcer of the Rec:very Manager's Acviscry Su::crt Grouc.
Pained:a? Werxine Relatiensnies:
- 1. Rec very Manager for $mergancy .31an c:nsiceraticas
- 2. Functional Managers /Acministrative Assistant for worx tasks
- 2. NRC for E=ergency Plan c:ns4derations C. Rec:very Manager's Acministrative Assistan:
, Recerts to: Rec:very Manager Se:ervises:
Basie : unction: To, assist the Rec:very Manager in assign =ent anc cistribution of worx tasks, follewu: on s ecific prcjects, in otner reques:s as they arisa; anc to f9;; maintain the official CMC log =ccx of decisions, LJ..;f activities, anc ccerations.
g.- .
Primari Res=ensibilities:
- 1. To assist the Rec very Manager in resolutien of nuclear facility emergencias requiring activatien of the Crisis Manage-ment Pian.
Princical Wertiec Relationshics:
- 1. Recovery Manager for work tasks
- 2. Fune:f onal Manager /E=ergency Cecrcinator for resolutten of tasks
- 0. Senior Cemeany Officer '
Recorts ::: Ouke Pcwer Comcany Presicent, Bearc of Direct rs Sucereises: N/A Basic ~ unction: This positica serves as :ne senior management centact witn One Crisis Management Crgani:ation '
and as :ne feesi ;cin; for cuesticas from ne Governors of Norta anc South C4r: lina, c ner senior level management, anc :ne Scarc of
,.gg.,
Directors.
f.:;+. n -.
t.
5 Rev. 2 a/20/22
t j-Primary Resoonsibilities:
i 1. This position will make an initial " courtesy call" to the Governors of North and South Carolina, making himself/herself available for followup calls on an as-needed, informal basis.
The Governor will be kept up-to-date on the specifics of the 2 situation by his/her staff.
North Carolina Governor's office '
1 South Carolina Governor's office
- 2. This position will serve as the focal point for questions from other senior level management.
i
- 3. This position will serve as the focal point for questions from the Board of Directors.
- 4. This position receives information on the status of the plant from the scheduling coordinator of the Scheduling / Planning Group.
Scheduling Coordinator Can Be Reached At:
-(G.O. - WC 1010) McGuire/ Catawba CMC
.oconee CMC
- 5. This position will receive initial notification from the Recovery Manager as shown in Part IV of this plan.
n S
f 9
6 Rev. 6 6/15/83
-_. . ..-. __, . . _ _ - . . - _ . _ - - _ _ _ _ - . _ _ _ . _ _ . _ . _ . , _ . _ _ . _ . ~ _ _ _ . _ . . - _ _ . _ . . _ . . _
U P
r!'j . IV. NOTIFICATION En0CEDURE - CALL LIST DS Call From Station --lStation Shift Sucervisor or Desicneej
-+dOuty Encineer j
,_) G. E. Vaughn work home ,i of 1
The person contacted by the _g, J. Ed Smith - work Outy Engineer is responsible for home contacting the others in this area (except for the or manager of the affected l station) and to make the M. D. McIntosh - work two calls in the next section. -
-se home or
~
or I
~ '
( .
__, J. W. Hampton - work hcme l 44. Facility Activatien Note:
{. A For Oconee, the quickest access -
- in the evening hours is by automobile.
~
In the daylight hours, one to one and l one-half hours could be saved by flying a " core" group via Thurston frcm Charlotte to Clemson Airport.
l l
Person Contacted Above l R. ii. G iover l A. C. Thies I work .- ) office home home - ,j Information Only y, l
l L Kessler R. W. Bastian W. H. Owa-( work work work - _
home home home -
t ,z ,
i -
k*-
.c l 7 Rev. 5 2/28/83 e
i
,4 :
4
(
i .
i 4
1.
1 1
i
- t j . _
i l CRISIS MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTING PLANS 5.3.4 - Scheduling / Planning Support Group 4
- i 1
. Rev. 7
- Revision Number i
i i June 15, 1983 1
Date i
i e
i h ,
I J
1
't i
k i
n- r,r .~ r, r , v,nem--r---, a.. w p-,, - ...e,,- , w . -- n -n n n .,-,-,.-ea..n-n-m., -.wn.,.n,., , , . --. ,,,- ..,..-.-.,-,..,r-- --.cm--w,
5.3.4 - Scheduling / Planning Support Group TABLE OF CONTENTS Page I. SCOPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 II. FUNCTIONAL RESPONSIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 A. Scheduling / Planning Support Group Manager . . . . . . . . 2 B. Planning Coordinator . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . 3 C. Scheduling Coordinator . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . 4 D. Performance Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 E. Instruments & Controls Coordinator . . . .. . . . . . . . 7 F. Operations Support Coordinator . .. . . . . . .. . . . . 8 III. SCHEDULING / PLANNING GROUP ACTIVATION .. . . . . . . . . . . . 9 IV. EMERGENCY FACILITIES - EQUIPMENT AND RESOURCES . . . . . . . . 10 V. IMPLEMENTATION OF FACILITY AND EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . 11 VI. LONG RANGE RECOVERY FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 12 VII. FIGURES
- 1. Reporting Requirements . . . . . ... . .. . .. . . .. 13
- 2. " Call Tree". . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . .. . . . . .. 14
- 3. Telephone Directory .. . .. . . . .. . .... . . . 15-16
- 4. Organization Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 17
- 5. Activation Message Format . .... . . ... . .... . 18 i Rev. 5 October 22, 1982 l
I. SCOPE The Scheduline/ Planning Support Group performs a dual role in emergency /
recovery situations. During the emergency phase of an incident, the group provides direct support to the Recovery Manager ard the other Function Managers' by maintaining trending displays and logs of critical plant parameters and by periodically providing an analysis and review of important changes that have occurred. In the long term recovery effort the individuals perform the functions of planning work items, scheduling the effort, and checking the progress of the work.
Fu'rther, the Scheduling / Planning function includes Operations Support.
Personnel in this section support the station in their need for additional manpower, analysis, or procedures in operations.
+
l 1 Rev. 7 June 15, 1983
II. FUNCTIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES A. Scheduling / Planning Support Group Manager Reports to: Recovery Manager Supervises: Scheduling / Planning Staff functions of Planning Coordinator, Scheduling Coordinator and Performance Monitor Basic Functions:
i This individual is responsible, in the emergency phase of an incident, for maintaining and updating plant status information in the nearsite Crisis Management Center (CMC) and to provide an informed contact for upper level manage-ment. In the recovery phase of an incident, this individual is responsible for formulating, coordinating, and expediting plans and schedules for the Recovery Manager.
1 Primary Responsibilities:
- 1. During the emergency phase of an incident:
- a. Distribute updated plant status sheets and other information to CMC personnel (see procedure 5.3.9).
- b. Update and maintain-trends of critical parameters in Recovery Manager's office.
- c. Provide a contact for upper-level management.
This contact will be knowledgeable of plant systems and the emergency situation.
- d. Provide a contact for NRC and INPO in the CMC.
- 2. During the recovery phase of an incident:
- a. Meet with and evaluate reports developed by the Planning Coordinator, Scheduling Coordinator, and Performance Monitor.
- b. Formulate plans and schedules for the upcoming work periods based on Coordinator and monitor recommendations and report evaluations.
- c. Meet with the Recovery Manager as required.
Present concise progress reports, activity schedules, and overall progress review meeting
+ agendas.
2 Rev. 7 .
June 15, 1983
B. Planning Coordinator .
Recorts to: Scheduling / Planning Support Group Manager Suoervises: N/A Basic Functions:
In the emergency phase of an incident this position serves as the contact for upper level management and provides support in the update and maintenance of plant status information. Further, this individual, through the Scheduling / Planning Manager, keeps the Recovery Manager and Staff aware of critical parameters and status of the event.
In the recovery phase of an incident, this position serves as the focus for information from all recovery forces and formulates this information into a logical recovery plan. This position also maintains records and prepares progress reports on recovery operations.
This position prepares the agenda for and keeps minutes of progress review meetings.
Primary Resoonsibilities:
- 1. In the emergency phase of an incident:
- a. Serve as information contact for upper-level management (primary).
- b. Maintains awareness of the situation, provides updates to the Recovery Manager every 30 minutes, and considers the potential release pathways in determining critical parameters,
- c. Update INPO at 404-953-0904 o.r 404-953-5355 ,
on a periodic basis,
~
- d. Update NRC via the " Red Phone" on a periodic basis,
- e. Works with Crisis News Director _to prepare notepad entries on the situation. No less than every 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> an entry will be prepared, will be approved by the Recovery Manager, and will l be logged onto notepad by either support personnel in Scheduling / Planning or G.O. staff normally responsible for this activity.
- 2. In the recovery phase of an incident:
- a. Provide 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> coverage throughout the I incident for this function.
3 Rev. 7 June 15, 1983 1
I
i b. Establish a contact with each unit of the recovery team and the station staff.
Arrange to receive up-to-date status reports of
~
c.
the unit / plant conditions from other crisis management groups. This information will be maintained on an up to date status board stating items such as temperature, pressure, chemistry, radiation levels, etc. The board will be in easy access to the Recovery Manager and Scheduling Planning Manager. A written version of this information will be prepared oy the Planning Coordinator on a timely basis.
- d. Work with the Performance Monitors and other Crisis Management groups to determine the job requirements and basic ii1 formation on all work activities to be performed. This information 4
shall be maintained in report form and shall detail the work to be performed, the responsible individual, estimated work time, estimated man-power, and anticipated problems with meeting the scheduled work time. This information will be provided to the Scheduling Coordinator,
- e. Meet periodically with the Scheduling Coordinator and Performance Monitors to develop a concise overall recovery effort status report.
- f. Reporting requirements are described in Figure 1.
C. Scheduling Coordinator Reports to: Scheduiing/ Planning Support Group ..anager Supervises: N/A Basic Functions:
During the emergency phase of an incident, this position pi . ides support in the update and maintenance of plant sta information. During the recovery phase this posi-tion works with the planning coordination function to reduce recovery activities planning into a clear straight-forward schedule for presentation to the Recovery Manager.
Schedules will be presented using graphic techniques in such a manner that they can be revised as required.
Primary Responsibilities:
- 1. In the emergency phase of an incident:
4 Rev. 7 June 15, 1983
- a. Assist in the update and maintenance of plant status information (trends, critical parame-ters, distribution of graphical analysis, etc.).
- 2. In the recovery phase:
- a. Develop daily, two day, and long range (crisis duration), schedules from time and priority estimates provided by the Planning Coordinator, Performance Monitor, or other Crisis Management staff. This information-will be made available in both graphic and written report form.
- b. In their scheduling, use input from the Performance Monitors to determine whether or not a specific item is available for implementa-tion on the prescnt schedule.
- c. Update the schedule board as new information becomes available and include project milestones that must be overcome on all three schedules.
(i.e., daily, two day, and long range).
- d. Receive progress reports on individual activities from the Performance Monitors to update schedules.
- e. Meet periodically with the Planning Coordinator and the Performance Monitors to develop a concise overall recovery effort status report.
. The responsibility for the production of this report lies with the Planning Coordinator and he will supply the document developed within the group to the Scheduling / Planning Manager.
- f. Reporting requirements are described in Figure 1.
- g. Serve as the backup contact for senior level Duke Power Company management.
D. Performance Monitor Reports to: Scheduling / Planning Support Group Manager Supervises: N/A Basic Functions:
In the emergency phase of an incident this position assists in the update and maintenance of plant status information. In the recovery phase this position monitors the execution of the recovery schedule and provides feedback information to the planning / scheduling functions.
5 Rev. 7 June 15, 1983
Primary Responsibilities: -
- 1. In the emergency phase of an incident:
- a. Assist in the update and maintenance of plant status information.
- 2. In the recovery phase:
- a. The Performance Monitors will meet periodically with the Scheduling and Planning Coordinators to develop a concise overall recovery effort status report. The responsibility for the production of this report lies with the Planning Coordinator and he will supply the document to the Scheduling / Planning Manager.
This report will list 'he individual events /
activities and will detail the job description, percent completion, impact on the overall plan (i.e., job priority), any known delay or problem areas, recommendations to resolve known delay / problem areas, scheduled completion date, and expected completion date.
- b. Provide the Scheduling Coordinator a progress report for each individual event / activity on a timely basis. This report will list the following items: ,
- 1. Event / activity title.
- 2. Scheduled time frame for resolution of this item.
- 3. Event status including manpower requirements, material needs, as well as technical /
engineering support required from both inside and outside the responsible group.
- 4. Projected schedule for upcoming " time / work" period including manpower and material require-ments, and technical / engineering support necessary both inside and outside the respon-sible group for each phase of the job.
- 5. Known/ Anticipated - Delay / Problems. This will include an identification or description of these areas, the possible impact on this event's scheduled completion, and, if known, the impact on other related job schedules.
- 6. Develop proposed recommendaticns to resolve known/ anticipated delay / problem areas.
6 Rev. 6 February'28, 1983
- w+ - .m .
1
- 7. Reporting requirements are described in Figure 1.
E. Operations Support Coordinator Reports to: Scheduling / Planning Manager i Coordinates: Support personnel assigned to the plant operations group and support personnel developing procedures for operations use.
I Basic Functions:
Locates and schedules qualified manpower support
~
1.
f1r operations based upon needs specified by the plant and upon the actions planned by the recovery organization.
- 2. Assembles a procedure writing team to develop out-of-normal and emergency procedures in support of plant operations as required by the nature of the emergency.
Primary Responsibilities:
- 1. Provides support to plant operations in monitoring plant parameters and analyzing plant conditions.
- 2. Provides support to plant operations in system valve alignment and equipment operations.
- 3. Acts as the point contact interface between the plant operations group and the recovery organization.
- 4. Provides support to plant operations as necessary to implement recovery organization objectives and collect plant information for the Data Facility.
- 5. Rewrite existing procedures as required to reflect accident conditions.
- 6. Convert plant recovery plans into clear, concise procedures for use by the plant operations group.
Principle Working Relationships
- 1. Plant operations designated contact regarding the most effective utilization of support personnel and implementation of recovery plans as they impact plant cperations.
! 2. Data Facility Coordinator regarding needs for plant information.
7 Rev. 6 February 28, 1983 )
l l
-.____ __._ _.-,_ _ _ _ _ _ __. __-_._- - _ - ~ _ . _ -
,__,___b
- 3. Core Physics Coordinator regarding required operating procedures to protect the core.
III. SCHEDULING / PLANNING SUPPORT GROUP ACTIVATION
- 1. Once it has been determined that an Alert or higher classification event has occurred requiring the activation of the Crisis Management Organization, the Recovery Manager or his designee will contact the Scheduling / Planning Support Group Manager. .This contact will be made according to the format of Figure E-2 of the Crisis Management Plan (CMP).
- 2. The Scheduling / Planning Support Group Manager will initiate activation of the group as described in Figure 2.
- 3. The group will report as noted on the initial callout.
8 Rev. 6 ,
February 28, 1983
~ ,.. -- n. .. - - , - - ,n- g- -,
~
IV. EMERGENCY FACILITIES - EQUIPMENT AND RESOURCES .
A. Facilities The Scheduling / Planning Support Group Manager is located in the Recovery Manager's office in the Crisis Management Center. For Oconee, the Recovery Manager is located in the Oconee Training Center. For McGuire and Catawba,. Scheduling and Planning personnel are to report to WC-1010.
The breakdown of the group for WC-1222 and the nearsite CMC will be done at the time of need.
B. Equipment and Resources
- 1. Communication Communication is by phone. See procedures 5.3.10 "0conee' -
Crisis Phone Directory" and 5.3.11 "McGuire/ Catawba Crisis Phone Directory" for listings.
- 2. Equipment and Supplies Status boards and 10 mile EPZ maps are stored at the Oconee Training Center in the Wachovia Building, 10th floor. Thesa will be used as needed.
l Procedure 5.3.9, " Procedure for Transmitting and Distributing Data and Information" is to be used by the group as called for in the procedure.
5 9 Rev. 7 June 15, 1983
. .e . _ . . . . - . . - . - - . . . - - . . . - ... ...- . . . - . . .
V. IMPLEMENTATION OF FACILITY AND EQUIPMENT
- 1. The phones for WC-1010 and the nearsite CMC group locations will be installed by the Administration and Logistics group. Additional phones can be made available by contacting the Manager of Administration and Logistics.
- 2. Upon arrival at the nearsite CMC, assure that the Recovery Manager's office is properly set up. See Figures H-12 of the CMP for McGuira/
Catawba and H-6 for Oconee.
10 Rev. 7 June 15, 1983
VI. LJNG RANGE RECOVERY FUNCTIONS
- 1. As an event moves into a long-range recovery, appropriate work schedules will be developed. Group members will per~.rm their recovery roles in this period.
- 2. Arrangements for food, lodging, and other services necessary for long range recovery will be made at the time.
4 l
i 11 Rev. 6 l February 28, 1983 )
l
Figure 1 Scheduling / Planning Manager and Grouc - Recort Requirements Planning Coordinator Scheduling Coordinator Performance Monitors Unit Status (Temp., Develop daily, two day, Provide the S.
pressure, etc.) - and long range schedules Coordinator a pro-Both graphical and in both graphic and oress report on each written. written form. individual event /
activity.
Work Activity Job Detail project mile- Meet periodically Reouirements - stones in a separate with P. & S.
(work detailed, written report. Coordinators to manpower, time, d.'velop a concise etc.) Provide Update schedules overall recovery to S. Coordinator. based on progress effort status reports from the report.
Performance Monitors.
Develop overall re- Meet periodically with covery status report P. Coordinator and P.
with the assistance Monitors to develop '
of the S. Coordinator concise overall recovery and Performance effort status report.
Monitors.
Prepare agenda for and keep minutes of the progress review -
meetings.
r 12 Rev. 5 Ocotober 22, 1982
+ - - -
e~ -,g-,. . -- ,. -- ,.. - - - , , - - . - - - - - , - , ,,-c--,-r.,,--,. ---,-- - --- ---e.--
@1 E.
G' irs 4.j%
Figure 2 SCilEDULING/ PLANNING FUNCTION TELEPii0NE NOTIFICATION LISTING i
P.11. Barton S. A. llolland G. W. Itallman L. E. Schmid G. B. Caldwell R. G. Snipes R.W.Rasmussen B.C. Moore R.J.Tomonto S.G.Godwin R.L.Clanton J.H. Graham H. A. Susinno d
T. M. Luniewski r
3 1 r D.D. Dees D.R. Koontz
,(
E. M. Geddie D. . Kesler R. T. Snyder 0. W. Sealy 1
13 Rev. 6 february 28, 1983
l Figure 3 SCHEDULZNG/ PLANNING FUNCTION TELEPHONE DZRECTORY
. Name Office ~ .
Home Schedulino/ Planning Manager --
P. H. Barton ,
Alternates S. A. Holland G. W.- Hallman Planning Coordinator L. E. Schmid Alternate B. C. Moore-D. D. Dees D. R. Koontz R. \l. Rasmussen Scheduling Coordinator R. G. Snipes Alternates M. A. Susinno R. L. Clanton T. M. Luniewski J. N. Graham Performance Monitor G. 8. Caldwell Alternates R. J. Tomonto S. G. Godwin Operations Suoport Coordinator E. -M. Geddie, Jr.
Alternates R. T. Snyder D. C. Kesler.
O. W. Sealy 14 Rev. 7 June 15, 1983
,s .;
Figure 4 f.LL:h .
j Scheduling / Planning Succort Grouc Scheduling / Planning Manager l
l Scheduling Coordinator Planning Coordinator l
Perfomance Monitor Operations Support Coordinator 1
1 l
(fe I5'1 v
15 Rev. 6 February 28, 1983
- - ]
I l
l Figure E-2 Crisis Management Organization (CMO)
Emergency Activation Message ,
The Nuclear Production Duty Engineer is contacted by the Nuclear Station in an emergency with information as shown in Figure E-4. The Duty Engineer contacts the Recovery Manager with that information. If the CMO is to be activated, the Outy Engineer uses this format to contact at least one person from each group shown in Figure B-12 of the Crisis Management Plan. Each group in the CM0 uses this format to alert its members.
Your name .
Person who contacted you Your Group .
Persons you contacted with this message
. (If Any)
Message Format
- 1. This is (caller's name).
- 2. I am notifying you of a drill / actual emergency at Nuclear Station, Unit No. .
- 3.
- At this time the class of emergency is:
Alert Site Area Emergency General Emergency.
- 4. You are to activate your portion of the Crisis Management Organization
- and have them report to: the Charlotte General Office the Oconee Training Center the Liberty Retail Office
- 5. Specific Instructions (if any)
- 6. Please retrun a copy of this completed format to the Emergency Response Coordinator.
16 Rev. 7
. June 15, 1983 i
t June 15, 1983 Emergency Plan
Participants:
I For those of you who are new to the crisis news operation, welcome. For those of you who have participated in the past, we thank you and look forward to your continued professional performance.
q The McGuire emergency communications plan has been totally revised. The McGuire and Catawba plans are now combined in one.
You will note that items referring to Catawba only are designated at the left margin. All other items refer to both McGuire and Catawba.
The most significant change is the Crisis News Center facility.
The Crisis News Center will be located in the O. J. Miller Auditorium in the Electric Center in Charlotte and the News Center staff will be working out of the Corporate Communications offices located on the fifth floor of the Power Building.
This new plan goes into effect July 1, 1983. Destroy old copies of the McGuire emergency plan. Take a copy of the new one home and keep the second copy for office use. Put the McGuire/ Catawba plan under the enclosed McGuire/ Catawba section divider in the Crisis News Group Plan (orange binder).
Please call if you have any questions about the plan. I look forward to working with you on this next drill.
Sincerely, 4 s' Diane Savage Community Programs Assistant Enclosures.
'P. S. The "My Job" page should be inserted in front of your particular job description section for easy access.
.- [
i i
4 i
8 1
i i
i b
l CRISIS MANAGEMENT PLAN r
1 IMPLEMENTING PLANS f 9 5.3.2 - CRISIS NEWS G1:OUP PLAN 1
McGuire Nuclear Station
\
and i
Catawba Nuclear Station j
1 i
i d.
1 .
1 i
. s i
i 4
4 1
t Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
-r-4 -rw--sowp-+--r-y,4-g,,r -,- mnve n e , ow_--.s--m-g-a-m'-
o,.-erm,m-e-.gv, ,l - w,- og , ,-~s-w-m pen,.,
5.3.2 McGuire/Catawha Crisis News Group Plan t
Table of Contents I. PREAMBLE..... .. .................. . .. ... .... ...... ......... . 2 A. Abbreviations. ... . . ..... ... ..... .... .. ........ ...... .3
, !!. FIGURES...... . .. ..... ........ . .. ............ .. ........ ...... .
Flaure Description / Title I McGuire/ Catawba Organization - Crisis News Center .. . .... . .33
, 2 Crisis Management Organization - Emergency Activation Message..... ........................ .. ..
3 Media Notification Form - McGuire only. .... .... . . .... .. .. . 38
...... .. . 39 4 Media Notification Form - Catawba only..... .. ..... . . . . .. 40 5 Support Coordinator Call List.. ......... ...... .... ... .. ... 41 -
- 6 Second Shift Support Coordinator Call List.............. . ..... 43 7 Media Call Lists (1 5). ............ ... ............... . .. 46 8 Indust ry/ Agency Coordina tor Call List. . . . . . . . . . ........ .. . .. 56 9 Catawba owners Liaison Call List - Catawba Only. ...... ........ 58 10 Governments Coordinator Call List. . ... .... ........ .. . 59 11 State Government Liaison Call List......... . ..... .. .. ... 63 11 Tederal Government Liaison Call List... ..... ......... ... . . 68 13 Crisis Management Center Layout and Media Phones.. . . ... .72 14 Access to CNC........... ... .... . .... .. ... . ... 73 t$ Recovery Manager's Office........ ................. .... .. 74 16 Crisis News Group, PI0s and Offsite Radiological Coordinator Phones...... . ............ ... ............. . ..... .. . .75 17 NRC-States-Counties Conference Room and Phones.. . .... . ..... 76 18 Technical and Radiological Support and Phones.. . . . ..... .77 19 Administration & Logistics and Phones. ... .. .. ... . .... . 78 20 Local and State Agency Emergency Centers.. . ....... . ..... .. 79 21 Evacuatioa Times - McGuire. . . ..... ........ ... ... ... . 80 22 Evacuation Routes - McGuire....,.... . .... . . .., . .81 e
23 Special Facilities Location - McGuire... ... .... . . ... .82
\ 24 Special Facilities-Population - McGuire. . . . .. .. . .. 83 25 Permanent Population by Sector - McGuire. ... .. .. .. . .84 26 EPZ Area and Populations - McGuire., . ... . . ... . .. . 85 27 Evacuation Times - Catawba.. . . . ... . . . . ... . 86 28 Evacuation Zones - Catawba. .... .... .. ... . . . ... . ,. .87 29 Special Facilities Location - Catawba.. .... ....... . .... 88 30 SPecial Facilities-Population - Catawba. .... ... ... .89 31 Permanent Population by Sector - Catawba. .... . .. . . . .... 92 32 Transient Population by Sector - Catawba.. ... .. . . ... 93 33 Westinghouse Reactor - Cutaway Drawing... . . . ... .. .. 94 34 Westinghouse Steam Generator - Cutaway Drawing. . ..... . .95 35 Westinghouse Fuel Assembly - Cutaway Drawing., .. .. . . .96 36 Westinghouse MSSS - Schematic Drawing. .. . .... . .97 37 Westinghouse Pressurizer - Cutaway Drawing.... .. . ... .. 98 38 Westinghouse Reactor Coolant Pump - Cutaway Drawing. ... . .99 III. FUNCTIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES A. Crisis News Director..... .. .. . ... .. . ... . . .4 -
B. Assistant Crisis News Director. .. .. ... ...... . .... . 7 C. Public Spokesperson. ... .. . . . .. . . .. 4 D. Monitor... .... ... . . . .... . . . . .9 E. Support Coordinator. . ... .. .. .. .. . .10 F. Secretarial. Team.....
G.
... .... . .. .. .. . . .12 Media Notification Team., . . ... .. . .14 H. Media Coordinator ....... .. .. . . . . .15
- 1. Media Registration Coordinator.. .. . . .. 16 J. Technical Briefers.. .. ... . .. .. . ... . . .18 K. Audio / Visual Coordinator. .. . .
. .. . . . 19 L. Communications Coordinator.... . . 20 M. Internal Communications Coordinator. . . . . .21 N. Industry / Agency Coordinator. .. ..... .. . . . 25 O. Catawba owners Liaison - Catawba ONLY.. . . .26 P. Governments Coordinator. . . . . . .27 Q. State Government Liaison. . . . . .28 R. Federal Government Liaison. . . . . .29 S. State Command Post Liaison. . . . .30 IV. CRISIS NEWS GROUP ACTIVATION " CALL TREE".. . . . .31 V. CRISIS KEWS CENTER FACILITY. . . . . . . .. .32 Rev. 1
-g- June 15. 1983 e
I. PREAMBLE A Crisis Management Plan (CMP) has been prepared for Duke Power Company nuclear facilities. The CMP is designed solely to assist personnel at the affected facility so that the emergency can be brought under control until it no longer is an emergency. Part of the CMP provides for a Crisis News Group and Crisis News Center (CNC).
There will be intense media interest in any kind of an event at a nuclear station that ,has the potential, as perceived by the media, to cause widespread damage and inj ury. From this standpoint, the CNC will play an important role in the recovery effort with ultimate direction coming from the Recovery Manager. The smooth functioning of the crisis news staff will go a long way toward keeping the crisis in perspective without unduly frightening the general public.
In order for the CNC to operate at a high credibility level, a series of functions has been developed so that Duke Power will communicate to different publics, each having a need to know basic 'information so that they may take whatever action is deemed appropriate. These functions and activities are explained in the following sections. The plan has been designed so that there are two 12-hour shifts. They are designated as Shift I and Shift 2. All designated section heads, once notified by the NC, are responsible for notifying other members of their support group.
Refer to Call Tree p. 31. Annual retraining sessions will be held in order that everyone understands his/her role and any revision that may have been made.
To be effective, there necessarily must be a single spokesperson who will be dealing with the media. This spokesperson is clearly identified in a subsequent section along with the position functions. There may be times when others on the crisis news staff will be asked questions by the media and other publics such as . employees , industry representatives and government otficials. The questions should be answered if possible, but under no circumstance is a member of the crisis news staff authorized to speculate or go beyond the public statements that have been issued by the public spokesperson.
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
ABBREVIATIONS A/VC Audio / Visual Coordinator ACND Assistant C'risis News Director CC Communications Coordinator CMC Crisis Management Center CMP Crisis Management Plan CNC Crisis News Center CND Crisis News Director COL Catawba Owners Liaison EPZ Emergency Planning Zone FGL Federal Government Liaison GC -Governments Coordinator I/AC Industry / Agency Coordinator ICC Internal Communications Coordinator M Monitor 1
MC Media Coordinator 4
MRC Media Registration Coordinator PS Public Spokesperson SC Support Coordinator SCPL State Command Post Liaison SERT State Emergency Response Team SGL State Government Liaison TB Technical Briefers Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
5-B 4
III. FUNCTONAL RESPONSIBILITIES A. Crisis News Director (CND)
Office Home Time CRISIS NEWS DIRECTOR Telephone Telephone- Called Shif t .1 - MARY CARTWRIGifT '
j Shif t 2 - MARY BOYD Reports To: Recovery Manager Supervises: . Crisis News Group, Figure 1, p. 33-37.
Basic Functions:
- 1. Activate the primary / alternate Crisis News Center (CNC).
- 2. Manage all activities at the CNC for duration of the emergency.
- 3. Be the final arbiter on all decisions to be made with respect to operation of the CNC.
- 4. Upon notification of a crisis, determine degree of activation for CNC staff.
- 5. Call news conferences to order, introduce spoksperson and close the news conference.
Primary Responsibilities
- 1. Contact the Support Coordinator and indicate nature of the emergency, staf fing requirements, and information to be released to the news media. (See Figure 2, p. 38, for message format fo r news group calls and Figure 3, p. 39 - McGuire, and Figure 4, p.
40 - Catawba, for calls to the media.)
SUPPORT Office Home Time COORDINATOR Telephone Telephone Called Shift 1 - DIANE SAVAGE
" Shift 2 - SARA EPPERSON (
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
f..
Crisis News Director (CND) .
Primary Responsibilities (cont'd)
- 2. Contact Public Spokesperson and direct individual to report to CNC. If unavailable, call Recovery Manager to determine who PS will be.
Office Home , Time PUBLIC SPOKESPERSON Telephone Telephone '
Called
'i Shift 1 - HAL TUCKER Shift 2 - J. W. HAMPTON or M. D. MCINTOSH RECOVERY MANAGER GERALD VAUGHN __
- 3. Call NRC Region 2 office in Atlanta to notify Public Information Officer (PIO) of nature of emergency, including plans for public dissemination of information'.
Of fice Home Time PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICE Telephone
- Telephone Called _
^
KEN CLARK s
JOE GILLILAND CATAWBA 4. Contact the South Carolina Governor's Press Secretary or designee ONLY and brief individual on the emergency and location of the CNC.
Office Home Time
. Telephone Telephone Called I~~
Primary: JUDY TURNIPSEED Alternate: PURDY MCCLOUD
- After hours, calls are automatically transferred to Bethesda Operations Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
a.
Crisis News Director (CND)
Primary Responsibilities (cont'd)
- 5. Call - N. C. Department of Crime Control 'and Public Safety and brief individual on the emergency and location of the CNC.
Office Home Time Telephone Telephone Called Prima ry: RUSS EDMONSTON Alternate: HIGINAY PATROL COMMUNICATIONS A
- 6. Call vice president, corporate communications, Duke Power Company, Charlotte, N. C. , and indicate nature of the emergency.
Office Home Time VICE PRESIDENT CORPORATE COMMUNICATIONS Telephone Telephone Called KEN CLARK Vice president, corporate communications, ensures staff is in place and assists CNC as appropriate.
- 7. Call ACND and request individual to report for duty at appropriate location and to set up news center with storage items and materials that have been reserved for such an event.
Office Home Time ASSISTANT CRISIS NEWS DIRECTOR Telephone Telephone Called Shift 1 - MIKE DEMBECK Shift 2 - DEBBIE DUBOSE [
- 8. Proceed to the CNC and assist in assembly of CNC personnel.
When the News Group is prepared to support the event, go to the
. Recovery Manager's office, WC-1010.
- 9. Keep the Crisis News staff up-to-date on the situation by holding periodic (1-2 hr.) briefings.
d Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
B. Assistant Crisis News Director (ACND)
Basic Functions The ACND supports the CND and is responsible for notifying the State Command Post Liaison (SCPL) who reports to the MC. The ACND is responsible for supervising news center activities by directing the SCPL, CC, MC, and SC.
Primary Responsibilities
- 1. When contacted by the CND of the emergdocy situation, the ACND will then call the State Command Post Liaison and request they proceed to the Air National Guard facility at Douglas Airport (McGUIRE ONLY) or Clover Armory (CATAWBA ONLY).
McGuire and Catawba Office Home Time NORTH CAROLINA STATE COMMAVD POST LIAISON Telephone Telephone Called Shift 1 - DON HATLEY Shift 2 - BILL RIXON k .
CATAWBA Catawba Only ONLY SOUTlf CAROLINA
- STATE COMMAND POST LIAISON Shift 1 - CHRIS ROLFE Shift 2 - GARY HEDRICK
- 2. The ACND will' confer regularly with the' SCPL. The SCPL will discuss / exchange .information with state / county informa tion personnel to ensure rapid, accurate response to any rumors that be develop in the state / county center. The AChT will responsible for developing responses to these rumors.
~
- 3. The ACST will keep the crisis news staff and G.O. staff up-to-date on the situation by conducting hourly briefings.
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
C. Public Spokesperson (PS)
Basic Functions / Primary Responsibilities s Of all positions, the PS is the most important from the standpoint of presenting consistent, accurate and factual information and as such is the only member of the Crisis News Team, once arriving at the CNC, who is authorized to speak for Duke Power Company while the crisis i
continues. The PS will address only company actions and will not p discuss state or local activities.
This individual, once informed by the CND that an emergency exists, will immediately go to the CNC so as to be prepared for subsequent public pronouncements. The PS, while assigned to the CNC staff, will
! be located in the Recovery Manager's office during most of the time on duty. The PS needs to be up-to-date on the event so that there is less chance for faulty communications during news briefings.
It is expected that at least three news conferences per day will be held, more if necessary. The PS will work with the CND in determining news conference times and what visuals may be needed and what is to be covered. The PS and CND also will determine the non_-
technical language to be used during media briefings.
Other team members are encouraged to attend news conferences so as to better understand- the events surrounding the crisis in order to 4
transmit information to others who may ask questions or need clari-fication on an issue.
News conferences will be conducted in the O. J. Miller Auditorium in the Electric Center in Charlotte.
, All news releases and public announcements will be approved by the CND and the Recovery Manager. News releases must be reviewed by the NRC site team manager. Assistance in developing the various public announcements will be provided by the PS.
4 1
J
- i Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
'~~ ~e-v g ew,. e ,
.. D. Monitor (M)
Basic Functions / Primary Responsibilities
- 1. This individual, who reports to the CND, will take a position in the Recovery Manager's office and will monitor events as they change.
- 2. When the CND and/or PS are not in the Recovery Manager's office, the monitor takes notes on the situation and updates the CND and PS.
f Rev.,1 June 15, 1983
m E. Support Coordinator (SC)
Basic Functions s
.)
- 1. Assist the ACND.
- n. . !-
.: , a . nQ -
,. p t 3 ;+ 2. -In very early.. phase fof an emergency make a number of telephone
. calls _to group spembers. _
- 3. Reporting to the ACND, the SC is responsible for ensuring that
. , all news releases and transcripts are typed and distributed in a
- e. timely manner. Prior to each news conference, the SC will notify the court reporters and ensure that they are in place.
The SC will assist the MC in setting up the auditorium prior to each news conference.
The SC supports the ACND by taking quality assurance
, responsibility for the news center operation.
- 4. Will make sure all support materials are available and ready for
.. , , y use. , .p
- 5. Keeps section up-to-date on an hourly basis on situation developments.
,2: :_
x.rr.-
- - ~'
PrimaryRe$ponsibilities
. 1. Upon notification by the CND of an emergency requiring activation of the CNC and its staff, contact the requested staff members and advise them of the nature of the emergency and request! :tliem to 7 proceed to the CNC where they will take up 4
(Use ' Figure 2, p. 38, for logging information from positions.
i ! '. > - the CND and- to provide information to news group members.) See Figure 5, p. 41-42, for the Support Coordinator Call List. See Figure 7, p. 46-55, for the five call lists to the media.
- a. Call SC second shift to assist in making first notification calls.
(1) SC second shift will notify:
MC CC MRC ICC TB I/AC A/VC COL GC (2) SC second shift is free to resume other activities.
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 ,
- 4
'? ,
7 Support Coordinator (SC) -
Primary Responsibilities (cont'd)
- b. Contact Court Reporting _ Services requesting they send individuals to CNC. These persons will tran,cribe all news conferences and make hard copy available within a very short period.
COURT REPORTING Office Home Time SERVICES Telephone Telephone Called
~~
BARBARA MILLER ~~
ANN TRAMMELL SANDRA GRIFFIN _ _ _ _ _
- 2. At conclusion of calls, the SC and staff will provide assistance as directed by the ACND.
- 3. Call GO Switchboard to inform them of event so they may refer all calls to 704/373-8138.
Office Time Teleohone Cailed FRAN BUMGARNER y __
after 5:00 p.m.
- 4. At appropriate time, confer with ACND to determine what second shift functions are needed, the number of people nee. led and the time they will be needed. Then contact second shift staff advising them of same.
i Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
F. Secretarial Team Basic Function ,
)
To provide clerical / secretarial ' support within the crisis news group or as requested by the SC.
Primary Responsibilities
- 1. Type and hand deliver all news releases listed below.
I 2. Telecopy all news releases to appropriate agencies listed below.
- 3. Type and distribute CONTACT as deemed appropriate by the ICC.
HAND DELIVER (news releases and news conference transcripts)
(1) CNC personnel .
l (2) Post on Corporate Communications bulletin board (3) Executive Staff: 4 Ken Cla rk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Co rp . Comm .
W. S. Lee...............PB-3020 W. H. Oven..............PB-3020 W. H. Gri gg. . . . . . . . . . . . . PB-3020 A. C. Thies.............PB-3090 F. A. Jenkins...........PB-3010B D. W. Boo th. . . . . . . . . . . . . PB-4034 H. L. Cran fo rd. . . . . . . . . .PB-4032 D. H. Denton............PB-4008 J. S. Major.............PB-1085 J. D. Hicks.............PB-5105 S. C. Grif fith. . . . . . . . . .PB-5121 l (4) AP, UPI, CHARLOTTE OBSERVER, CHARLOTTE NEWS: Knight Publishing Co. , 600 S. Tryon Street. , 5th Floor (8 a.m. -5 p.m.). Af ter 5 p.m. , telecopy to AP and UPI (see below).
~
TELECOPY (news releases)
COMPANY NAME ATTENTION OF TELECOPY NO. VERIFICATION NO.
INPO Angie Howard ~~
.- ,o am-5 pm)
_(8 am-5 pm)
..A
> (24 hrs.)
automatic-6 mins.
Rev. 1 i June 15, 1983 e
Secretarial Team Primary Responsibilities (cont'd)
TELECOPY NO. VERIFICATION NO._
COMPANY NAME ATTENTION OF AIF Scott Peters, or c
Carl Goldstein, or iLswitchboard, pm)
Paul Turner then to automatic ma' chine-6 mins.
(8 am-5 pm) ,-
w NSAC Ray Schuster, or' .
(7:30 am-5 pm)
Dan Van Atta .)
, automatic-6 mins.
ANS V. Gay Easly, or , .
(8 am-a pm)
Darlene Schmidt _(24 hrs.)
automatic-6 mins.
EEI Kirk Willison s s (24 nrs.) (8:30 am-5:30 pm) automatic-6 mins.
NRC Ken Clark ,,
(8 am-5 pm)
(24 brs.)
automatic-6 mins.
s .-
WESTINGHOUSE Mike Mangan C-- (8 am-5 pm)
(24 hrs.)
automatic-6 mins. -
CATAWBA SC State Gov. Bill Goodwin %
Office manual-6 mins ONLY ask for Doris Cobb
-s ~ ' (Columbia)
CATAWBA AP~ --
ONLY ,
daleigh)
- (Not started 12:30 am-6:00 pm, Sundays only)
(Columbia)
CATAWBA UPI [
ONLY
- . (Raleigh)
UPI (Not staffed 1:00 am-5:00 am, seven days a week) 1 Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
G. Media Notification Team Basic Function
- 1. Assists the SC.
- 2. Makes media calls as directed by the SC from media call list, Figure 7, p. 46 to p. 55.
- 3. At completion of calls, assists with clerical / secretarial support within the crisis news group as directed by the SC.
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
l l
4 H. Media Coordinator (MC)
Basic Functions
- 1. The Media Coordinator directs activities of the media registration coordinator, technical briefers and audio-visual staff. The MC ensures that the media have all necessary resources (both information and equipment).
- 2. The MC is familiar with the planned actions of the .various support functions in the unit and is responsible for the overall smooth operation of this section. >
- 3. MC will see that activities of the support functions are coordinated properly. ,
- 4. Keep section up-to-date on an hourly basis on situation developments.
- 5. Note key activity under ACND on page 7.
- 6. Organizes news conferences by notifying media, setting up auditorium and distributing news releases and transcripts (as appropriate).
4 4
d
?
s t
1 i
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 1 *
- . , ,- , v-,. , ,,r ,er--m -rw-, -m,w,-- - - ~ . - - -_w-r--w-e#+,,,,,we----w4-+,mw' y ,w % ,e n ,e-2 er.rre. - - - - . - , --v-.,,e
l l
I. Media Registration Coordinator (MRC) .
! Basic Function i
This individual will work closely with all rredia representatives,
. making sure that they are registered upon arrival at the CNC. The 1
~
MRC and staff will make the media aware of what facilities are available, will maintain a record of the media covering the crisis, t- issue press kits, news releases, and will coordinate with federal and L
state representatives when they arrive at the CNC.
Information representatives from the utility industry, trade associations and government agencies are directed to the Industry /
Agency Coordinator (I/AC).
Primary Responsibilitics
- 1. Upon notification by the NC that the CNC is being activated, the
- MRC will call:
Office Home Time Telephone Telephone Called Shift 1 - FRANK GUDGER (Section Head PAT TATE EARL CARPENTER l
Shift 2 - PALMER HOLT l (Section Head) l CAROL BARRETT JIM HALE _ _ _ _ _
_ t These people will opera te from the News Room and will issue press kits, any news releases that may be applicable and advise media on available facilities (tables, typewritars , telephones, paper, etc.).
l
- 2. Proceed directly to CNC and prepare for arrival of media.
Position staffer as soon as possible at road ent,rance to facility.
- 3. Will set up news conferences and will, to best of ability, inform media of next scheduled news conference.
- 4. If necessary, and after consultation with CND, will utilize services of ICC for assistence in media registration and will
- post current news releases in the registration area in the lobby of the Electric Center in Charlotte.
]
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 i, .
o Media Registration Coordinator (MRC)
Primary Responsibilities (cont'd)
- 5. One member of each shift will assist security by identifying and registering media representatives (including information representatives from the utility industry, trade associations and government agencies) arriving at the CNC. Registration will consist of media and information representatives providing some type of identification upon entering the Crisis News Center.
Upon confirmation a badge will be made and given to the individual for the duration of the emergency.
Once the ID is made, the media and information representatives would be allowed to proceed to the Crisis News Center.
- 6. MRC will make sure all news releases are posted in the registration area in the lobby of the Electric Center in Charlotte and that copies are telecopied to the Emergency Coordinator in the Technical Support Center.
Telecopy Time McGUIRE ONLY -
- Number _ Called EMERGENCY COORDINATOR MAURICE McINTOSH %]>%
CATAWBA ONLY
$MERGENCY COURDINATOR
~
JIM HAMPTON
- 7. MRC will function throughout duration of crisis.
1 l
l 1
Rev. I June 15, 1983 l
J. Technical Briefers (TB) -
Basic Functions The TB have two basic functions:
- 1. Explain and define nuclear terms and operations for the media and public officials.
- 2. Conduct tours provided such can be accomplished under existing conditions.
At least three TB will be on duty at all times and will be available to provide information to the media after and between news briefings when the PS may not be available. The TB will be HP and security badged for McGuire/ Catawba.
Primary Responsibilities
- 1. Upon notification by the NC that the CNC is to be activated, the TB will go to the CNC to perform their role.
- 2. Brief the state PIO and keep them informed of plant developments.
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
?
b
K. Audio / Visual Coordinator (A/VC)
Basic Functions for maintaining electrical and This individual is responsible electronic equipment (especially during news conferences) used by the Crisis News Center staff. Further, the A/VConvideotapes all news conferences so that a company record exists public statements.
The videotapes may be needed during "off hours" for viewing and review by incoming media and others who have a need for the information. Fresh tapes are to be used for each briefing.
The A/VC also may be requested by the CND to make duplicate Once the CNC is closed, recordings for some media representatives.
all tapes should be properly labeled and fo rwa rded to General Manager, Media and Community Relations, Corporate, Communications.
News conferences will be scheduled in the O. J. !! iller Auditorium in the Electric Center in Charlotte.
Primary Responsibilities
- 1. Upon notification by the NC that the CNC is to be activated, the A/VC will determine personnel needs and call in support as necessa ry:
Office Home Time Telephone Telephone Called Shift 1 - JIM REYNOLDS, III __
MICK 1E STEVENS Shift 2 - TONY BARNES RALPH BRADSRAW, JR. ,
- 2. Proceed immediately to CNC.
- 3. Check with MRC to determine when first activities are likely to be held so that A/VC may be properly _ prepared to handle CNC needs and influx of media representatives.
- 4. Remain at CNC for duration of crisis.
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 4
L. Cormnunications Coordinator (CC)
Basic Function i
- 1. The Communications Coordinator directs the activities of the ICC, I/AC, GC, SGL and FGL. The CC ensures that all communications with industry representatives, employees and elected officials are consistent and timely.
- 2. The CC is familiar with the planned actions of the various support functions in the unit and is responsible for the overall smooth operation of this section.
CATAWBA 3. The CC directs the activities of the COL and ensures that all ONLY communications with Catawba owners are consistent aiid Liinely.
- 4. Keeps section up-to-date on an hourly basis on situation developments. *
)
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 e
M. Internal Communications Coordinator (ICC)
Basic Function .
The basic function of this position is to coordinate rumor control activities within Duke Power Company and to communicate the nature of the emergency to employees throughout the system.
Prima ry Resgonsibilities
- 1. Make at least 3 general status reports per day for system wide distribution.
- Before 8:00 A. M.
- At 12:00 Noon
- At 4:00 P. M.
- 2. Contact one of the following persons to report to the CNC and assist ICC as necessary:
Office Home Time
' Telephone Telephone Called
~
Shift 1 - ROBIN LOWE
~~
Shift 2 - CATHY ROCHE .
- 3. Call the followirg vice presidents in affected plant area and advise them of event so they can respond to customer inquiries
' and ask them to continue calling as designated on " telephone tree" p. 22 - McGuire and p. 23 - Catawba.
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 O
f
! eternal C.wustratteen Coordineter (ICC).
Prieerdyygonsiba t t e les (cos:t'd)
Telephone Trad McGuise Nuclear Station Intagnal Communications Coordinator I
_i l Vice President Vice Fresident Central Dtvision Charlotte Division D. 8. Moore s F ' West. Jr.
~
l l k nager District knager Manager h>oresville Castonas W. R. Creamer Kanpapolis 7. L. Yarbrough J. W. 011 house, Jr. aicro 7186 micro 8264 - . , . I
_I w I I I i 1 I I Manager Manager Manager Nnager knager Davidson Troutman hnager Mt. Holly Besscaer City Belmont Bohv Barker w. R. Creamer
~*
Lincolnton James C. Washam C. W. Gallaan
- T. G. Parker, Jr. C, 8. Diggs
~/ ~y ..
sicro 859 --
g %
~
l e
}
../
Rev. 1 June 15. 1983 22
l
. Internal tomunications Coordinator (ICC)
Primary.Ecsponsibilities_ (cont'd)
Telephone Tree Catawba Nuclear Station Int err.a1 Comunications Coordinator .
I I I Vice President Vice President -
Central Division Charlotte Division D. B. Moore F. E. West.,Jr.
T %
l 1 i District Manager District Manager Gastonia
- Lancaster s F. L. Yarbrough George Hein:erling^^
1- .' micro I
I Manager Manager Manager York Ft. Mill Clover Garner Martin W. E. Sentelle Charles B. Piem ^ens r .- micror q ~3
'l Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 1.
O 4
. _ , - - - . ~ -,,c . - . , . , , - , -,-.n - . . _ . . ,, --,
niernal Communications Coordinator (ICC) )
Primary Responsibilities (cont'd)
- 4. ICC proceeds immediately to CNC to take up position.
- 5. Transmit the following to independent / dependent locations via the CCNTACT system.
A Crisis Management rumor control has been established and is l for use by all independent / dependent-location personnel.
During the current plant emergency, you may receive questions from customers. Follow these guidelines when responding:
- a. Read the latest news release that you received from Employee Communications.
- b. Provide basic statistical information on the station (location; manufacturer, size, year of operation, etc.) if requested. ,
- c. Use the emergency brochure as your _ guide in providing general information. Quote directly from the brochure.
- d. Do not speculate, or go bey'ond the content of news releases, emergency brochure or any other up-to-date company publication.
- e. If you cannot answer a question, either transfer the call to Co rpo ra te Communications -in the General Office or ask the caller to call collect m 7
_/
J -or I
- 6. Disseminate information to company' employees through bulletin -
boards, NEWSBRIEFS, CRT. - .
't
- 8. Remain a_t CNC until crisis is over and services are no longer ,g'-
F'-
needed. ,.
, 7 .,
,J
.h i <
t i
./ l ! ,
f , ,
- .4 j'
'*)
/ , , /
J , ,
\ -
^
b
,, j l r ; '
)
_Rev. I 1
June 15, 1953 /
.s . l
N. Industry / Agency Coordinator (I/AC)
Basic Function Public information representatives from the utility industry, associations and governmental agencies could arrive at the CNC and assist the crisis news staff during a crisis. The I/AC will see that adequate office space and communications facilities are available.
He/she will keep them updated on crisis development (including hand carrying news releases to NRC staff and advising same of media briefings) and will, if possible, monitor information reported back to their respective organizations and obtain copies of formalized statements.
Primary Responsibilities
- 1. Upon notification by the NC that the CNC is to be activated, the I/AC will contact the organizations in Figure 8, p. 56-57 (Industry / Agency Coordinator Call List), to inform them of the accident and that he/she is their contact during the crisis.
- 2. Report to CNC as soon as possible to take up position.
- 3. Issue press kits to information representatives whea registered.
An ID badge will be issued to the representatives.
- 4. The I/AC will regularly confer with ACND and representatives from above organizations, including NRC, and exchange information on rumur development so that accurate response, if necessary, can be made by appropriate group. The CNC response will be developed by the ACND.
- 5. Remain at CNC for duration of the crisis.
?'
l Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
CATAWBkO. Catawba Owners Liaison (COL)
ONLY ,
Basic Functions i
The COL will contact the Catawba owners informing them of the crisis and the progress that is being made and make periodic calls to them even if the situation remains unchanged.
The COL will brief the owners and inform them that he/she is their contact for future reports.
Primary Responsibilities
- 1. Upon notification by the SC that the CNC is being activated, the COL will contact those persons in Figure 9, p. 58, COL Call List and proceed directly to the CNC.
- 2. Repeat the calls every 3 to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> or as warranted by the situation. ,
- 3. Remain at CNC for duration of the crisis.
}
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 .
('
O P. Governments Coordinator (GC) ,
Basic Functions for notifying the State This individual will be responsible -
Government Liaison (SOL) and the Federal Government Liaison (FGL) and elected of ficials in the Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) of the crisis and the progress that is beirg made. The SGL and FGL will contact elected officials on 'a state and federal level who represent the ,
affected area.
The GC and the two liaisons will make periodic calls during the if the crisis as developments change, and should make contacts even situation is unchanged. They will brief the officials, inform them they are the contact for future reports and make arrangements to
' locate them on a regular basis for the duration of the crisis.
The GC also will assign two people from the Charlotte Division uhose job will be to monitor and tape as many radio and TV news programs as possible (within divisions) that deal with the emergencyaduring the course of the crisis. The audio tapes will provide permanent record of what was said in the area. The audio tapes shouldCobe sent rpo ra te Gene ral' Manager, Media and Community Relations, Communications, at the conclusion of the crisis. More importantly, to by monitoring, the individuals will be able to pick up on rumors should be or other flagrant inflammatory statements. These statements ~ ')..who orally communicated as soon as possible to ACND %
will then confer with the CND to determine if a rebuttal is neces sa ry.
The GC and two liaisons should be aware that the executive branches of government are being notified by Duke Power through other avenues, and that appropriate local, state and fede ra l_
agencies dealing with public health and safety have already been informed of the crisis.
Primary Responsibilities 1,
- Upon notification by the NC that the CNC is to be activated,
- p. 59-61, the GC will contact those persons listed in Figure 10, Governments Coordinator Call List.
Coordinator in Corporate
- 2. Report to the Communications Communications.
The GC will monitor crisis developments, make update reports to SGL and FGL and then continue to keep EPZ officials updated on developments.
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 0
Q. State Government Liaison (SGL)
Basic Functions .
N.
The SGL will contact members of the state legislative delegation from the EPZ counties informing them of the crisis and the progress that is being made and make periodic calls to them even if the situation remains unchanged.
The SGL will brief the officials, inform them that he/she is their contact for future reports and make arrangements to locate them on a regular basis for the duration of the crisis.
The SGL is not required to go to the CNC since the following contacts can be accomplished from the normal work place or from home.
Primary Responsibilities
- 1. k' hen contacted by the GC that the CNC is to be activated, the SGL will contact those persons in Figure 11, p. 63-67, SGL Call List.
- 2. Repeat the calls every 3 to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />, or as warranted by the situation.
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 e
R. Federal Government Liaison (FGL)
Basic Functions The FGL will contact elected officials on a federal level who represent the affected area, informing them of the crisis and the progress that is being made and make periodic calls to them even if the situation remains unchanged.
The FGL will brief the officials, inform them that he/she is their contact for future reports and make arrangements to locate them on a regular basis for the duration of the crisis. This individual is not required to go to the CNC since the following contacts 'can be accomplished from the normal work place or from home.
Primary Responsibilities
- 1. When contacted by the GC that the CNC is to be activated, the FGL will contact those persons in Figure 12, p. 68-71, FGL Call List.
- 2. Repeat the calls every 3 to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />, or as warranted by the situation.
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 L
S. State Command Post Liaison (SCPL)
~
Basic Function The SCPL will serve as a conduit between the CNC and the state, making sure the state has all necessary information for its own news releases. In addition, the SCPL will Ireep the CNC informed of any public announcements or news conferences that are being scheduled by the state.
Primary Responsibilities
- 1. Interface with ACND to transmit information on any rumors that arise in the state / county command post.
)
1 Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 ,
l 1
IV. NEWS GROUP ACTIVATION Upon a call for activation of the CNC, l this " call tree" will be used.
Recovery Manager / Duty Engineer I
Crisis News Director I
a I I i Corp. PS SC ACND Comm.
VP I
I I MC 2nd Shift NC SC
.SC SCPL SCPL l
Support - Teams i i TB Monitor I I A/VC Media A/VC
- Notification Support Team I I CC Additional Sec./Other Support i
ICC lICC Support I
I/AC <
I COL SGL I
GC FGL Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
,, y, ,
p._--7.-,-----_9 --_-_,,.-.,,% y L..- y-,w-p .-,- w.,,.7 .- , , - .. , - , , . -,y.,,,,-p e,,.-___,m.. _
,--,y- +-,- - .., --.
V. CRISIS NEWS CENTER FACILITY x
As described in Figure 13, p. 72, the CNC for McGuire Nuclear Station /
Catawba Nuclear Station is the O. J. Miller Auditorium in the Electric Center in Charlotte. Access to the facility is as shown in Figure 14, p.
73.
The CND, PS, and Monitor will take up positions in the Recovery Manager's office as shown in Figure 15, p. 74.
i Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
Figure 1
, News Center Organization McGuire Nuclear Station / Catawba Nuclear Station Crisis News Director (CND)
I 4
I I I I Public Assistant Corporate Monitor (M)
Spokesperson Crisis News Communications (PS) Director Vice President (ACND)
South Carolina North Carolina State State Command Command Post Post Liaison (SCPL) Liaison (SCPL)
I l Communications Media Support Coordinator Coordinator Coordinator (CC) (MC) (SC)
Internal Media Secretarial Communications Registration Teams Coordinator Coordinator (ICC) (HRC) l I ICC Support MRC Support Court Reporters Industry / Technical Media Agency Briefers __
Notification Coordinator (TB) Team (I/AC)
Catawba Audio / Visual Additional Owners Coordinator Secretarial /
Liaison (A/VC)
Other Support (COL) l Governments A/VC Support Coordinator (GC)
I I State Federal Government Government Liaison (SGL) Liaison (FGL)
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
Figure 1 (cont'd) -
NAME/ TITLE Crisis News Director Shift 1 -
Mary Cartwright Shift 2 -
Mary Boyd Assistant Crisis News Director Shift 1 -
Mike Dembeck Shift 2 -
Debbie DuBose Vice President, Corporate Communications J. Kenneth Clark Support Coordinator Shift 1 -
Diane Savage Shift 2 -
Sara Lee Epperson Public Spokesperson Shift 1 -
H. B. Tucker .,
Shift 2 -
J. W. Hampton or M. D. McIntosh '
Monitor -
Shift 1 -
Don Blackmon Shift 2 -
Furman Wardell Secretarial Team l
l Shift 1 -
Beth Masurat - Section Head l
Pearl McBride Janice Wright Shift 2 -
Barbara Brown - Section Head
, Priscilla Ledbetter l Carolyn Layman Communications Coordinator Shift 1 -
Phil Carter Shift 2 -
Sondra Wise l
l Internal Communications Coordinator l Shift 1 -
Bill Yoder Shift 2 -
Kathy Bryant l
l l
Rev. I j June 15,1983 i
l
Figure 1 (cont'd)
Internal Communications Coordinator Support Shift 1 -
Robin Lowe Shift 2 -
Cathy Roche Industry / Agency Coordinator Shift 1 -
Larry Davison Shift 2 - Chris Graybeal Technical Briefers Shift 1 -
Andy Thompson - Section Head Suzanne Isola Harvey Deal David Peterson Richard Wilson Les Stallings Shift 2 -
Joe Maher - Section Fead Pat Osburn Harry Sloan Lou Duncan Steve Frye John Wylie Media Coordinator shift 1 -
Cecily Newton Shift 2 -
Alex Coffin Media Registration Coordinator Shift 1 -
Stick Williams Shift 2 -
Murray Craven Media Registration Coordinator Support Shift 1 -
Palmer Holt - Section Head Carol Barrett Jim Hale Shift 2 -
Frank Gudger - Section Head Pat Tate Earl Carpenter Governments Coordinator Shift 1 -
Rick Deese Shift 2 -
Elizabeth Harmon Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
, ._ __ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _1
Fiaure 1 (cont'd)
Audio / Visual Coordinator I Shift 1 -
Pat Payne Shift 2 -
Hugh Deadwyler Audio / Visual Coordinator Support Shift 1 -
Jim Reynolds Mickie Stevens Shift 2 -
Tony Barnes Ralph Bradshaw, Jr.
State Government Liaison Shift 1 -
Roy Wall .
Shift 2 -
Billie Henderson Federal Government Liaison Shift 1 -
John Hicks l
Shift 2 -
Barbara Simpson North Carolina State Command Post Liaison Shift 1 -
Don Hatley s Shift 2 -
Bill Rixon South Carolina State Command Post Liaison Shift 1 -
Chris Rolfe Shift 2 -
Gary Hedrick Catawba Owners Liaison Shift 1 -
Dan Brown ,
Shift 2 -
Al Neely Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
Figure 1 (cont'c) .
Media Notification Team Shift 1 -
Joyce Beyer - Section Head Wilma Kinard Peggy Henderson Judy Porter Debbie Hawkins Shift 2' -
Bernie Mills - Section Head Sheila Zink Fraher Brown Beth Davis Marie Hinson -
Additional Secretarial /Other Crisis Newa Center Support Secretarial Support Delilah Suggs Marsha Halsey Laura Gaskey Annette Isenhour Other CNC Support Toney Mathews Mary Cele Bain -
Wendy Jefferies Jesse Swords Carl Leonard Division Operations Sue Parsons Roy Morris Dee Whisenant Sharon Decker I
l l
1 l
l 1
, Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
~
Figure 2 Crisis Management Organization Emergency Activation Message This sheet is to be used by persons making notifications to other members of the Crisis Management Organization, to ensure that all pertinent information is passed on to the staff before their departure to their General Office Staging Area.
Message Format
- 1. This is (caller's name).
- 2. I an notifying you of a drill / actual emergency at Nuclear Station, Unit No. .
- 3. At this time, the class of emergency is:
Alert Site Area Emergency General Emergency
- 4. You are to activate your portion of the Crisis Management Organization and have them report to the Charlotte General Office.
- 5. Specific Instructions (if any): <
l l
- 6. Please return a copy of this completed format to the Emergency Response Coordinator, R. M. Glover, WC-2369, Charlotte, N. C.
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 l 1
O Figure 3 - McGUIRE ONLY l f
FROM: Corporate Communications Department Duke Power Company .
l 422 South Church Street .
Charlotte, North Carolina 28242 THIS (IS/IS NOT) A DRILL McGuire Nuclear Station -- Duke Power Company reported an (alert /
site emergency / general emergency) at its McGuire Nuclear Station located near Cornelius, N. C. at (time) on (date).
Preliminary information indicates (give nature of problem).
The status of the accident situation is (stable / improving / degrading /not known).
(Specific A release of radioactivity (is/is not) taking place.
inforration if release is takingtplace.) r Addit,ional details will be provided as available. ,
THIS (IS/IS NOT) A DRILL.
For further information, call Corporate Communications in Charlotte at a
i'OTE : A news center is being activated at the O. J. Miller Auditorium in the Electric Center in Charlotte. Facilities Thewill news be center made phone available at the number is cente r _fgedia representatives.
._ s Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
r Figure 4 . CATAWBA ONLY l
i FROM: Corporate Communications Department Duke Power Company 422 South Church Street i Charlotte,-North Carolina 28242 THIS (IS/IS NOT) A DRILL Catawba Nuclear Station -- Duke Power Company reported an (alert /
site emergency / general emergency) at its Catawba Nuclear Station located near York, S. C. at (time) on (date).
Preliminary information indicates (give nature of problem).
The status of the accident situation is (stable / improving / degrading /not known).
A release of radioactivity (is/is not) taking place. (Specific infonnation if release is taking place.)
Additional details will be provided as available. ,
THIS (Id/IS NOT) A DRILL.
For further information, ca . Co rpo ra te Communications in Charlotte at G .-.
NOT": A news c.?n te r is being activated at the 0. J. Mille- Auditorium in the El : .ic Center ir, Charlotte. Fr l' it es will be made available - th-
- c. r ned' . 'resentatiu .. .he news cer. ?r p.;on e cm : r .s it ., .. 4.
- c. /.
June is, 1983
r L
Figure 5 Support Coordinator Call List Office Home Time Persons To Notify Telephone Telephone called
- 1. Shift 2 Support Coordinator (SC)
SARA LEE EPPERSON q
- 2. One Secretarial Team Member For Each Shift
' ' ~
I Shift 1 - BETH MASURAT (Section Head)
PEARL McBRIDE JANICE WRIGHT Shift 2 - BARBARA BROWN (Section Head)
PRISCILLA LEDBETTER CAROLYN LAYMAN -.--
- 3. Monitor (H) .
1 Shift 1 - DON BLACKMON Shift 2 - FURMAN WARDELL
- 4. One Media Notification Team Member For Each Shift Shift 1 - J0YCE BEYER 2
(Section Head)
WILMA KINARD ____
PEGGY HENDERSON JUDY PORTER - _ _
DEBBIE HAWKINS Shift 2 - BERNIE MILLS (Section Head)
SHEILA ZINK FRAHER BROWN-BETH DAVIS MARIE HINSON SC contacts ene of the two five memoer staffs. SC designates a call list from Figure 7, p. 46-55, to each of the five members. Together the five call media representatives advising them of the situation. Make calls direct to save time.
In the event that the emergency occurs in the afternoon (PM), call the morning (AM) newspapers first. If the emergency occurs in the morning (AM), call the af ternoon (PM) newspapers first. AM =
- PM = **
~ ~
. Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 C.
._ ,_. , _, _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . .g -..,,_,,,__._y_., . , - . _ _ . , . . _ , , . . , . , , - . . . . , . _ . , _ _ . . . _ , , _ _ . , , . _ , _ . _ , . , _ . , _ _ . _ - . . - . _ . . - . _ . _ _ . .
3
I Figure 5 Support Coordinator Call List (cont'd) i Upon completion of media calls, the Media Notification Team will then perform other office functions in support of CNC activities.
~
- 5. Additional Secretarial [0ther CNC Support
' NOTE: The following may be called for additional secretarial assistance:
, Office Home Time Name Telephone Telphone Called Delilah Suggs y" Marcia Halsey Laura Gaskey Annette Isenhour j .
t The following may be called to assist in other News Center support functions:
Office Home Time Name Telephone Telephone Called Teney Mathews ;
Mary Cele Bain ;
Wendy Jefferies Jesse Swords Carl Leonard 4
J Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 O
n
\
(- .
Figure 6 .
Second Shift Support Coordinator Call List 4
Office Home Time Persons To Notify Telephone Telphone Called J 1. Technical Briefers (TB)l . _
I I
~
{
Shift 1 - ANDY THOMPSON i
.(Section Head)
SUZANNE ISOLA
- HARVEY DEAL 4-DAVID PETERSON-RICHARD WILSON LES STALLINGS i
Shift 2 - J0E MAHER r (Section Head) i PAT OSBURN ~
t
' l '
t l HARRY SLOAN l I i LOU DUNCAN I
STEVE FRYE JOHN WLIE J l
! l ,
- 2. Audio / Visual Coordinator (A/VC) 4 Shift'l - PAT PAYNE i Shift 2'- HUGH DEADWYLER
- 3. Governments Coordinator (GC)
Shift 1 - RICK DEESE Shift 2 - ELIZABETil HARMON
- 4. Media Coordinator (MC)
Shift 1 - CECILY NEWON Shift 2 - ALEX C0FFIN 1
1,
! Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 i '
i
-r,---+ ,,e, , , , , , ,,.----un. --, . - - , , .p-1.-m-,-.>,,,-w - , . -,,w-,.-, ,,..en,~,c,-
,,e-,,..--..w,w,,,,,~m.,,,mm.e-,,-e,,,,,wnnnn- , , . - . ,
h.
Figure 6 Second Shift Support Coordinator Call List (cont'd)
Office ', Home Time .
Persons To Nctify ,
Telephone Telphone Called
~5. Media Registration Coordinator (MRC)
Shift 1 - STICK WILLIAMS Q
Shift 2 - MURRAY CRAVEN
~
- 6. Internal Communications Coordinator (ICC)
- - - . ~ . . .
Shift 1 - BILL YODER /
Shift 2 - KATHY BRYANT
- 7. Industry / Agency Coordinator (I/AC) 7 - ~~~ -
Shift 1 - LARRY DAVISON Shift 2 - CHRIS GRAYBEAL (
- 8. Communications Coordinator (CC)
Shift 1 - PHIL CARTER Shift 2 - SONDRA WISE _
CATAWBA 9. Catawba Owners Liaison ONLY '
Shift 1 - DAN BROWN ,
Shift 2 - AL NEELY s
- 10. Calls to AP, UPI, and the two radio News Networks in N.C. and S.C.
Time Telephone Called
-c AP l(Charlotte) l(Raleigh) l12:30 AM - 6 AM, Sundays only)
!(Atlanta)
CATAWBA l(Columbia)
ONLY UPI (Charlotte)
(Candy Wilde
-- home) __
,(Raleigh) 11 AM - 5 AM, seven days a week)
- (Atlanta)
CATAWBA !(Columbia)
ONLY -__ __ /
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 e
l Figure 7 Media Call List 1 i
Time Time I
Called Called
- 1. ** 2. >
Wavs ___
CHARLOTTE NEWS (PM) _
' ' ' - (main number)
Charlotte, NC 28201 ._ . _
(Kilgo's office)
Charlotte, NC 28216 John Epperheimer, Editor John Kilgo, News Director Alternate number:
Dennis Sodomka (H) Alternate number:
News Room (manned 24 hrs / day) .
- 4. **
3.
GASTONIA GAZETTE (PM)
WEGO --
,/ . . . -
~[,-
Concord, NC 28025 Gastonia, NC 28052 Bill Williams, Editor William Rollins, General Mgr. __
Alternate num'oers:
- ~~
Alternate number: '"' Bill Williams (H)
Nancy Cooper (H) '
Jennie Palm (H)
(Station Manager)
Don Hudson (H)
' 6. **
- 5. **
ENTERPRISE (PM)
SALISRURY POST (PM) . '
Salisbury, NC 28144 High Point, NC 27261 Joe Brown, Editor Steve Bowser, Editor .
Alternate number ._
Alternate numbers:' , Joe Brown (H) ~
Steve Bowser (H)
Jason Lesley (H) i
\
/
Rev. 1 ,
June 15, 1983
Figure 6 Second Shift Support Coordinator Call List (cont'd)
Telephone Tin,e Called NC NEWS NETWORK SC NEWS NETWORK /
The SC first calls the Associated Press (AP), United Press International (UPI), and the two radio news networks to inform them of the emergency and what is involved based on the information presently known.
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
~
Figure 7 Call List 1 (cont'd)
Time Time Called Called
- 8. **
- 7. * -
7 wrwcTnM-SALEM SENTINEL (PM)
WINSTON-SALEM JOURNAL (AM) 919/727-7211
(,__ . -
Winston-Salem, NC 27102
~
Winston-Salem, NC 27102 Fred Flagler, Editor Joe Goodman, Editor . .
Alternate numbers: . Alternate numbers:
1 (H) Fred Flagler (H) ,.
Joe Goodman (H) Jim Laughlin (H)
Sylvia Lane .
s 10.
9.
i WYFF-TV ""
WSPA- Q ^ * -
, 803/242-4404
'Greenville, SC 29602 Spartanburg, SC 29304 Kevin Kelly, News Director Mary McCarthy, News Director Alternate numbers: Alternate numbers: -
Mary McCarthy (H ..4 Hot Line to News Room
' Jim W'alrod, Asst. (H)(s -
David Graves (H News Director i
11..*
- 12. **
RALEIGH TIMES (PM)
NEWS & OBSERVER (AM) 919/829-4500 u ~7- -
Raleigh, NC 27602 Raleigh', NC 27602 Claude Sitton, Editor A. C. Snow, Editor .
-- -. Alternate numbers
- _
I Alternate numbers: ' A. C. Snow (
Claude Sitton (H)\ Mike Yopp (,
Bob Brooks (H) -.
- = AM
- = PM .
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 m , w w- y vmi , - gr w- --<--------y-9------+-y. .p -
,_--% --a,-e, *
. Figure 7 (cont d)
Call List 2 i
Time Time Called Called
- 1. **
- 2.
- WBTV_ __
y WSOC__ _ _
j(Main Number) . ____ _,'(Main number)
/(News room) Charlotte, NC 28201 Charlotte, NC 28208
~
Martha Freeman, News Director Steve Greenwald, News Director
~
Alternate numbers: Alternate numbers: -
Steve Greenwald (H) 7 Martha Freeman (HJ l Steve Pendle (H) s t ,r/
Graham Wilson (H)
Brian Thompson (H) >
- 4. **
- 3. **
ROCK HILL EVENING RERALD (PM) DAILY. INDEPENDENT (PM)
_ . - % _ _j Rick Hill, SC 29730 Kannapolis, NC 28081 Jack D. Hilderbrand, Exec Ed Don Smith, Managing Ed Alternate numbers: - Alternate number:
Jack Hilderbrand r Don Smith (H) g, Van Parker . (H)k-(H)
(City Editor) . . _ . _ _
- 6. **
- 5. **
DATT.Y RECORD (PM) LEXINGTON DISPATCH (PM)
~'-~~,.
- 2 Hickory, NC 28601 Lexington, NC 27292 Ellison Clary, Editor Ralph Simpson, Editor Alternate numbers: Alternate number: _ , , , '
Ellison Clary (H) Ralph Simpson (H) g, Troy Houser (H)
- = AM .
- = PM J
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 O
o
t Figure 7 Media Call List 2.(cont'd)
~
Time Time Called Called
- 7. 8. **
WSJS/WTOR ,
GREENSBORO DAILY NEWS (AM)
'(Main number)
~
3-g .../ (News room) s.
Greensboro, NC 27420 Winston-Salem, NC 27102 Ben Bowers, Exec Ed Wayne Willard, News Director Alternate number:
- . Alternate number:
Control Room %,_
Howard Covington *(H) ->
(manned at all times) (City Desk)
- 9. **
10.
GREENSBORO, RECORD (PM) kTVD-TV w .. --'"
~J Greensbora, NC 27420 Durbam, NC 27702 Ben Bowers, Exec Ed Ned Warwick, News Director Alternate numbers: Alternate numbers: '
Don Patterson (0) ,, l';, News Room after 5:30 PM '
(City Desk-until 5 PM then try Control Room - all hours Greensboro Daily News, Item f/8) Guard Station - all hours
- 11. *, **
INDENPENI1EJQ DAILY MAIL (AM, PM)
Anderson', Sb 29621
~
Dick Gorrell,' Exec Ed .
Jim Calfee Alternate number: ~~.
Dick Gorrell (H) s,,
- = AM
- = PM Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 C
J
Figure 7 (cont'd)
Call List 3 Time Time Called Called
- 2. **
- 1.
- ENOUIRER-JOURNAL (PM)
CHARLOTTE OBSERVER (AM)
, Monroe,~NC'7 ..-
28110 Charlotte, NC 28233 Sid Hart, Editor Richard A Oppel, Editor Alternate number: -m Alternate number: c Richard Oppel (H) q . > Sid Hart (H) %
- 4. **
- 3. **
RECORP AND LANDMARK (PM)
WCSL _
Statesville, NC 28677 Cherryville, NC 28021 Jerry Josey, Managing Ed. ,
Steve Adams, Gen & Sales Mgr_
, Alternate numbers: .
Alternate number: 2 Jerry Josey Milton Baker (H)~
Neil Furr (H)l (H) ,
/
Darrell Hathcock (H) -
a.
6.
5.
WFMY-TV WBIG y ~ - - = .s dreensbor'6, NC 27420 Greensboro, NC 27420
~
Rene Carpenter, News Director Lloyd Gordon, News Director Alternate numbers:
Alternate numbers:" 6 P.M. - 11:45 P.M. & Weekends News Room (manned all hours except -
12 Midnight - 7 A.M. Sundays) ,_ News Room (
Lloyd Gordon (H) ) Al Warlick (H)
Mike McCall (H)
- = AM
- = PM Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 1
e.
D .
Figure 7 Media Call List 3 (cont'd)
Time Time Called Called
- 8. **
- 7. *- .
DURHAM SUN (PM)
DURHAM MORNING HERALD (AM) 7- _,
. , . ~~-- .-
Durham, NC 27702
~
Durham, NC ..27702 Carlton Harrell, Managing Ed Bill Lee, City Ed Alternate number:
Alternate number: s
,3- Carlton Harrell (If) _ _
Bill Lee (H) %
- 10. **
9.
GREENVILLE PIEDMONT (PM)
GREENVILLE
. . .n mNEWS
- (AM) -
Greenvtite, SC 29602 Greenville, SC 29602 Dale Gibson, Managing Ed Allen Clark, City Ed' Alternate number: '
Alternate numbers: N . Dale Gibson (H)
Allen CIarl (H) ,'
Tom Hutchinson- (H) x 12.
- 11. **
GREENWOOD INDEX JOURNAL (PM) rWIS-TV *"
Columbia, bd 29201 Greenwoo'd, SC 29646 Gary Anderson, News Dir.
William Collins, Exec News Ed.
John Watson, Managing Ed 1 Alternate numbers: '-
Alternate number: _ '
- Gary Anderson John Watson (H)
Lonnie Wehunt (H)
(H) N /
' * = AM
! ** = PM i
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 Q
. g- , ;
'>; ., e , ,<
fe- ',
- /.
, ; l, _
1 '. ,_
.4 Figure 7-(cont'd)
=. 3 j .
/
Media Call List 4 ', ,
, , - w-4 3
- TimeJ:
Time '
-Call'ed Callsd-
- 1. .
' 2. 4 . ,
[ - _
/ WLON, WPCO-TV -
?
,. - ,.. ~~
Lincointon(NC 28092 Charlotte, NC 28205 Tonia Morrison, Larry Seaglee, News Director
. Assigan;ents Ed ' r , ,
~~ ' ^
Alternate numbers: - Altprhate numbers: ,
Tonia Morrison (H) ~/LarrySeagle (H)
Dan Ezell , (H) (Jack Brown (H) .
.[
- 4. 4 ',
- 3. 5 ,
MECKLENBURG GAZETTE MOORESVILLE TRIBUNE , _ _
NC 28115 Davidson,NC2h0?6 Tzou Len Sullivan, Editor Gail Dewart, Associate,Ed Alternate ni,mber: _._ / Alternate numbers:
Len Sullivan (H) %
j "Gail Dewart. (H)
'A ng
' s 6' **
5.
OBSE.RVES,-NEWS-ENTERPRISE
, ._ c
~
Di.en,.NC 28658 s
. Shelb'y, NC~~ESk50 ,
Ted Hall, Editor -
Sylvia Ray, Editor _, ,
~
Alternate-number: Alternate number:
- Sylvia Ray' (H) , j'- Ted Hall, (H) % .
i ~
l
, ~..
a
- = AM ~
- = PM
.is
- ~l ,
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 o .
I
~s--r- .n ey y ~ ,w-re-g y y ,,
I 3
Figure 7 .
Media Call List 4 (cont'd)
- Time Time Called Called
- 8. **
- 7.
- SPARTANBURG m JOURNAL (FM)
SPARTANBURG HERALD (AM)
~
Spartanourg, SC 29301 Spartanburg, SC 29301 Rudy Rivers, Exec Ed _ Rudy liivers, Exec. Ed Leslie Timmis, Managing Ed Leslie Timmis, Managing Ed Alternate number: ..
Alternate number: N _Rudy Rivers (H) s ,,
Rudy Rivers (H) u ,
- 9.
- 10. **
RECORD (PM)
STATE (AM) , -- .
Columbia, SC 29202 Columbia, SC 29202 Thomas N McLean, Editor Thomas N McLean, Editor Alternate number:
Alternate numbers:
(H)
Charlie Byers (H' [RobertHitt A Harry Logan (Hh _
12.
11.
k'ANS RADIO WPTF-AM _ , .-
Anaerson' SC 29622
~
Raleigh, NC 27602 Bob Armstrong, News Dir.
Bart Ritner, News Director Alternate number:
Alternate ne$ber: (H) f Bart Ritner (H) [ Bob Armstrong
- = AM
- = PM Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
. i
(
Figure 7 (cont'd)
Media Call List 5 Time Time Called Called, 2.
1.
WSOC-TV ..
WBT _ % _ ,.-
Tharlotte, hC 28208 harivue,NC 28201 Scott White, News Director Dick Moore, News Director Alternate nwnber: Alternate number:
Steve Schwaid (H) . s Scott White (H) s
- 4.
3.
WGAS CONCORD TRIBUNE (PM) ~;-
' t_ . _ _ .
Gastonia, NC 28052 Concord, NC 28025 Glenn Mace, President .
John Kennedy, Editor Bill Ross, Managing Editor
~
Alternate numbers: . Alternate niunbers:
Glenri Mace (H) ,
John Kennedy (H)( Earl Mace (H)
Bill Ross (H) 6.
5.**
WXII - TV NEWS TOPIC
-m (PM) ~' ,'s"'
_" Winston-Salem, NC 27106 Lenoir, NC 28645 Dave Emory, News Dir. _
Steve Sumlin, Editor Alternate number: r Alternate number: _._
Dave Emory (H) ,,
Steve Swnlin (H) % j
- = AM
- = pn Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 o
(
Figure 7 -
Call List 5 (cont'd)
Time Time Called Called
- 7. 8.
WGHP-TV MESSENGER q ,- ,. --
High rutnt, NC 27261 Madison, NC 27025 Jack Moore, News Director David !i. Spear, Publisher Alternate number: Alternate number:
Jack Moore. (H) % '-
David M. Spear (H) s
- 9. 10.
WPTF-TV WSPA
", m ' '
s _.
\A Raleigh, NC 27602 - Spartanburg, SC 29304 Roy Carden, News Director Greg McKinney, News Dir Alternate number: Alternate numbers:
Roy Carden ._ (H) D News Room #
Greg McKinney (H)
- 11. 12.
VLOS-TV WRAL-TV m- -
u _,
Greenville, SC 29602 Raleigh, NC 21101 Dale Weiss, Bureau Chief Theresa Rossi, News Dir.
Alternate numbers: Alternate number: '
For Asheville - ' News Room Dale Weiss (H)
- = AM
- = PM Rev. 1 June 15, 19S3
a Figure 8 -
Industry / Agency Coordinator Call List Office Home Time Telephone Telephone Called ,
Organization / Individual
- 1. CND initially notifies NRC as indicated'on p. 5. Subsequent news releases are transmitted to NRC by the I/AC. Call NRC Region II office in Atlanta to notify PIO staff of changing developments as reported in news releases.
Public Information Office Primary: KEN CLARK Alternate: JOE GILLILAND
- 2. INPO Primary: ANGIE HOWARD Alternate: HOTLINE t
- 3. Atomic Industrial Forum (AIF)
Primary: SCOTT PETERS _
CARL GOLDSTEIN PAUL TURNER Alternate: DUTY OFFICER -
i
- 4. Nuclear Safety Analysis Center (NSAC) e Primary: RAY SCHUSTER Alternate: DAN VAN ATTA
- 5. Westinghodse Primary: MIKE MANGAN Alternate: LES BERK 0WITZ L __ _
- Af ter hours, calls are automatically transferred to,Bethesda Operations office.
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 e
a
Figure 8 Industry / Agency Coordinator Call List (cont'd)
Ifome Time Office Called Telephone Telephone
- 6. American Nuclear Society (ANS) ,
D Primary: DARLENE SCHMIDT Alternate: GAY EASLEY
- 7. Edison Electric Institute (EEI)
, e Primary: KIRK WILLIS0N Alternate: EEI HOTLINE b ~
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
i
}-
' Figure 9 CATAWBA Catawba Owners Liaison Call List ONLY ,
Home Time 4
Office Telephone Telephone Called Organization / Individual
- 1. North Carolina Power ,
Agency #1 ,
! i i
Primary: D. M. CAMERON J
A. L. HUBERT Alternate: A
- i. f
- 2. North Carolina Electric t Membership Corp.
l i
Primary: B. M. FLATTERY t 4
Alternate: JOHN P. KUTTER !
, l
- 3. Saluda River Electric Cooperative, Inc. I i
Pr imary: H. M. FARIS t
Alternate: AGNES HARRISON
(
l i
t I
i O
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 e
r y I .-
Figure 10 .
Governments Coordinator Call List Home Tinie Office Called Telephone Telephone Person / Group To Contact
- 1. Division Operations _ _ _ _ _
Shift 1 SUE PARSONS , _ _____
ROY MORRIS l ,
l
Shift 2 DEE WHISENANT /
SHARON DECKER u
(Ask them to report to Corporate Communications offices and' begin monitoring / taping radio 'iV news programs.)
- 2. State Government Liaison (SGL)
Shift 1 ROY WALL
/ _,
Shift 2 BILLIs HENDERSON ..
(Ask that they begin their calls.)
- 3. Federal Government Liaison (FGL) 3 __
Shift 1 JOHN HICKS I
Shift 2 BARBARA SIMPSON (Ask that they begin their calls.)
- 4. Elected Officials _ _
a-HT. HOLLY Primary: CHARLES BLACK, JR.
THOMAS A. BELK, JR.
Alternate:
STANLEY j
Primary: WILLIAM WITHERS Alternate: HUGH HOVIS - - . _ . 7 Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 3
Figure 10 Governments Coordinator Call List (cont'd) - .
\
r
~
Home Time Office . Telephone _ Called Telephone Person / Group To Contact .- ,.
- e ' * .
Elected Officials _ (cont'd) 4.
y LINCOLN COUNTY \
i _
HARRY RITCHIE \
Primary: i Alternate: ELWN L. BEAM CATAWBA COUNTY Primary: KENNETH MARTIN Alternate: GARY MIITENER !
{
CHARLOTTE }
Prima ry: EDDIE KNOX ,
f Alternate: HARVEY GANTT I f
I i
MECKLENBURG COUNTY ! ._
Primary: TOM RAY ,
Alternate: GERALD FOX >
, I i
DAVIDSON Primary: NANCY.MACCORMAC Alternate: BILL BRANNON HUNTERSVILLE
[
- Primary: SARA R. MCAULAY ,
~
[ ,.
Alternate: RICK FRENCH ,
w Rev. 1 '
June 15, 1983
~
c
Figure 10 Governments Coordinator Call List (cont'd)
- Office Home Time Person / Group To contact Telephone Telephone Called
- 4. Elected Officials (cont'd) .
CORNELIUS Primary: NANNIE POTTS Alternate: BEN AGNER .
IREDELL COUNTY .
a Primary: JOE TROUTMAN Alternate: FRANCES MURDOCK GASTON COUNTY Primary: CHARLES RRYNE ._
Alternate: PHILLIP HINELY CATAWBA CLOVER ONLY ,
I Prima ry: JAMES PARRISH Alternate: WILLIAM D. JACKSON = l l
CATAWBA FORT MILL ,
ONLY Primary: HARRY HALL %N Alternate: MITCH SIZEMORE CATAWBA ROCK HILL j
ONLY , ,
1, Primary: EMMETT GEROKE -l Alternate: WINSTON SEARLES
_.l - l-Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
B Figure 10 ,
-- Governments Coordinator Call List (cont'd)
Office Home Time
' Telephone Telephone Called Person / Group To Contact
- 4. Elected Officials (cont'd)
CATAWBA YORK . , . . .
r Z , __ _
]j ',,
ONLY Primary: EUGENE L. BARNVELL Alternate: TOMMY BENFIELD CATAWBA YORK COUhTY -
ONLY _
Primary: HAROLD DICKSON I . ~
Alternates: CALDWELL BARRON JACK D. WESTMORLAND MURRAY WHITE, JR.
1
~~-- .
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 0
4
Figure 11 SGL Call List Time Phone Called Numbers
- 1. MECKLENBURG SENATE P
i Kenneth R. Harris Raleigh Office: ,1 Charlotte Office: -
Charlotte Home: i i
Cecil R. Jenkins, Jr. Raleigh Office: i Kannapolis Office: ,
Concord Hon.e:
W. Craig Lawing Raleigh Office: __
Charlotte Office:
Charlotte Home: . _ _ . .
Raleigh Office:
Ben Tison
- Charlotte )ffice:
Charlotte Home:
- 2. MECKLENBURG HOUSE Phillip 0. Berry Raleigh Office:
Charlotte Office:
Charlotte Home:
Raleigh Office:
Jim Black Charlotte Office:
Matthews Home:
Raleigh Office: .
Louise S. Brennan Charlotte Home:
Ruth M. Easterling Raleigh Office:
Charlotte Office:
Charlotte Home:
Gus Economos Raleigh Office:
Charlotte Office:
Charlotte Home:
Jo Graham Foster Raleigh Office:
- Charlotte Home:
Raleigh Office:
H. Parks Helms Charlotte Office:
Charlotte Home:
( . Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 0
a Figure 11 SCL Call List (cont'd) .
Time Phone
(#~ Called
- 2. (cont'd) Numbers i
k Roy Spoon Raleigh Office:
Charlotte Office: ,
Charlotte Home: '
- 3. GASTON & LINCOLN SENATE Ollie Harris Raleigh Office:
Kings Mtn. Office:
Kings Mtn. Home:
Helen Rhyne Marvin Raleigh Office:
Gastonia Home: ,
i Marshall ,A. Rauch Raleigh Office. ,
. Gastonia Office: l Gastonia Home: l
- 4. CASTON & LINCOLN HOUSE Raleigh Office:
Sam Beam Cherryville Office:
,f Che.rryville Ifome: l I
David W. Bumgardner, Jr. Raleigh Office: 3 Belmont Office: ,
Belmont Home:
D. R. Mauney, Jr. Raleigh Office: -
Cherryville Office:
Cherryville Home:
J. B. Roberts Raleigh Office:
r
. Gastonia Office:
Gastonia Home:
- 5. CATAWBA & IREDELL SENATE T. Cass Ba11enger Raleigh Office:
Hickory Office:
Hickory Home:
William W. Redman, Jr. Raleigh Office:
j Statesville Office: f Statesville Home- l
~
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 O
)
1
)
Figure 11 SGL Call List (cont'd)
Time Phone Called l Numbers _
___ ,, g_- .
- 6. CATAWBA HOUSE 7 Raleigh Office:
Austin A11ran Hickory Office:
Hickory Home:
J. Reid Poovey Raleigh Office:
Hickory Home:
- 7. IREDELL HOUSE C. Robert Brasley Raleigh Office:
Mooresville Office:
Mooresville Home: i Raleigh Office:
J. P. Huskins Statesville Office:
Statesville Home: i CATAWBA 8. KERSHAW. LANCASTER & YORK SENATE _
q Don S. Rushing Columbia Office:
> Lancaster Of fice: _
Lancaster Home:
r Coleman G. Poag
- Columbia Office: '
Rock Hill Office: _
Rock Hill Home:
Columbia Office: l Donald H. Holland o. __
Camden Office:
Camden Home:
CHESTER, FAIRFIELD & RICHLAND SENATE CATAWBA 9.
ONLY Columbia Office: _
John A. Martin Winnsboro Office:
Winnsboro Home:
CATAWBA 10. CHESTER, FAIRFIELD & RICHLAND HOUSE ONLY Columbia Office:
E. Crosby Lewis o Columbia Home:
v Rev. 3 June 15, 19S3 e
Figure 11 SGL Call List (cont'd)
Time ,
Phone Called CATAWBA 11. UNION HOUSE R Numbers C ' ,,,, -
ONLY # l Columbia Office: f
' James R. Arthur or {
Union Office !,
Union Home: i CATAWBA 12. CHESTER, LANCASTER & YORK HOUSE ONLY_
Paul E. Short, Jr. Columbia Office:
or Chester Office Chester Home:
.I CATAWBA 13. YORK HOUSE ONLY Columbia Office John C. Hayes, III or Rock Hill Office:
Rock H111 Home: ;
I Columbia Office: l Herbert Kirsh or t Clover Office:
l Clover Home: f Palmer Freeman, Jr. Columbia Office:
-Rock Hill Office: !
Rock Hill Home-
,h Samuel R. Foster Columbia Office: i or Rock Hill Office:
Rock Hill Home:
CATAWBA 14. LANCASTER HOUSE
.ONLY Columbia Office:
William B. Boan or Heath Springs Office:
Heath Springs Home:
Tom G. Mangum Columbia Office:
or '
Lancaster Office: ,
- Lancaster Home: f i
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 D
a Figurekl :
SGL Call List (cont'd)
Time
~
Phone Called CATAWBA 15. CllESTERFIELD, KERSILW Numbers ONLY & LANCASTER If00SE Derial L. Ogburn Columbia Office:
Jefferson Office:
Jefferson Home:
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 e
Figure 12 .
FGL Call List .
Time Phone Numbers Called
- 1. Senator John East. Washington Office:
Susie Hutchens Washington Home: ,
(Appointment Sec.) / , ,
Quentin Crommelin, Jr. Washington Home:
(Administrative Asst.)
Kathy Davis District Office:
(Staff Director) District Home:
i.
- 2. Senator Jesse Helms Washington Office:
.Clint Fuller Washington Home:
(Helms' Asst.)
Frances Jones Raleigh' Office:
Raleigh Home: ,
- 3. Senator Ernest Hollings Washington Office: ;
i Michael Copps Washington Home: ;
(Administrative Asst.)
Bernard Meng Columbia Office:
(State Secretary) Columbia Home:
- 4. Senator Strom Thurmond Washington Office:
District Office:
(Columbia, SC)
Dennis Shedd Washington Home:
(Administrative Asst.)
John Steer Washington Home (Legislative Asst.)
Warren Abernathy Spartanburg Home:
(District Office)
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
Figure 12 FGL Call List (cont'd)
Time Phone Called Numbers s? '\'
Rep. Ike Andrews Washington Office:
5.
JoAnne Ewing Washington Home:
(Administrative Ass.t.)
Ken Kirby Cary Office:
Cary Home:
r Rep. Robin Britt Washington Office:
6.
Washington Home: f Tom Ross (Administrative Asst.)
Jim Davis Greensboro Office:
Greensboro Home:
(District Asst.) r Rep. James T. Broyhill Washington Office: __
- 7. Washington Home:
Lenoir Home: __
Sharon McCravy Lenoir Office:
Lenoir Home: _
Rep. James McClure Clark Washington Office:
8.
John Crumpler Washington Home:
Terrell Carren Asheville Office:
(Adminfstrative Asst.) Asheville Home: ,
Washington Office:
- 9. Rep. W. G. Hefner Washington Home:
Bill McEwen (Administrative Asst.)
Virginia Jochems Concord Office:
(Office Manager) ;
j Concord Home: -
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 O
(
Figure 12 FGL Call List (cont'd)
Phone Time Called Numbers ,f
- 10. Rep. James G. Martin Washington Office:
Washington Home:
Davidson Home:
Bob Freeman Charlotte Offices Lincolaton Home:
1 Jim Loftin Washington Home:
j (Martin's Asst.) i
- 11. Rep. Stephen L. Neal Washington Office:
Don Abernathy Washington Home:
(Administrative Asst.)
J. W. Phillips Winston-Salem Office:
. (District Adm. Asst.) Winston-Salem Home: .
- 12. Rep. Tim Valentine Washington Office:
Ted L. Daniel Washington Home:
(Administrative Asst.)
Quentin Sumner Rocky Mount Office: __
(District Representative)
Rocky Mount Home:
- 13. Rep. Carroll Campbell Washington Office:
.(4th District, S.C.) Fountain Inn, ,
SC Home: ,
Nikki McNamee Washington Home:
(Administrative Asst.)
Bill Bryson Greenville Office:
(District Office) Greenville Home:
J Rev. 1 .
June 15, 1983 O
y -. . . - _ .
Figure 12 FGL Call List (cont'd)
Time Phone Called Numbers
- 14. Rep. Butler Derrick Washington Office:
(3rd District, S.C.)
Washington Home:
James Bradford (Executive Assistant)
Barbara Gaines Anderson Office:
Anderson Home:
(District Office) _.
Washington Office:
~15. Rep. John S t ratt (5th Disttict, S.C.)
Washington Home:
Jean Neal __
(Washington Administrative Asst.)
Rita Hayes Rock Hill Office:
Rock Hill Home:
(District Office)
(
l Rev. 1
- June 15, 1983
2 DUKE POWER COMPANY GENERAL OFFICE RESPONSE FACILITIES McGUlRE/ CATAWBA CMC Figure 13 .
ELECTRIC CENT ER ROOMS DESIGNATED FOR EMERGENCY USE O. J. MILLER AUDITORIUM CRISIS NEWS CENTER FOR McGUlRE & CATAWBA NUCLE AR STATION 0 CONFERENCE ROOM EC 3 32: BLACKBOARD DESIGN & CONST RUCTION GROUP
- " ^' 8 0000000000 gUU O 4- 14' " 23 O C 0 0 0 0 0 aaouoO O
O f s, 3 O O OO O O O O O O O 5' O O O O aooooooooo O k im E 71FT.
0000000000a C
~
OOOOOOOOOOO OOOOOOOOOOO 372 CH AIRS
[ J_
- 57 F T, _
/
Rev. 1
-72 June 15, 1983 4
DUKE POWER CO.'.iPANY EMERGENCY RESPONSE F ACILITIES Figure 14
^
McGUIRE/CATAWB A CMC GENERAL LOCATION c
\s
- GENER AL OFFICP EUILDING LAYOUT . CHAR LOTTE, N. C.
Jl i i 1 L .l MINT STREET ,
DUKE DUKE-PCWER POWER ELECTRIC BUILDING g CENTER p w U_ $_
_ g CHURCH STREET w e ,
- -$ g-o
!E
' N WACHOVI A PARM W CENTER I
o TRYON STREET """
R i I f I l~ @
8 f'
f
.G S C .9 N g
\
r )
/ ,&
j
~c f dc s ! /
f
,/ ?
,{
l'27'.'*\', /i'p,/ \ Rev. 1 V'[,'
. ,5, June 15, 1983 ,
m
~
e
- q o 2>p oC !
o! ggg ggg 2p9CM~mm n*Q4 I#nXo$gc ED.yc
- i2 o 5o oEN SO >a2EoOn2o J
{O -
_a oOO
.q!D -
lM q 'Z3 * "! .
- mIo2m
- . o 0 9"6 C m 4- O2 NO3>O"
". 2 2a8f 2
- b
- n 2m mM 4O U
- . gr egQ 3
- . g>g~ OC = h0o$z 0 P g2Qc# r~2
- 3
- *. j mO ]O29 .
m g- '
o m
L c O
2 A N D
0, .
T
.I - U h
- *o i DO
.R
- t. APP B U 5 I i
S C
N R
I
_ /eo eo iC iO R
S 1
[
_ l 'i
~
I
- _ iNI I S MIS DS AA' i
P A
N. M
- o i nO CEZ no M R
I R - ! i ec i
{
O l e g
1 EE _
EN NR I MA Di i E PL R H OI i N0 5 C 2 T
NI
- A S
O OI i
M
- f I
],J 0 O C A N /
G ? )
ILS BE UK M
N I G LN UI DN
=
M m
PO EN :
P S
HA '
CL SP
. a y
@ e- @
'O c- o lspg7 2 \
oOO a
gO -
3
- e 38 qh0 .@. WDC4
/
J
DUXE POWER COMPANY GENERAL OFFICE RESPONSE FACILITIES Figure 16 I McGUIR E/ CATAWBA CMC l
c SOUT!4 CAROLINA PlO'S CRISIS NEWS GROUP STH FLOOR POWER BLDG.
' STH FLOOR POWER 8LDG. ROOMS: P8 5020,5022 ROOMS: 5014,5012.5010 _ . . _ .
PHONES: ?" ~
i PHONES: ' j, ,
NORTH CAROLINA PlO'S 7
STil FLOOR FOWER BLDG. ROOM
- ROJMS: PB 5018 cn1 A
- FHONES:
1 4
OF_FSITE R ADIOLOGICAL COORDIN ATOR ,-
ROOM 1222 WACHOVIA CENTER f
~
23-N
~
O O !O O O O O j O
O h O D
~ -n3 O O O O O O i
l l
1
- Rev. 1
' Jtme 15, 1983
'; o 4
l
3891 ,51 enuJ 1 .veR 9
' .TF 03 *
/ N OOOOO OOOOO
.T, , ,
O O O
m- ,- w .. q o o ~
U O
OOOOO OOOOO 8841 MOOR ,RETNEC AIVOHCAW MOOR ECNER E FNOC - SEITNUOC . IS(ETATS . CRN CMC ABWATAC/ERIUGCM T
71 erugiT SEITILICAF ESNOPSER ECIFFO LARENEG YNAPMOC REWOP EKUD
3S91*,51 enuJ 1 .veR .TF 52 f I
SELBAT 4 SRIAHC 12 OO OO OOOO TF3i O O
\
.l O
I E.NOHP RxPS O O
'O OOO OOOO RETNEC AIVOHCAW NOITACOL ESNOPSER ECIFFO LARENEG . TROPPUS L ACIGOLOIOAR .0932 MOOR
.TF 32 O
\ _
O O OO O O OO O O
~ ~
.TF 21 O
O SELB AT 4 Q QQQ QQ QQ SRI AHC 12 D
(NOHP .RKPS O /
4071 MOOR RETNEC AIVOHCAW ECIF FO TROPPUS L ACINHCET CMC ABWATAC/ERIUGCM 81 erugiF 1 SEITILICAF ESNOPSER ECIFFO L ARENEG YNAPMOC REWOP EKUD
4 DUKE POWER COMPANY -
GENERAL OFFICE RESPONSE FACILITIES I
Figure 19 i
)
ADMINISTRATION & LOGISTICS OFFICE, ROOM WC-0925 O O O O b k y .
11 FT .
O senR. O PHONE
~
p r ,
D 1
C- ..
O O O O 1 TABLE to C:4 AIRS 15 FT.
Rev. 1 l June 15, 1983 I I
9
Figure 21
SUMMARY
OF EVACUATION TIMES MCGUIRE
- 2 2 1 1 1 1 h -h I- I-ij w.
i2 v lJ_ 'g -
I
! I J 1 1
! 5 3, 3
l- #3
! a!
43
! 1 43 1
43 J
j zg- 31 3 3 3 g i3 i.4.E 4 -
31 3:
}1 t 4 2 4 -
13 13 t}3, tl 31 la !!
t
! !2 ff g
t l;
t s
t s;
av
}j;-
1
=-
1 e 32 1 ea e3:a 2e=
! !:* 2:. 2:
- =
e 3 .: 2 .:
e
=
av a 25 . : as c4 6z 6< Af ~e <4om is it uw u s 1 1
m ss >
>= wL I 6 w .e vmin f uu.o ,
'4 4 h23 h23 !sec 3 3 2NE 439 ISS 97 4 348 1.20 1 2 3 3 30 .- - 1.300 l ! 3 3 4 4 h23 h23 b60 3 3 2 5E 193 2 3 3 4 4 h23 3:23 1:40 3 3 2SW 34 8 222 - - 1.300 4 3 4 4 h23 3:13 is*C 3 3 SIF 2.026 724 4.300 1 2 3 2NW 3.268 3
2 3 3 4 4 h23 3: 13 lie 0 3
. AB Sea.ma 2.436 1.00F 3.000 I.071 F.300 1 wit.,u. n.. un.,
2 3 3- 4 4 h23 h23 Inte 3 3 3NE 2.346 1.032 3.401 1.213 1.300 1
- I.300 1 2 3 3 4 4 h23 4:00 lies 3 3 3 SE > I.796 888 -
3 4 4 3:23 h23 I40 3 3 798 1.233 448 I.300 8 2 3 33W 2.417
) 3 4 4 h23 trop tie 0 8:43 2:30
).443 3.34F 1.267 4.300 1 2 JNW 1.429 2:30 2 3 3 4 4 h23 e.00 1:40 1:43 AB Sher.as 10.e64 4.290 8.203 2.330 F.300 1 within T.n _uti.e 2J04 2 3 3 4 4 3:23 h23 tree I:43 2:30 to NE 13.309 6.277 F,sse 9.600 1 3 4 4 3:23 4:e 1:40 2:43 4:13 80 SE 13.634 F.644 2.643 939 9,600 8 2 3 2 3 3 4 4 suce 3:43 lie 0 h43 2:30 10 5W 15.264 F.490 1.233 644 6.000 1 6.000 1 2 3 3 4 4 3:23 4:a0 I *0 lies 2:30 10 84W 9.274 3.802 6.67 3 2.342 88,467 2 3 3 4 4 era 0 h43 tiec 2:43 4:13 Total EFZ 61.303 23,217 6.39 ) 27.400 1 Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 G>
s 1.
Figure 20 .
a g j. Local and. State Agency Emergency Centers Emergency Operations Centers are established for use by local and. state agencies.
These centers are locsted as fc11ows:
O /
Local '? State MCGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION . .
Irede11'Co' unty, N. C. Air National Guard facility County Agriculture Building Douglas Municipal Airport Statesville.~, N. C. ,
Charlotte, N..C.
Mecklenburg County Police. Department .
County Services Coriter
. 618 N.. College St.,;
Charlotte, N. C. .-
Gaston C'ounty Gaston County Police Depertment Gastonia, N.J:. --
Lincoln County.
Lincoln County Courthouse
~Lincolnton, N. C. -
Cataw'ba County Public Safety Building j
. Newton, N. C.
- x
- ~
Cabarrus County .
Courthouse ,
Concord, N. C. - -
' ~
CATA BA NUCLEAR STATION ,
N. C. Air National Guard Facili.ty Mecklenburg.. County
~' Police Department Douglas Municipal Airport
. County Services Center ' Charlotte, N. C.
618 N. College St.
Charlotte, N'. C. .
Gasto ECoun y 1
~Gaston County Police Department
~
- - , Gastenia, N. C.
York County u Clover Armory
]'
Emergency Operations Center Clover, S. C.
155 Johnston St. _
Rock Hill, S. C. -
(
A Rev. 1
- June 15, 1983 .
,2
, i ,
-. . . . - - .- - .... .-. . . . - - . . . . . - , -. -. ..-... ~ ,-.-..:..
Figure 22 16
. ..g 17 18
"" .:; , ,3 j, . ,
> t
. } *
. - . , ,, 13 y , ...
~I'i
.t k, I
( s
\".
N)
@.Ie a -,. . . .
p
,. s s- ....
s, ca n
% ,1 ,p
- g. y :,- .'" _
m
#* j.
14 ,
.e < , .t.
- u .' ' \f, o ,
j ,,, s, 3 -
n ., t l
"a\
13
^ "* -
- - .- g
n n ,. N' ,,
" a
,,- q - .
- 7tp " 1
. .s "s 'Y5;
-ll. p s (1' !
- n n- =
. ..f, y y ~l . .-
l(
' I E . .. ' pf
- a h l
- k;#'
~
. g~ ' ..
'$ )
t - , ,
g /g? i~
m
- s. - :_
'y s@e*
} f' y
ts s
-s
-g,
.- g e g/.-*
J h.
4-s r-I i
r x-11 J.!.... ~# .
se ae n
.....<*' ~
s ..
y .., s} p.c ,
. . ~ .s 10 .i #*s...a 5
7 9
3 Figure Evacuation Routes for the McGuire Nuclear Power Station Rev. 1
. June 15, 1983
1 Figure 23 l
3 ,
,- "r 'j. . ; ;-
N .. l E
[ ,,,, ~ d' r ., #
..c N
s
{(
i, *
).g. _ { Ea .
f_ ~ q,'.a,e *
- 'x - . .'.5.# %\pt - " f g o,,% 3
- p%e w
, im , ,,, . . :. -
- s N., i.
"p 9
dd N.
4 +
\
/./
Y.l g o
=-
f
',-> ' / .i . ,, y\ 4g 11 ,,
s.
= v a ,a maa.
<~/*
f l -
y
~L Q f. l '3
=. . . < . > . s ,
l .t i
.} s~/ -
i a- .
% ..a g #gL',
\ , "atpz 4.< g- - p,. r=
}'I i s Q ~- -
e n\ l./ .s \ .
gr.f. # $ s # e\;,s,c .\.\ :.sl .;jktpf,,;,, -
...*\ f.'\ * .~ .
g ,,
- .2
~ u .,***.. #*'.. .a *
<n i
$ Schools
& Hospital - r A Prison Figure Location of Special Facilities - MCGUIRE
. Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
Figure 24 SPECIAL FACILITIES POPULATION - MCGUIRE Location (Selective Schools Population Evacuation Subarea)
John McKnitt Alexander Junior High School 935 10 SE Cornellus Elementary School 590 10 NE Coulwood Junior High School 676 10 SE Davidson College 1,364 10 NE -
Cavidson Elementary School 286 10 NE Davidson Street Academy 5 10 NE East Lincoln High School 674 5NW East Lincoln Junior High School 703 10 NW Huntersville School 722 10 NE O.L. Kiser Elementary School 739 10 SW Long Creek Elementary School 750 10 SE Mount Holly Junior High School 735 10 SW Mt. Mourne School 495 10 NE North Mecklenburg High School 1,369 10 SE Oakdale Elementary School 418 10 SE Paw Creek Elementary School 479 .10 SE Pinewood Elementary School 548 10 SW Rankin Elementary School 742 10 SW Rock Springs Elementary School #1 932 5NW Rock Springs Elementary School #2 160 10 NW Valleydale School 170 10 SE Prison Camps North Carolina Department of Corrections 66 10 SE Hospitals M intersville Hospital 233 10 SE i.
ReV- 1 June 15, 1983 i
_j
- Duke Power Company Crisis Management Plan McGuire Nuclear Station i
Figure 25 Permanent Population by Sector i
119311 N ["l! TIT]
t NNW NNE M 1800 1724 2255 NE NW 10 un.as 595 6211 WNW 207 ENE l I 11771 1144 605 5
! 775 915 340 600 344 C 2 413
- 0 %
y 770 88 8 238 1080 [
W 6% ,JJ 628 0$$ 2'05 4615 540 3043 943 III 3 92 308 ESE l3281l 3673 3714
$g 834 4G65 SE I4213l g l
l SSW SSE i 49,212 1 837l g l4997]
T I I0 otes seement to to assies Poevsessen 152301 POPULATION TOTALS maa.mus dly,o , rarm. wius c4Rfl,y o2 726 02 726 2s 7,013 ,
os 7,739 S - to ' 4.1,473 o to 49,212
/
Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 I
Figure 26 MCGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLANNING ZONE AREA ANO 1980 POPULATIONS AREA POPLUATION ZONE w/in 10 mi >10 mi TOTAL w/in 10 mi >10 mi ~ TOTAL 21.69 0 21.69 2,341 0 2,341 A
2.78 0 2.78 225 0 225 B
4.27 0 4.27 195 0 195 C
i 21.94 0 21.94 1,801 0 1,801 D
28.21
- 28.21 9,257 691 9,948 E
33.37
- 33.37 6,629
- 6,629 F
28.67
- 28.67 2,944
- 2,944 G
k 5.80 0 5.80 5,136 0 5,136 H
I 12.36 0 12.36 2,558 0 2,558 15.17
- 15.17 2,105
- 2,105 J
K 0 58.51 58.51 0 4,337 4,337 L 6.90 18.95 25.85 400 1,350 1,750 24.50 0 24.50 2,224 0 2,224 M
N 28.42
- 28.42 2,450
- 2,450 0 3.88 17.84 21.72 95 2,846 2,941 P 16.28 7.12 23.40 919 1,775 2,694 12.93 0 12.93 1,802 0 1,802
- Q 2,166 R 10.04 7.80 17.84 1,830 336 S 10.26 4.77 15.03 2,486 2,453 4,939 T 1.42
- 1.42 2,341
- 2,341
- 4,530 0 2.85
- 2.85 4,530 24.68 0 24.68 3,751 0 3,751 gg V
- s <
. [h
?
TOTAL 316.42 114.99 431.41 56,100 13,788 69,888
- Small portions of zone are of greater than 10 miles, but were included in 0 to 10 mile area.
E Source: Field survey-June 1980 and 1980 preliminary census report.
Figure 27 CATAWBA
SUMMARY
OF EVACUATION TIMES z
C .
E
& i
- g *t =
5 5
=.
e
- 8
} I t i
5 3 c c !! !! U !!)
$ .! g j 5 8 ., Of 3 * * -
f g 3l 3$ '5 l 58 $U Eu j gu EU f~ **
I I "U
j E
f f5 e
A~
I Af IU flsk f m3 5 g
kl kc. 2 2z *
$ E jg 5
- k "3 I 51 $E 31 3Iw $ %8 %i Vw E E I l v --
k EE Ea gE 2e gE - V*
m n
a a
e r e 2 w3 f a
e sa m<
mz te czB -< 24 o-E 8.e .
or u 8
E{ b{
Zones within Two Miles 9
North Carolina 357 154 654 233 1,200 (I) (2) (3) (3) (4) (4) 3:25 3:25 I:40 (3) (5)
South Carolina 363 156 3,552 1,982 2,400 (1) (2) (3) (3) (4) (4) 3:25 3:25 I:40 (3) (5)
All Zones 720 310 6,206 2,215 (1) (2) (3) (3) (4) (4) 3:25 3:25 I:40 (5) (3)
-i Zonas within Five Miles A.I 329 227 10,187 3,637 1,200 (!) (2) (3) (3) (4) (4) 3:25 3:25 1:40 (5) (5) 2,631 1,131 2,548 924 1,200 (1) (2) (3) (3) (4) (4) 3:25 3:25 1:40 1:45 '2:30 B.1 6,161 2,649 16,827 6,007 1,200 (!) (2) (3) (3) (4) (4) 3:25 3:25 I:40 1:45 2:30 C.I 0-1 1,414 608 109 39 2.400 (!) (2) (3) (3) (4) (4) 3:25 J:25 1:40 (5) , (3)
(3) (4) (4) 3:25 3:25 1:40 (5) . (3) /
E-1 429 184 0 0 3,600 (1) (2) (3) s 2,573 1,106 1,382 563 3,600 (1) (2) (3) (3) (4) (4) 3:25 3:25 1:40 1:40 2:30 F-1 13,737 3,905 31,293 (1) (2) (3) (3) (4) (4) 3:25 3:25 I:40 1:40 2:30 All Zones !!,172 Zones within Ten Miles A-2 4,838 2,080 4,073 1,454 4,300 (1) (2) (3) (3) (4) (4) 3:25 3:25 I:40 2:45 4:15 (2) (3) (3) (4) (4) 3:25 4:00 1:40 2:45 4:15 8-2 9,771 4,201 46,826 16,717 4,200 (1)
(2) (3) (3) (4) (4) 4:00 6:15 1:40 2:45 4:15 C.2 44,964 19,335 0 0 !!,400 (1)
I:40 4:15 D-2 9,169 3,943 0 0 4,300 (!) (2) (3) (3) (4) (4) 3:25 3:25 2:45 (3) (4) (4) 3:25 3:25 1:40 2:45 4:15 E-2 4,957 2,132 0 0 4,300 (1) (2) (3)
(3) (4) (4) 3:25 3:25 1:40 (3) (3)
F-2 2,655 1,142 650 232 6,000 (1) (2) (3) 3:25 1:40 1:40 2:30 F.3 2,672 1,149 651 232 2,400 (1) (2) (3) (3) (4) (4) 3:25 1:40 2:45 4:15 A!! Zones 79,026 33,982 32,220 18,635 (1) (2) (3) (3) (4) (4) 3:25 3:25
- 1. See distribution in Table 7, cm P.
- 2. See distributions in Tables 3 and 9,Cm P.
- 3. See distributions in Tables 10 and II,r m F
- 4. See distribution in Table 13, Lm P.
- 3. No special f acalities in these zones, C m P.
Rev. I w June 15, 1983 )
9 ., ,._--r-,,.c .
, m , . - , - - , ,-__.m . ,- -- - - - , , ,-.-.m.,.- -
Figure 28
?
eummes Zone or EPZ Boundary -
[ \
A1 Zone Number - j u ' 5 ,1 x c.
F3 s
j", f n/
<y .r.
u ,yp W N-
- . ~ . .
y
, py \
I A2 F2 , 1'
\ / _47 ,
c== a,. q r g F1 g,,, x- .. I
' j .. , _/ / .
6'
~ \
f,
& k1 i .L ,/ - ~ . .
f E-1 f p 2 fg
" "Y , # y
- j 3 D1 L g k- i
= =\ .',' ,5) ' ,p , . : a2 i
s 01
/
h E.
\. .m. N y -j. , . 3, --1, F !~, lQ T N ' s. m.?.I \ - ,/ ; - . 1. ,
t
. .f '
02 __.
/
i
,, e .~ ' T ,
f
,s' e' t__,' 's.It, ' '..--l - s . . . . .
Selective Evacuation Zones for the Catawba EPZ Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
Figura 29 A Day Care Centers [ i B Schools O Hospitals . i 9 Nursing Homes
- O PenalInstitutions *: #
l s M"" g3y 4
' ' ~ ~ - -- - " '
s"*,';,',"g--. . .?
,/ . ... p g -x ...- ......... ., - t .3
__ % .L ,1, p jg
- v. a
*4 .m., ...a ,- , ,- , p ..\. .a,. .J..
k %
- f
, . \g, ,".i . ~ \' ),
V ' g A .
,g
[$ " [4I, !
.f- ';
l
,4A1.,,.. ' . - /. . , . :\ .i " t ,1d-A . .. J i , ~.}
g' ..
. m. .m A V D A'3 -/.. / .- a ,7 j.. -. ' ~ ../ : . ; e,s.. -4 %g ,' , ,
- q. ,. * ,,
t
~.,,/ .._- ,, /
A ' ,/-d'
,'s A eA A b . e m ' - n ' ~"~" * ' >- a A q 'n'.:- , ,2 - :
t :' e =a== N.s
- Af
** f AA _, . a nn ' ,- J' *n . ,- ' '-k: ., -
va
~.. . '. . . J .- +. ,/
(Wk
~......- . . .. . . ..,,,.
4 Location of Special Facilities CATAWBA Rev. 1 _gg, June 15, 1983 6 1
Figura 30 SPECIAL FACILITIES POPULATION IN THE CATAWBA EPZ Location Pooulation (Zone) Facility Gaston County Schools 469 F-3 W.A. Bess Mecklenburg County Schools ' 777 A-2 Steele Creek Elementary ' 844 A-2 Pineville Elementary 1,176 A-2 Olympic High York County Schools 563 B-2 A. O. Jones School 76 C-2 Alternative School C-2 450 Belleview Elementary F-1 364 Bethel Elementary School 862 C-2 Career Development Center 960 C-2 Castle Heights Junior High , 445 C-1 Catawba School 1,008 E-2 Clover High School 596 E-2 Clover Junior High 561 E-2 Clover Middle School C-2 431 Ebenezer Avenue Elementary 417 C-2 Ebinport Elementary 116 C-2 Edgewood Center 62 D-2 Episcopal Church Home for Children C-2 453 Finley Road Elementary 915 B-2 Fort Mill High School 250 B-2 Fort Mill Junior High School 1,025 D-2 Harold C. Johnson Middle School D-2 715 3efferson Elementary 591 E-2 Kinard Elementary School
~686 C-1 McCelvery Elementary 790 D-2 Mount Gallant Elementary 454 C-2 Northside Elementary 1,322 C-2 Northwestern High School C-2 443 Oakdale Elementary 1,251 C-2 Rawlinson Road Junior High 452 C-2 Richmond Drive Elementary 1,292 B-2 Riverview Primary and Elementary Complex C-1 339 Rosewood Elementary C-2 17 1 St. Anne's Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
{ Figura 30 (c:nt'd) Location Facility . Population (Zone) York County Schools (continued) Sullivan Junior High 1,010 C-2 Sunset Park Elementary 458 C-2 Sylvia Circle Elementary 369 C-2 Trinity Christian 324 C-2 Winthrop College 4,881 C-2 York Christian School 140 D-2 York Comprehensive High and 1,070 D-2 Johnson Vocational York Road Elementary 562 C-2 York Technical College 2,850 C-2 Clinton College 275 C-2 Day Care Centers Adams Care Center 21 C-2 Child Development Ce.nter 62 E-2 Children't Christian 119 C-2 Children's Wonderworld 70 C-2 Colle'ge Park Nursery 30 C-2 Davis Day Care Center 33 C-2 Ebenezer Day Care Center, Inc. 32 C-2 Emmitt Scott Day Care 85 C-2 Jimmy's Day Care 40 C-2 Kiddie Kollege Child Development Center 200 C-2 LaPetite Academy 75 C-2 LaPetite Academy 47 C-2 Little Fox Nursery 33 B-2 Little Peoples Day Care 60 C-2 Mt. Gallant Day Care 49 C-1 Pine Grove Day Care Center 30 D-2 R. H. Cornprehensive Day Care 114 C-2 24 B-1 Tega Cay Day Care Toddler House Nursery 40 C-2 Wards Wonderland 35 B-2 Wee Care Day Care Nursery 68 C-2 Whiteheads Kiddie Kare 45 C-2 Yours, Mine and Ours 45 D-2 Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
)
m
=
Figure 30 (cont'd) Location Facility Population (Zone) Hospitals 51 D-2 Divine Savior Hospital C-2 160 Piedmont Medical Center Nursing Homes 62 C-2 Anne's Convalescence [fome 51 D-2 Divine Savior Home 37 C-2 Fallaw Residential Care 132 C-2 Meadow Haven Nursing Center C-2 141 Rock Hill Convalescence Center 10 D-2 Sunshine Homes Penal Institutions 2 E-2 Clover Detention Center 6 B-2 Fort Mill Detention Center 14 C-2 Rock Hill Detention Center (Cherry Road) C-2 4 Rock Hill Detention Center (City Hall) D-2 45 York County Prison D-2 6 York Detention Center f Rev. 1 June,15, 1983
Figure 31
\
Permanent Population by Sector - Catawba 1 3064i y N [2o98 1 NNW E 1687 1339 1457 I 1590) NE HW 10 mLas 2382 1204 0 ENE 229 605 WNW 883 3261 325 208 158 ga 0 73
) 44 247 E
14 ; 42s is l3223J W 150 2784 6 90 g 1013 I 117 2 1647 42 368 2813 6705 [$[ . 893 1498 WSW [29361 3354 968 SE - SW -
- I 1313l 1883 23,175 12,784 $$[ _ $$W
[24680l [2807 { g ,
- s. [g,ggy73 W o*i',' 3o g ,;a; n w isooa POPULAll0N TOTALS ION AL kS ULA lON MlHG. MILES l PCPU 02 5 37 30s 02 11,077 10,540 0-5 4 25 0 10 ) 7R,7AQ j 5 10 1 6.7 . r,o S Rev. 1 )
June 15, 1983 e.-,
-- -----e .e- ..-,--.v-, - - - - -- --- ,,_ - - --w-- - ,wr, .,-,y.c c----4 -.- .e-,.--m- ,y-- -, -------r-- w -- -p--- -------u-----y~,
Figure 32 Estimated Maximum Transient Population - Catawba I 3806 l
,H [12401l I830 (
NME NNW 2602 l 424] [ 311 l NE HW 10 Mus 17 0 ENE 776 9482 NNN 46,000 [ 0l 0 311 - 21 O g#gQ e [ 62 nos 168 E I 3 13 ( W o 6e 826 I12071 0 , l1139l 0 $ $ 2358 j 13 3971 ESE 96 205 N3N 12651 I2446) I 92 l o 0 SE SW l4084j { 536 l SSE S!W l 351} M g
**" *'" [13057]
ho7nal o 'g*,'3o yijf, POPULATION TOTALS b TOTALMILES l huk'((o*g RING MILES l PCPU ICH 6,206 6, 2 L6s 02 1 o.2 ! 37,504 31,298 o.5 25 I 52,200 0 10 ) R9,704 5 10 Rev. 1 June 15, 1983
'L
~
Figure 33 i h'bb@*f,: a,5bh8I yr ,
' ia o , j g, 3'. ' i l j:.i<q'. f f .I, [' ', . ' pi 1 {s, . i ; i h!f:p,",' ,ikl[; !!.b. ' - ';'
(j' I '! CONTROL ROD DRIVE
^ ' MECHANISM }_ ,j,- - .t ~.
k THERMAL SLEEVE CONTROL ROD , DRIVE SHAFT
't- $.f r"!6. I wg N'(. h 6 g J) lik LIFTING LUG ) ,
8 l
'i;, ,;h
CLOSURE HEAD UPPER .'fy,.3M' ',' , ' '.h'J h ASSEMBLY SUPPORT PLATE g[ .; ,, ] '; . SUPPOR LEDGr. e [ ,' I:AN' " k,,' ! ),, 7,'..Mk x
!d i %
i , .e4 p lp;,, A ) ',
!. Y ORE BARREL i g ( ;,J ' g ,, /J INLET N0ZZLE - f. .
f ,~itd-}, mo,.. k,3,[ _') ' y
\
c-t ;c t;d. Si FUEL ASSEMBLIES I 9. n . f
, <4 OUTLET N0ZZLE h /
S - BAFFLE UPPER CORE PLATE FORMER k, .f" . j l , j;h ' REACTOR VESSEL l ,, b j' ,j) j hp LOWER CORE PLATE
,,....a a .-
q 't .; , LOWER INSTRUMENTATION
', dj .
i l
,b- IRRADIATION I! . SPECIMEN GUIDE ,
{ FOR G I / RADIAL SUPPORT ij ;
,1 'YO'l'g:'HF 9 .
{.,,l ; u ' ' Wn s
- CORE SUPPORT TIE PLATES COLUMNS Rev. I _g,,
Westinghouse NUCLEAR REACTOR . lune 15, 1983
~
l Figure 34 i STEAM N0ZZLE ,
"fI [1
[i b.
,_ b .- POSITIVE ENTRAINMENT , STEAM DRYERS N ') E __,_g ' SECONDARY MANWAY u
gg{; .
- p SWIRL VANE HolSTURE SEPARATORS [ g UPPER SHELL . 7. - 't J' ' FEE 0 WATER N0ZZLE f Q, fa.6g# ~ % s _ffilii _s TRANSITION CONE Q _es Cg 2_,
e
- _)
l TUBE WRAPPER 'I( -
' TUBE SUPPORT PLATE ~ .h!$' 't '
TUBE BUNDLE 5 $ ?!lA N hY Ig LOWER SHELL kh 5$fhN Nk SUPPORT RING
'd gQ, "i '
l
\
x x v) l.
# DIVIDER PLATE I
! TUBE SHEET Q PRIMARY OUTLET PRIMARY INLET Rev. 1 June 15, 1983 W85tingh0USe STEAM GENERATOR
l Figure 35
~ fS,'
I . 1'; la j . 1-Q-.t .
\ N /
R00 CLUSTER CONTROL s I h/ ' NHOLD DOWN SPRING TOP N0ZZLE g N f@. FUEL ROD CONTROL ROD--
+ , -THIMBLE TUBE
( #t{ GRID Ej @ ' ff# f ff."
/ !4 -
3 * ~i MIXING VANES
*8 BULGE JOINT
- I*- I.'l i se o+ ,
.m . l,'l l}[l' i f
l Wgb ,y DASHPOT REGION f
~ " R, -
j 5:~ GRID SPRING !!(,h L' f f[ ff "
? 7 l DIMPLE ks II'hYJ I
BOTTOM N0ZZLE DJ j THIN 8LE SCREW i
)
i l' Rev. 1 June 15,1983 .g, Westinghouse 17X17 FUEL ASSEMBLY l
Figure 36 s STEAM GENERATOR W v m v REACTOR COOLANT PUMP Vv OA s 6 n M O V is V V
/ J %d n g N, ,'a m. >g y%8 PRESSURIZER - NUCLEAR REACTOR VESSEL Rev. 1 - ~
Westingh0USe NUCLEAR STEAM SUPPLY SYSTEM June 15, 1983
Figure 37 SPRAY N0ZZLE RELIEF SAFETY N0ZZLE N0ZZLE j MANWAY i UPPER HEAD k INSTRUMENTATION N0ZZLE LIFTING j TRUNNION (LOAN BASIS) t ) 1
\,;
h SHELL 0 \ LOWER HEAD l HEATER SUPPORT ff INSTRUMENTA 0
. Q ELECTRICAL HEATER y ~
y l SUPPORT SKIRT y' V SURGE N0ZZLE y Westinghouse PRESSURIZER June 15, 1983 1 I
_~. F!gure 38 p-= gl ur FLYWHEEL UPPER RADIAL J BEARING gg THRUST BEARING [ j - gy h ) MOTOR SHAFT a % THRUST BEARING k r Oil LIFT PUMP I '
- l , + MOTOR MOTOR STATOR g "o MAIN LEAD jbj " N MOTOR UNIT A - P' ASSEMBLY CONDulT BOX '
I
) " f LOWER RADIAL -
BEARING
/ %/ yy 8"' "a8'aa 43 M0.1 SEAL LEAK 0FF N 3 SEAL i
h6 - "
/
NO. 2 SEAL ' 5 s COOLING WATER LEAK OFF . OUTLET W PUMP SHAFT i / D L BEARING COOLING WATCR INLET " ' -
,/ 4 7 HE EXCHANG DISCHARGE \ ,
N0ZZLE CASING
- 1. .
e IMPELLER SUCTION - t N0ZZLE Rev. 1 m 15, 1983 . _99 Westingh0Use REACTOR COOLANT PUMP
DUKE POWER COMPANY ADMINISTRATION AND LOGISTICS PLAN CRISIS MANAGEMENT TEAM i NOVEMBER 19, 1980 I Revision Log 1 August 1, 1981 8 2 October 1, 1981 9 l 3 February 1, 1982 10 l l 4 September 15, 1982 11 5 February 15, 1983 12 6 June 15, 1983 13 7 14
-- TABLE OF CONTENTS A.0 INTRODUCTION A.1 Purpose A.2 Major Functions A.3 Manager A.4 Assistant Managers A.5 Personnel Required A.6 Support Required from Other Groups A.7 Distribution of Administration and Logistics Plan A.8 Audit Procedures A.9 Expenses Incurred for the Crisis Management Organization A.10 Emergency Classification System A.11 Emergency Activation Form A.12 Definitions A.13 Exercises A.14 Decision Tree B.O ADMINISTRATION DIRECTOR B.1 Purpose B.2 Major Functions B.3 Members of Group B.4 Additional Personnel Required B.5 Arrival at CMC B.6 Action List for Changing From Emergency to Recovery Mode B.7 Equipment Required to Perform Duties B.8 Office Supply Companies - Local B.9 Duke Power Retail Offices B.10 Facility Layout B.11 Photography Services B.12 Newsletter B.13 Telephone Call-up List B.14 Inventory of Supplies B.15 Records for' Administration and Logistics Team B.16 Audit Procedure C.0 . ACCOMMODATIONS DIRECTOR C.1 Purpose C.2 Members of Group l C.3 Additional Personnel Required C.4 Major Function - Crisis Situatiun !
C.5 Equipment Required During Crisis, McGuire, Catawba or ! Oconee Nuclear Station (SITE) ! C.6 Major Functions Recovery Effort C.7 Equipment Required During Recovery - McGuire, Catawba or Oconee (SITE) I C.8 Interfacing with Plant Security C.9 Central Processing Center C.10 Lodging C.11 Airline Reservations i C.12 Audit Procedures , i Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
-e- p.m.-%
TABLE OF CONTENTS D.0 COMUKICATIONS DIRECTOR D.1 Purpose D.2 Major Functions D.3 Members of Group D.4 Additional Personnel Required D.5 Arrival at Site D.6 Communication Systems D.7 Equipment . D.8 System Testing D.9 Telephone Directories D.10 Audit Procedures E.0 PURCHASING DIRECTOR E.1 Purpose E.2 Major Functions E.3 Members of Group E.4 Additional Personnel Required E.5 Arrival at CMC E.6 Interface with Other Groups E. 7 Crisis Stage to Recovery Stage E.8 Procedures E.9 Major Equipment Identification ,
)
E.10 Parts Information E.11 Utilities with Similar Equipment E.12 Audit Procedures F.0 FINANCE DIRECTOR F.1 Purpose F.2 MajorFunctions F. 3 Members of Group F. 4 Action Required of Finance Personnel F. 5 Additional Personnel Required F.6 Arrival at CMC F. 7 Finance Check List for Recovery Operation F.8 Petty Cash F.9 Payroll Procedure F.10 Audit Procedure G.0 COMMISSARY DIRECTOR G.1 Purpose
- G.2 Major Functions Members of Group
~ G.3 G.4 Additional Personnel Required G.5 Arrival at Site or CMC G.6 Food Suppliers G.7 Tents G.8 Trash Removal G.9 Portable Toilets ii Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 _, _ ._.._ ._. _ _. _ . _ _ _ _ . . . _ _ _ _ _ _ , _ _ . - _ . _ _ _ . ~ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _
G.10 Furniture . G.11 Office Trailer ! G.12 Audit Procedure iii Rev. 6
- June 15, 1983
TABLE OF. CONTENTS H.0 HUMAN RESOURCES H.1 Purpose H.2 Major Functions H.3 Members of Group H.4 Technical and Craft Personnel H.5 Technical Assistance from Various Suppliers of Equipment at Oconee H.6 Tractor Trailer Drivers, Equipment Operators, Flat Truck Drivers, Crane Operators, Van and Carry-All Drivers H.7 Electricans, Builders, Utilities - H.8 Other Utility Companies H.9 Heliport H.10 Parking H.11 Crisis Management / Recovery Effort Work Schedule H.12 Facility C.leanup - H.13 Audit Procedure I.0 TRANSPORTATION DIRECTOR I.1 Purpose I.2 Major Functions I.3 Members of Group I.4 Additional Personnel Required 1.5 First Call-Out I.6 Back-Up Equipment I.7 Outside Carriers and Personnel I.B Air Freight I.9 Fuel Availability I.10 Audit Procedure J.0 MEDICAL SUPPORT DIRECTOR J.1 Purpose J.2 Major Functions J.3 Members of Group J.4 Reserve Personnel J.5 First Call-Out J.6 Instructions for Medical Support Team J.7 Facility and Equipment Requirements J.8 Resupply of First Aid Team . J.9 Radiation Assistance J.10 Hospitals J.11 Audit Procedures iv .Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 l
TABLE OF CONTENTS K. 0 SECURITY DIRECTOR K.1 Purpose K. 2 Major Functions K.3 Members of Group K4 Plan Structure K.5 Oconee Nuclear Station K.6 McGuire Nuclear Station K. 7 Entry Assistance for Emergency and Delivery Vehicles K.8 Access of Crisis / Recovery Personnel K. 9 Interface with SC Law Enforcement Div. (SLED) at Oconee K.10 Audit Procedure- . L. 0 INSURANCE DIRECTOR L.1 Purpose L. 2 Major Functions L. 3 Members of Group L.4 Immediate Contact with insurance Companies L.5 Arrival at Site L.6 Interfacing with Other Groups L. 7 Claims Office L. 8 Audit Procedures TRAINING MEETINGS' INDEX l 1 i I v Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
I APPENDICES NUMBER , TOPIC A-1 Organizational Chart A-2 Emergency Classification System A-3 Emergency Activation Message A-4 Definitions A-5 Exercises A-6 Decision Tree B-1 Secretarial / Clerical Support B-2 Office Supplies B-3 Office Equipment B-4 Office Supply Companies B-5 Duke Power Division Offices B-6 Facility Layouts 3-7 Telephone Callup List C-1 Training Package C-2 Identification Card C-3 Individual Register Form C-4 - Motel Space Availability Form C-5 Motel Room Assignments C-6 Motel Verification Forms C-7 Air Travel Request Forms C-8 Air Travel Request Log C-9 Hotels / Motels - Oconee , C-10 Hotels / Motels - McGuire C-11 Airlines E-1 Utilities E-2 Purchasing Department G.O. Team F-1 Imprest Petty Cash Fund Reconciliation - Oconee F-2 Imprest Petty Cash Fund Reconciliation - McGuire G-1 Commissary Audit Questionnaire H-1 -Major Equipment Suppliers I-1 Personnel and Equipment - Catawba I-2 Outside Carriers I-3 Commercial Airlines I-4 Aircraft Charter J-1 Prepackaged First Aid Supplies J-2 Supplier Agreements K-1 CMT Security Plan - McGuire K-2 CMT Security Plan - Oconee K-3 Identification Cards K-4 Personnel Log K-5 Access Flow Chart K-6 SLED Roadblock Locations K-7 SLED Vehicle Pass and SLED Personnel Badge K-8 SLED Roadblock Access Log L-1 Insurance Companies vi Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
A.0 INTRODUCTION , A.1 PURPOSE To support all other groups in the Crisis Management Center and at a nuclear station should an emergency occur with equipment, personnel, supplies, and personal services. A.2 MAJOR FUNCTIONS A.2.a Administration A.2.b Accommodations A.2.c Communications A.2.d Purchasing A.2.e Finance A.2.f Commissary A.2.g Human Resources A.2.h Transportation A.2.i Medical A.2.j Security A.2.k Insurance A.3 MANAGER - R. F. Smith A.4 ASSISTANT MANAGERS The following people are designated Assistant Managers and have responsibilities as indicated in Appendix A-1. In the event of an emergency these individuals will serve as manager when required. A-1 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
Primary Alternates t. R. H. Lynn C. Neil Alexander, Jr. E. D. Morton
~ ~
Purchasing Director, Commissary Director and Finance Director
, , S. M. Kessler D. S. Moss '~
R. N. Johnson Mike Lenderman (Human Resources Director) A.5 PERSONNEL REQUIRED Names of directors and their alternates are included in the Organizational Chart,shown as Appendix A-1 as well as under
. the subtopic " Members of Group" included in each section.
A.6 SUPPORT REQUIRED FROM OTHER GROUPS The Administration, and' Logistics Group is intended to be a totally self-supporting group, as well as a service group to all others on the Crisis Msnagement Team. A-7 DISTRIBUTION OF ACMINISTRATION AND LOGISTICS PLAN Copies of this plan are to be maintained in the following areas: A.7.a Oconee Training Center - Richard Bugert i A.7.b Mike Glover - 22 copies (NRC and Implementing Plans) A.7.c Each member of the Administration and Logistics Group - A.7.d Lionel Lewis A.7.e Primary Emergency Medical ' Technicians A.8 AUDIT PROCEDURES s All of the information contained in this plan will be v'erified for accuracy semi-annually. These periodic audits are to be completed no later than March 31, and September 30 of each year. 1 - s e
. A-2 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 .
l l Upon completion of these audits a letter will be sent to the ,, Recovery Manager or designee signifying audit has been performed. Revisions to the plan, if necessary, will be distributed upon auditing as well as upon notification of changes throughout the year. The Administration Director will be responsible for initiating the audit. l l A.9 EXPENSES INCURRED FOR THE CRISIS MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION The Recovery Manager and Administration / Logistics Manager are authorized to approve expenses incurred in the performance of the duties described in this plan. l A.10 EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Appendix A-2 describes the four classes of emergency action levels specifically addressed by each station's Emergency Plan. 1 A.11 EMERGENCY ACTIVATION FORM Appendix A-3 is a form to be completed upon notiftation of an emergency by each team member. A.12 DEFINITIONS ( Appendix A-4 includes definitions of various terms associated with the Crisis Management Organization. A.13 EXERCISES Appendix A-5 explains activation of exercises as required by the NRC. A.14 DECISION TREE Appendix A-6 indicates a guide for the decision making process for managers and directors upon notification of an emergency, drill or exercise. A-3 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
' ~ ^ " 0- Am= .w u e l s " I E Il I 1
I n, e -I! u. ) T l: ii
~
gI e ne le, g !.= 1 II .
-,E [E. Bi In m a ijild,=
I E
' e5 g g 3.
1 en l. 5-e I-! j9 z. ss .. lg EE Uf of
*h II E $5 t ri I* - "'
b8 En El 2W EI - p u 5 EN C l5 22 ls lW sg ga* l.T- l d
- a i,l 8. .e r-- =a :
_ ri - I. ji .l.i s E l e je $
- se a, .s g! 1 !l EE M== - s.
h
$n W - 22 ^hu - e i
E I a4 8 x.i I .e h ll i E "E - i il Il I g
~
Eau el
.i
- "g n .
$j l li .
7-- g s 8. . le l != i in = l=I ee l .u!! ! *a e= Is'i
= _ . r E_, gs.e l s z.
vI le E_e I ag _i**
~ll.. si.. 4ll 1 a a, 1. . = l= I: =
a e le I= IaE En l i i E Ia! I ** ng -
= sv . !=
- a. I s -
g -. g. = . : l! s a == si II i l! is
=
li !=! L
!g 3: .. ~
Eg ~j Ei si .12. se si ![
<:. si a: _d_ l=" E s t- - *]1 1 21 4= B.i --
g ji
.5 e 8. d5 - - h .li d =
APPENDIX A-2 i PAGE 1 EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM This section of the Crisis Management Plan generally describes each of the four classes of emergency action levels specifically addressed by each station's Emergency Plan. The four classes are as follows:
- 1) Notification of Unusual Event
- 2) Alert
- 3) Site Area Emergency
- 4) Gene al Emergency Emergency Classification - Initiatino Conditions, Eneroency Acticn Levels Each class of emergency is described below.
NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT This , class is defined as primarily an in-plant occurrence requiring i in-plant actions. It does not require offsite notification for the purpose of seeking assistance to protect the health and safety of the , public. The purpose of this class is ' to provide notification of the emergency to the station staff utility headquarters, State and Local EOC's, and others as designated in station procedures. ALERT This class involves events that are in process or have occurred which involve an actual or potential substantial degradation of the level of safety of the station. The purpose of the alert class is to assure that emergency personnel are readily available to (1) activate the response centers, (2) respond if the situation becomes more serious or to perform confirmatory radiation monitoring if required, and (3) provide offsite authorities current status information. SITE AREA EMERGENCY This class involves events that are in process or have occurred which involve actual or substantial core degradation or melting with imminent potential for loss of containment integrity. The purpose.of the general emergency class is to (1) initiate predetermined protective actions for the public, (2) provide continuous assessment of information from onsite and offsite measurements, (3) initiate additional measures as indicated by event releases or potential releases, and (4) provide current information for and consultation with offsite authorities and the public. A-5 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 l
APPENDIX A-2 PAGE 2 General Emeroency This class involves events that are in process or have occurred which involve actual or substantial core degradation or melting with imminent potential for loss of containment integrity. The purpose of the general emergency class is to (1) initiate predetermined protective actions for the public, (2) provide continuous assessment of information from onsite and 'offsite measurements, (3) initiate additional measures as indicated by event releases or potential releases, and (4) provide current information for and consultation with offsite authorities and the public. The actions in this class include all actions which would be taken in a Site Emergency. A-6 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
APPENDIX A-3 PAGE 1 Crisis Management Organization (CMO) Emergency Activ& tion Message The Nuclear Production Duty Engineer is contacted by the Nuclear Station in an emergency with information as shown in Figure E-4. The Duty Engineer contacts the Recovery Manager with that information. If the CM0 is to be activated, the Duty Engineer uses this format to contact at least one person from each group shown in Figure B-12 of the Crisis Management Plan. Each group in the CM0 uses this format to alert its members. Your Name - Person who contacted you Your Group Persons you contacted with this message
. (If Any)
Message Format
- 1. This is (caller's name).
- 2. I am notifying you of a drill / actual emergency at Nuclear Station, Unit No. .
~
- 3. At this time the class of emergency is:
Alert Site Area Emergency General Emergency
- 4. You are to activate your portion of the Crisis Management Organiza-tion and have them report to:
the Charlotte General Office < the Oconee Training Center the Liberty Retail Office
- 5. Specific Instructions (if any)
- 6. Please return a copy of this completed format to the Administration Director.
A-7 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
APPENDIX A-4 PAGE 1 DEFINITICNS ASSESSMENT ACTIONS Those actions taken during or after an accident to obtain and process information that is necessary to make decisions to implement specific emergency measures. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS Emergency measures taken to ameliorate or terminate an emergnency situation at or near the source of problem to prevent an uncontrolled l release of radioactive material or to reduce the magnitude of the release, e.g., shutting down equipment, fire-fighting, repair and damage control. PROTECTIVE ACTIONS Those emergency measures taken after an uncontrolled release of radioactive materials has occurred for the purpose of preventing or minimizing radiological exposures to persons that would be likely to occur if the actions were not taken. , 4 POPULATION-AT-RISK . Those persons for whom protective actions are being or would be taken. AFFECTED PERSONNEL Persons who have received radiation exposure or have been physically injured as a result of an accident to a degree requiring special attention as individuals, e.g. , decontamination, first aid, or medical services. l RECOVERY ACTIONS - Those actions taken after the emergency to restore the station as nearly as practicable to its pre-emergency condition. PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES (PAG) Projected radiological dose or dose commitment values to individuals in the general population that warrant protective action following a release of radioactive material. Protective actions would be warranted provided the reduction in individual dose expected to be achieved by carrying out the preventive action is not offset by excessive risks to individual safety in taking the protective action. A-8 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 n -- -- -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - + . .~,y n ,_,-g_.n_an_n~.,_n,, . . , , _ . . , , . . _ , _ ,n . . . , _ . , , , , . _ , _ _ , _ _ _ .
APPENDIX A-4 PAGE 2 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS Radiological doses or dose rates; specific contamination levels of airborne, waterborne, or surface-deposited concentrations of radioactive materials; or specific instrument indications (including their rate of change) may be used as thresholds for initiating such specific emergency measures as designating a particular class of emergency; initiating a notification procedure, or initiating a particular protective action. SITE 4 That part of the nuclear station property consisting of the Reactor, Auxiliary, Turbine, and Service Buildings and grounds, contained within the owner controlled area fence. EXCLUSION AREA ^ The area around the nuclear station, including the site, out to a radius of 2500 feet (5280 feet for Oconee). PLUME EXPOSURE PATHWAY 1
- The principle exposure sources from this pathway are (a) whole body external exposure to gamma radiation from the plume and from deposited material and (b) inhalation exposure from the passing radioactive plume.
The time of potential exposure could range from hours to days. INGESTION EXPOSURE PATHWAY The principle exposure from this pathway would be from ingestion of contaminated water or foods such as milk or fresh vegetables. The time of potential exposure could range in length from hours to months. EMERGENCY PLANNING ZONE (EPZ) The area for which planning is needed to assure that prompt and effective actions can be taken to protect the public in the event of an accident. The plume exposure EPZ is about 10 miles in radius and the ingestion exposure EPZ is about 50 miles in radius. TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER (TSC) The Technical Support Center is utilized for evaluation of plant status by knowledgeable personnel in support of operations during an emergency situation. OPERATIONAL SUPPORT CENTER (OSC) The Operational Support Center is the place designated for operations support personnel to report in an emergency situation. A-9 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
l l I l APPENDIX A-4 PAGE 3 CRISIS MANAGEMENT CENTER (CMC) OR (EOF) The Crisis Management Center is the facility utilized for direction and control of all emergency and recovery activities with emphasis on the coordination of offsite activities such as dispatching mobile emergency monitoring teams, communications with local, State and Federal agencies, and coordination of corporate and other outside support. Frequently referred to as the Emergency Operation Facility (EOF). PROTECTED AREA An area encompassed by physical barriers and to which access is controlled. VITAL AREA Any area which contains vital equipment. DRILL A drill is a supervised instruction period aimed at testing, developing, and maintaining skills in a particular operation. ; EXERCISE An exercise is an event that tests the integrated capability and a major portion of the basic elements existing within emergency preparedness plans and organizations. i l l l l [ l A-10 Rev.' 6 June 15, 1983
APPENDIX A-5 PAGE 1 EXERCISES Exercises Duke Power Company will conduct an emergency exercise at its Oconee, Catawba and McGuire Nuclear Stations once a year. These annual exercises will be either " full-scale" or "small-scale" events (as defined in 10 CFR Part 50 Appendix E) and will be coordinated tests involving the Station organization, the Crisis Management Organization, the local counties, the State (s) emergency organization (full-scale only), and, when possible, Federal Agency involvement. The exercise scenario, d ta, and messages will be developed by Duke Power Comp'any personnel in conjunction with offsite agency representatives. The event will be designed to test the integrated capability of those involved and a major portion of the basic elements existing within the plans and organizations. Events involving all four emergency classes will o: cur in these exercises. The " full-scale" exercises (held at least every five years) will include mobilization of State and local personnel and resources, the Crisis Management Organization and Federal Agencies; whereas, the "small-scale" exercises (held when a " full-scale" is not, planned) will include local, Station, and Crisis Management Organization response only. The scenario for these events will be varied from year to year to allow Emergency Planners to test group response to many of the initiating conditions. The exercise will be initiated at various times of the day, but in every six year period from 1981 on, one exercise will begin between 6:00 P.M. and midnight, and another between midnight and 6:00 A.M. i ( A-11 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 l l .- .. _ _ - _ - _ . - . _ . _ - L ..-_ _ x
~
APPENDIX A-6 PAGE 1 DECISION TREE Immediately upon notification of the need to activate the Administration and Logistics group, the following will take place: R. F. Smith - Report to facility designated for activation after making necessary group notification. S. M. Kessler - Make telephone notifications in accordance with call-up list. Establish communication system at Crisis Management Center. Transport Accommodations trailer to Oconee, if appropriate and set it up. Report to Administration and Logistics area of the CMC. E. D. Morton - Make telephone notifications in accordance with call-up list. Assess situation concerning meals and act accordingly. ' Report to Administration and Logistics area of the CMC. R. H. Lynn - Make telephone notifications in accordance with call-up list. Establish security checkpoints with instructions. Establish Processing Center. Send supplies and equipment to appropriate locations. Report to Administration and Logistics area of the CMC. A-12 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 ,
-. - .. . _ - . - _= - __. . - _ _ - . ~
4 APPENDIX A-6 PAGE 2 R. N. Johnson - Send Medical Team and supplies to CMC. Report to Administration and Logistics area of CMC. i A-13 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
B.O ADMINISTRATION DIRECTOR , , B.1 PURPOSE To provide general administrative office support and supplies. B.2 MAJOR FUNCTIONS B.2.a Coordinates training meetings B.2.b Provides Site layouts B.2.c Provides office supplies and equipment including flashlights, batteries, clocks, telecopiers, etc. B.2.d Provides photography services and cameras B.2.e Provides secretarial / clerical services B.2.f Provides telephone call-up list for Administration and Logistics Team B.2.g Provides on-site newsletter B.2.h Provides nametags and placecards B.2 i Initiates audit of plan and distributes revisions B.3 MEMBERS OF GROUP Following is a list of people assigned primary or alternate responsibilities under the plan. Alternates are required to ' be as knowledgeable as the primary. B.3.a PRIMARY (DIRECTOR) Sharon Friday B.3.b ALTERNATES Beth Benton Brenda Albertson Brenda Walker Alta Furr B-1 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
B.4 ADDITIOP.AL PERSONNEL REQUIRED Secretarial / clerical support will be necessary during an emergency or recovery situation. Appendix B-1 is a list of people who can be utilized in this area. Accommodations Group will initially require three clerical people at Oconee. B.5 ARRIVAL AT CMC
, Upon arrival at CMC, members of the Administration staff-will be responsible for the following:
Person #1: (1) Responsible for setting up copy machines. (Oconee PIO or G.O. PIO 5th room PB.) (2) Responsible for getting a telecopier to Data Coordinator. (Oconee only.) (3) Responsible for personnel needs of accommodations. Person #2: (1) Responsible for distributing placecards in Recovery Manager's office. (2) Responsible for distributing disposable ashtrays. (Oconee) (3) Oconee only - Relieve receptionist periodically. (4) Responsible for data representation. Person #3: Responsible for secretarial / clerical needs of state / county public information officers. Person #4: Oconee (1) Maintain receptionist's desk and take care of normal Training Center calls by explaining drill / emergency situations. (2) Perform typing as required by Administration Group. B.5 ACTION LIST FOR CHANGING FROM EMERGENCY TO RECOVERY MODE B.6.1 Send copy of Inventory List to G.O. Office Supply Department for replenishment of supplies. B.6.2 Determine additional space requirements. B.6.3 Prepare weekly work schedules. B-2 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
B.7 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO ,'ERFORM DUTIES , Office supplies will be provided as shown in Appendix B-2 by the Director or designee. Appendix B-3 lists office equipment availability within the Duke system and the order of arrival at the jobsite. This list encompasses equipment required by all areas of the Crisis Management Team. B.B 0FFICE SUPPLY CCHPAN1ES - LOCAL Local Office Supply Companies are listed in Appendix B-4. for
- any additional supplies we may need.
B.9 DUKE POWER RETAIL OFFICES . i i A list of all Duke Power district officesIt in North and South may be necessary to Carolina is included in Appendix B-5. 1 obtain more assistance than already designated from these offices concerning office equipment, supplies, clerical l personnel and other human resource needs. B.10 FACILITY LAYOUT Appendix B-6 shows the layout of the sites during a crisis. The commissary area, trailer setup, parking areas and heliport'are indicated. B.11. PHOTOGRAPHY SERVICES Following are sources for photography services in addition to the cameras and supplies maintained in the Administration and Logistics office. General Office: Tom Somers (Construction Department)
'~
Work Phone > f Home Phone ( ) l McGuire: JimReynolds) Work Phone / Home Phone 1 Oconee: Coleman Jennings' Work Phone Home Phone B-3 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
e 8.12 NEWSLETTER An on-site newsletter will be issued by this group as required concerning service information. B.13 TELEPHONE CALL-UP LIST Each member of the Administration and Logistics Team is responsible for notifying the Director of Administration or de, signee of any changes in home, alternate or work telephone numbers. A copy of the telephone call-up list is included as Appendix B-7. The method of notification using this list is as follows: R. F. Smith will follow the lines to contact the team members. If a team member is unavailable at their home, work, or alternate telephone numbers; the caller will be responsible for contacting the people that team member was to contact. B.14 INVENTORY OF SUPPLIES Within two weeks after the completion of a drill, or crisis, an audit will be performed on the office supplies and equipment stored in the Crisis Management Closet. At that time the quantities that are low will be replenished. A check list showing required quantities will- be provided. B.15 RECORDS FOR ADMINISTRATION AND LOGISTICS TEAM Files are maintained in the Administration Director's office as follows: B.14.a Historical files B.14.b Expenses S.14.c Requisitions B.14.d Correspondence - Incoming and Outgoing B.14.e Minutes of Meetings B.14.f Record of Audits Comp 1nted B.14.g Logs of Identification Cards, SLED Badges and
. Manuals B-4 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 1
B.16 AUDIT PROCEDURE Information contained in this section will be periodically verified for accuracy in accordance with Section A.8. Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 B-5 e
= . . _ - . .
e APPENDIX 8-1 PAGE 1 i
- RESERVE PERSONNEL HOME PHONE WORK PHONE SUPERVISOR DEPARTMENT 10 CATION TYPING 5HORTH0 OICTAPH SWITCHB0ARD Oconee I
Danny Powell 0 L Freeze 550 Oconee Has secretarles and clerks available Sheila Smith . Jay Norris 550 Oconee X June Him Jay Norris $50 Oconee I Karen Litzenberger Danny Powell 550 Oconee Fran Riley Danny Powell 550 Oconee
" June Marshall Craig Tompkins 550 Oconee X "0 lane Price Craig Tompkins $50 Oconee X 'Vicki Con Craig Tompkins 550 Oconee X , Richard Bugert { Trng Center Oconee Sharon R Crooks ) Richard Bugert Trng Center Oconee X X X John McIntosh Tech Support Oconee Roger Nichols Tech Sup Gconee Has secretarles and clerks available John Blnder ] Tech Sup Oconee ~ "To be used only as secondaries McGuire N!' ~ ~5Us Gray ' Trny Center McGuire Maudice Livingston Otis Gray Trng Center McGuire Tamy McKnight Maudice Livingston Trng Center McGuire X 4
Brenda Mark Haudice Livingston Trng Center McGuire X Cynthia Henley Maudice Livingston Trng Center McGuire X Vicki McGinnis Maudice Livingston Trng Center McGuire X Patti Mayes Maudice Livingston Trng Center McGuire X Johnnie M Caldwell Maudice Livingston Trng Center McGuire Vicki Brewer Maudice Livingston Trng Center McGuire Audrey Caldwell E Scarborough Trng Center McGuire Debble Helton E Scarborough Trng Center McGuire X Rebecca Hicks E Scarborough Trng Center McGuire X Melva Hicks E Scarborough Trng Center McCulre X Kay Hansen ' C L Sansbury DE EC X X X
-- 8-6 , Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 4
e _..__O_____________
APPENDIN B-1 PAGE 2 HOME PHONE WORK PHONE SUPERVISOR DEPARIMENT LOCATION TYPikG SHORTH0 DICTAPH SWITCHBOARD Either Location Kathy Klein k Bob Penninger Fossil Wachovia 45 wpm
- Document Control Virginia Blakely Gary Murdock Fossil Wachovia 65 wpm X
- Word Processing Kathy Simmons I W Pearce DE EC 63 wpm 100 wpm X Arlene Ritter
- R E Miller DE EC X X Kathy Rowland C J Wylie DE EC M N X Renee Reeves Judi Ferguson Steam Wachovia Debble Branham J H Rame Steam Wachowla Gary Moore Richard Price Purchasing PD
- Hall, Copy Machine Burette Shipp Gary Moore Purchasing PE
- Mall, Copy Machine Jay Huggins A W Lemmond Info Systems PB
- Copy Machine, Telecopter, Supplies, Office Equipment Pam Deese n -
Steve Kessler Purchasing WC Donna Hester Pete Herran Design EC
. 1 _. -s t
B-7
- Rev. 6 i , June 15, 19B3 t
9 I M
APPENDIX B-2
*0FFICE SUPPLIES QUANTITY QUANTITY DESCRIPTION REQUIRED DESCRIPTION REQUIRED 1 B:x letter Size File Folders 1 pack Rubberbands (#18) 100 ea. #10 Plain White Envelopes 2 ea. Letter Openers 100 ea. #10 Env1. w/ Char. Address 10 ea. Wooden Rulers 1 Box Reusable Interoffice Env1. 1 ea. Legal Size Clipboard 12 ea. Steno Notebooks 1 ea. Letter Size Clipboard 24 ca. 5 x 8 White Scratch Pads 1 pack 8 x 14 Xerocopy Paper 12 ea. 4 x 6 White Scratch Pads 1 box File Folder Labels Wht. w/ blue 12 ea. 8 x 11 Wht. Ruled Pads 1 ctn. Name Tdgs (Hello My Name is -)
12 ca. 8 x 11 Yellow Legal Pads 30 ea. Trash Can Liners 20 ca. Telephone Message Pads 10 ea. Black China Markers 1 Box Ltr. Size Typewriter Carbon 12 ca. Red - Water Color Markers 2 pks. 8 x 11 Xerocopy Paper 12 ea. Blue - Water Color Markers 1 pk. Blue Copy Sheets 12 ea. Black - Water Color Markers 1 pk. Yellow Copy Sheets 1 ea. . Dictionary 15 ea. Wire Ltr. Size File Trays 1 pk. Letterhead w/ Charlotte Address ca. Typewriter Ribbons 1 case Disposable Ash Tr'ay's (Cor. Selectric) 72 ea. Flashlight Batteries D Size 6 ea. Lift Off Tapes 1 box Safety Vands . (For Cor. Selectric) 24 ea. Flashlights 2 Btis. White Correction Fluid 36 ea. 7 Volt Batteries 12 ea. Typewriter Erasers 25 ea. Spotlights 48 ca. #2 Pencils 6 ea. Metal Name Card Holders 36 ea. Black Med. Point Pens 2 ea. Telecopiers 36 ca. Blue Med. Point Pens 1 ea. Typewriter Table 36 ca. Red Med. Point Pens 1 box Bulldog Forms Scissors 1 ea. Envelope containing Stamp Pads, 2 es. Holders and ID Stamps for 4 ca. Pencil Sharpeners Desk Top Staplers VISITOR CONSTRUCTION 3 ca. Containing Wooden Place Card 3 Bx. Standard Staples 1 ctn. 4 ea. Staple Removers Holders and Place Cards 2 Bx. Medium Paper Clips 1 box Typewriter Ribbons for 2 ea. Tape Erase w/ Dispenser Selectric 71 100 ea. Transparencies
- Supplies maintained in CMT Closet near Stationery Department in Power Building B-8 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 .
[.-
' APPENDIX B-3 PAGE 1 0FFICE EQUIPMENT CCPY MACHINES (in order of priority) - Located in the General Office Initial Requirements: 1 - General Office PIO 1 - Oconee State / Counties Public Info Officers
- 1. DPC0 Power Building Office Supply Leslie Hvalt .-
L -
- 2. Duke Power Company 422 South Church Street Charlotte, N.C. 28242
Contact:
Jay Hu,cai_ng o Office No. ( f
- 3. OPC0 Safety Department Second Street _
John Francis - Brenda Perry - _
- 4. DPC0 Power Building Personn_el '
Kathy B. Brown - - j
- 5. DPC0 Residential Energy Services Power Buidling <
Diane Thompson
- 6. *DPC0 -
Econ. Dev. Wachovia Center - Lou G. Plowman Jack Roddey - / i B-9 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
APPENDIX B-3 PAGE 2 i COPY MACHINES - Oconee area
- 1. Oconee S50' . .
Lane Freeze
.3 .~
Home: . _
- 2. Greenville Retail Office Rod Dailey s.
Work: Home: - Willy Crisp ! Work: , Home: I Wallace Rigdun-Work: Home:
~
These three people have 24-hour access to the Greenville Retail Office and can transport supplies to the Liberty Retail Office if required.
- 3. E. O. Ferrell, III - Dist. Mgr. Anderson District Office: ; "T .
Alternate: Walker Pickens, Marketing Manager -' Office: ( Home: Mr. Ferrell is able to draw from Duke Power in Pendleton, Clemson, etc. Type of machines available are:
- Xerox, Thermofax and Portable Blueprint (self-contained, no . venting required).
ID CAMERAS - Two required initially
- 1. Accommodations Trailer
- 2. Louise Watson General Office Personnel
--s-e_ .. A
- 3. Maudice Livingston Mce " ira Training Center I ~_ .__
- 4. Roger Nichols Oconee Nuclear Station
~%
B-10 Rev. 6 June 15, 1953
APPENDIX B-3 PAGE 3 0FFICE EQUIPMENT LINEf4AN'$ SPOTLIGHT (7hV) This light adjusts from spot to flood and can operate continuously for approximately eight to ten hours on one battery. Also, available from Toddville Warehouse Ned Chavers Matthew Jackson 4043 Pwr Bldg After hours call watchman first w ., let it ring until answered. The watchman will secure the person alerted for emergency. This responsible person will then call and recieve the necessary instructions and make the arrangements to fill the emergency. The watchman is not allowed to take instructions but only to secure a responsible person, thus eliminating the necessity for an outsider to make numerous calls trying to locate someone. . CAMERAS (1-Poloroid and 1-35 mm required initially 2
- 1. Frank Boyce - Design Engineering - General Services extension s .
- 2. Bob Hollis - Mill Power extensioC - (1 - Poloroid)
- 3. Jim Parker - Construction Services extension ;_ .
Film is maintained by each of these individuals There is a distribution center in the Greenville area where additional items can be obtained by contacting the same individuals listed above. B-11 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
)
APPENDIX B-3 PAGE 4 BASEDICTkPHONE(CassetteType) TRANSCRIBER (1reouiredinitially)
- 1. Margaret Hunt - Mill Power, extension i(1)
- 2. Ruth Helms - Mill Power, extensione ,1)
PORTABLE DICTATING UNIT (1 reouired initially)
- 1. Sharon Friday - Mill Power, extensioi~ ' (11
- 2. Katherine Murphy - DE Electrical, extensf ors ' (2 or 3)
TELECOPIERS (PORTABLE) 1 - NRC 1 - Data Coordinator
- 1. Crisis Management Closet
- 2. Legal and Finance - maintained in CMT Closet
- 3. McGuire Construction or Oconee SSD
- 4. John Simraons - extension.
TELECOPIERS (NON-PORTABLE) .
- 1. WC15-Fossil Producton (Bob Penninger)
- 2. WC22-Constructon Services (Judi Lewis)
- 3. PB2-Copy Center (Jay Huggins)
- 4. EC-Parking Level 2 TYPEWRITERS 1 - P.I.O.'s
- 2 - Court Recorders 1 - Spare (Note: 2 typewriters are maintained for the Accommodations group in their trailer)
- 1. Brenda Walker - Office Supply extension 5401 (3)
- 2. Oconee SSD - Danny Powell (1)
- 3. Alta Furr - Purchasing, extension 4940
- 4. McGuire Construction (1)
B-12 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 5
= APPENDIX B-4 ' *
- PAGE 1 OFFICE SUPPLY, COMPANIES OLONEE NUCLEAR diATION "ar,nar Brothers Anderson Business Equip. Co., Inc.
-11 South Main S*.rcat 510 Murray Avenue ":.aaaville, S.C. ,72C02 Anderson, S.C. 29621 i a '.li11 ic..1s ' -31fice: - ~ d ~" Oconee Office Supply North Townville Street Seneca,_S.C. 29678 Harper Brt- ,3 - ~~
1001 North .. -ia Street Anderson, S.u". 2?S21 Kearns Corp. Young Of'.ca Supp!y 337 West Main 105 So" ,rt Road
- ~ ~~ Easley, S.C. 29640 -
Spartarc . S.C. i93' "?- Tom R. l .;, Jr. Office: . Clemson University Bookstore
;fome: - '~
Clemson, S.C. 29631 c'nt's Bock 5'. . ;
- f. orth ifaier '
- at
- rson, S.C. >21
- Tempo Leasing Corporation ull Fcnt 912 La'urens Road - Greenville, S.C. 29607
- .ca: '
ne: (lease desks, chairs, files, etc.) Business Equ'pr:2.t Company, Inc. 104 W. North Street Grcanville, S.C. 29601
'~~'
C__.- B-13 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
/
n APPENDIX B-4 PAGE 2 0FFICE SUPPLY COMPANIES-MCGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION /CATAl/BA NUCLEAR STATION Forms and Supply Office Interiors 1733 University Commercial Place 1117 Clement Avenue Charlotte. N.C. 28213 Charlotte, N.C. ~ 28205
' ' ~ ~ - Phone:ct.~
Phone.- ' ~ Charles Cummings Metrolina Office Suppliers, Inc. P. O. Box 668436 Pound and Moore Charlotte, N.C. 28266 1447 South Tryon Street Phone: P.O. Box 30427
'-- Charlotte, N.C. 28230 Phone: % j-Kale Of fice Outfitters, Ltd.
217 South Tryon Street Scott Beaver Building Services Charlotte. NA 28201 Power Buildina Phone: - ~ 2 Extension ;"" - (Used Furniture) , B-14 Rev. 6 June 15, 19.83 l
APPENDIX B-4 ' ' ' PAGE 1 0FFICE SUPPLY COMPANIES OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION Harper Brothers Anderson Business Equip. Co., Inc. 631 South Main Street 510 Murray Avenue Greenville, S.C. 29602 Anderson, S.C. 29621
~~~
Jim Williams ~ Office: -
]7 Oconee Office Supply North Townville Street Harper Brothers Seneca._S.C. '
29678 1001 North Main Street Anderson, S.C. 29621 Kearns Corp. Young Office Supply 337 West Main 105 Southport Road Easley, S.C. 29640 Spartanburg, S.C. 29301 Tom R. You,g, Jr.
' " ' ~
Office: ,
~
Clemson University Bookstore Home: ~
. Clemson. S.C. 29631 Fant's Book Store 126 North Main Street Tempo Leasing Corporation Anderson, S.C. 29621 Marshall Fant 912 Laurens Road Greenvilla 29607 S.C.
Office: Home: (lease desks, chairs, files, etc.) Business Equipment Company, Inc.
~
104 W. North Street Greenvill'e, S.C. 29601 L # B-13 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
L - APPENDIX B-5 PAGE 1 DUKE POWER DIVISION OFFICES NORTHERN DIVISION CHARLOTTE DIVISION Mr. J. G. Mann Mr. Fred E. West, Jr. Vice President Vice President Duke Power Company Duke Power Company P. O. Box 5177 P. O. Box 33189 Winston-Salem, N.C. 27103 Charlotte, N.C. 28242 Phone:
~
N~ - - CENTRAL DIVISI0N Mr. Dwight B. Moore Vice President Duke Power Company WESTERN DIVISION P. O. Box 33189 Mr John F. Lomox Charlotte. N.C. 28242 Vice President Phone: q 3-Duke Power Company , P. O. Box 2589 Hickory, N.C. 28603 SOUTHERN DIVISION Mr. T. C. Berry EASTERN DIVISION Vice President Duke Power Company Mr. T. M. Patrick, Jr. P. O. Box 5107, Station B Vice President Greenville, S.C. 29606 Duke Power Company Phone: , P. O. Box 21666 Greensboro, N.C. 27420
/
Phone:( . - _-. I B-15 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 b____________m.
s DUKd POWER COMPANY
' EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES ~
APPEllDIX B-6 PAGE 1
/ '~ . .,,..G 1 ~
t 1 2 00 -
- h 1 McGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION TSC, OSC (ONSITE) s 3
, s NEAR$1TE CWC-OCONEE TRAINING CENTER 1&17 AIR MILES OCONEE TRAINING CENTER - SlHULATOR '
V
. N ,
1 i VISITOR S CENTER CH AR LOTT E. N. C. d - *
. - GENER ACCF FICES McGUIRE/ CAT AWB A JOINT PARKINGT W" " % MILES - - 125 AIR MILES _.
o 1718 AIR MILES OOO 1 23 s U
- l' O^ONEE NUCLEAR STATION ' 14 AIR .] ,
TSC, OSC (ONSITE) MILES I L OO BACKUP TO NEARSITE CMC LIBERTY RETAIL . OF FICE, LISERTY, S.C. CATAWBA NUCLE AR STATION TSC, OSC (ONSITE) s o 4 REV.6 JUNE 15,1983
- B-If o
DUKE POWER COMPANY EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION APPENDIX B-6 OCONEE LEAR STATION NEARSITE RESPONSE FACILITIES f ENERAL LOCATION DIRECTIONS: Take I-85 South Turn at SC 153 to Right Turn Left on SC 123 - Turn Right on SC 130' Continue until you see OConee on right GREENVILLE SPARTAN 8UR: JETPORT N
- k .C. 8 /
KEOW .TOXAWA .C.183 EASLEY S.C.11 V i R CENT 4
- S' C.183
.C.107 LABERTY 25 Bus.
OCONEE N LEAR WAHALLA WEST UNION STATION LC 3
' .C. 23lS.C.130 @
WESTMINSTER MSON PENDLETON
- 3 S. C, 89 i S.C.24 S.C.187 S.C. 81 b S.C.11 S.C. 89 S.C. 24 73 809 l
IR PLAY g ,
- 3 EUN 85
( ANDERSON 4 1 AIRPORT I/ B-17 REVISION 6
' JUNE 15,1983
~~~
o DUKE POWER COMPANY EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION APPENDIX B-6 PAGE 3
'OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION NEARSITE RESPONSE FACILITIES GENERAL LAYOUT KEOWEE RIVER HIGHWAY 130 HIGHWAY 183 f
OCONEE TRA*NING CENTER I y . OPARKING LOT OCCNEE VISITORS x oau f CENTER HELECOPTER LANDING AREA PARKING LOT METEOROLOGIC & I MICROWAVE TOWER 23 CwlTCHYARD S00 KV' UNIT 1 REACTOR n SWITCHYARD UNIT 2 REACTOR UNIT 3 REACTOR TU RB. BUILDING REVISION 6 JUNE 15,1983 B-18
l
- DUKE POWER COMP ANY I EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES ,
OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION APPENDIX B-6 PAGE 4 NEARSITE CRISIS MANAGEMENT CENTER OCONEE TRAINING CENTER COMMUNICATIONS LAYOUT m C ' HPN. ENS OR f s EXTENSION
~
A OR EXTENSIONS - ANO . OR RAOiO RAD. OR HPN OR RINGOOWN N. R. C. M AINT. TO STATE FEOC AND SEE FIGURE H4 SUPPORT COUNTY EOC'S A ... -- q OFFICE \
-g RECOVERY
{- VENDING TECH. fAANAGER/ N MECH. >
~ SUPPCR T/
SCHEDULING &
- DESIGN &
op pi, PLANNING _
- -- CONST.
OF FSITE RAD. TOILET OFFl. C R O. DATA [ CCCRO. Y t I __ RECEPTICNIST
~
ADMINISTRATION L t STATE / COUNTIES ADMIN. UARC
& LOGISTICS [ COMPUTER l L ./
_v. .
,CR ' 7WNSIONS ,
f J NOTE: EXTENSIONS ARE OFF OF (ARE A CODE IS 803) REVISICN 'b JUNE 15,1983 B-19
1 OUKE POWER COMPANY ENERGENCY RESPONSE FACILtTIES OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION APPENDIX B-6 PAGE 5
@ TSC RINGDOWN ON SPEAKERPHONE @ (OEDICATED LINE TO S. C. OIRECTOR ON SPEAKERPHONE) @ ON SPEAKERPHONE BLACKSOARD , =
7 . . _ b "O 00,
/
g+o
, gd.t 9'[ +{g, CCRR # # SCHEDULING / + n . x, PLANNIN G 4 ! f. y A .
e . g . FIGURE H 6 P NEARSITE CRISIS MANAGEMENT CENTER
' ~
b OCONEE TRAINING CENTER e , . COMMUNICATIONS & ROOM LAYOUT RECOVERY MAN AGER/ SCHEDULING & PLANNING
/ . ^
O SELECTIVE SIGN ALING SYSTEM TO STATES / COUNTIES , e REVISION 6 JUNE 15,1983 B-20
~~.-.w........,,,,,,
EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES APPE?IDIX B-6 PAGE 6 McGUIRE/ CATAWBA CMC GENERAL LOCATION I l u
"5,',', 'S ,
S
+
c se N,
\
1 t
- I
~ ,s '6 ,
[ e .,
,- \,
i
/ p ; ,. REVISION C l ,/
s, g JUNE 15.1983 f.'d'"* 7'
' 21 \
v .
DUKE POWER COMPANY GENERAL OFFICE RESPONSE FACILITIES APPENDIX B-6 PW 7 , MCGUIRE/ CATAWBA CMC GENER AL OFFICE BUILDING LAYOUT. CHARLOTTE. N. C. , Jl i I I L MINT STREET DUKE DUKE ) POWER POWER -
- E BulLDING N p
_ i g_ CHURCH STREET $ E 5-c S AHOWA PARKING CENTER M M TRYON STREET l l I I I I REVISION 6 JUNE 15,1983 B-22
DUKE POWER COMPANY GENsRAL OFFICE RESPONSE FACILITIES APPEt! DIX B-6 l' AGE 8
. s MCGUIRE/CATAWB A CMC +
ELECTRIC CENTER ROOMS DESIGN ATED FOR EMERGENCY USE O.J. MILLER AUDITORIUM CRISIS NEWS CENTER FOR McCUIRE & CATAWBA NUCLE AR STATIONS CONFERENCE ROCM EC 3 32: SLACKBOARD DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION GROUP gD
~ ##"#'"3 ooOOOOOOO O POOlUv O g O
O f - 4 - Id* - O n 17-D D D D D 0 0 0 C D D D O O O O coooao 5' 0 O f g aaoaoaaaaaa U O O O O ooo0 0 0 0 11 FT. O O O O O O 5'O ~O O O g SPKR PHONE ]"- - 0 0 0 0 C D D D D D D 0 0 0 0 0 322 CH Af R$ I i i 1 , 57 F T. REVISION 6 ENE 15,1983 B-23 ,
. - - - _ - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0
t m ogm aE" n o - zg i a r o,,2n' 8
" "m[2 mbGCs nm 12 "u
m$Oga f f>gw g >nJ" MI'sm%3g oi P N52zEo
- Og"9o C92n .
.,-eon r @ x mtm u>M m ooo us- ,qn?'9a '
Mg' oz* " fozm 4 l
' oon>N . .. oZ Mon >Om M2Z oo&f ; " gZYm" o4.s "E
- yk 5mgU" gx$o a o yz O P gI%r* Cj- 2 $
" jmUgO$* m v
o s m c 2 C* g a - o - - N N.
, D fL .
s I g - ea g 1 .R DO T C. /@O APP R U S I _ f_ I S C I _ _ I C n R N W0 I S O ' I l ll _ l [l
~
I
. I NT.
I S MS I DS AA I P _ . A
. M. M n@cEZ
_i200 I M R I
. g O0 I R -
4_ l l l O l
.R S T I GE WC EE I - RN EN NR I DI O@ N _ I MA E PL R . ~
1 4 OI 5 3 T NI t
.' '0 1 C
A S 0 5 OI M _ eO x N l L n A G At y c N Cn iM I G I o u lS L N N P BE UI HP m UK DN Cu PO EN ES P S HA T CL SP e
,\
6 0 O O-n1'ECiF' " 32*
- i oOO" 2m$m aZ o bC$ n . f{,u
- t. .
W 9s #r v
(Wo %lbbx @-0 PAGE 10 ' CHURCil S 'T .
$MImmmI'_ h h f_AmummE [ImmerI MI .h- E J 1053 1055 1057 1059 1001 1063 1065 1007 1069 1071 10T3 1076 LJ . L, l
O .- k 1051
. . _ . . ---:= e ;_ 1001 =..r -- .m. - = = . -
y 1050 1052 1054 1056 1058 1060 1062 1004 1066 1066 1070 1072 1074 10T6
,5 , j 1003 1049 1074-1 l ;g g -
h Cl C M C u, 1048 1048-1 1048-2 1048-3 1048-4 ' 1005 l m . - - h 1047 10 m i
. TRT.
ELEV. a
'"* * * "~ '
1046 1046-1 l 1080
.h i IG_. MECil ELEC. b 100 T, g/) h'[J(b I I lg [
- ELEV. ELEV.
[j l l 5
'3' . . . _ . . . -
Y. 1044-1 l LOW \
.' Q ELEV.
g RISE LOD 0Y ELEV. 1090 _ _ _ _ WOMEN MEN 1009 ]i {;O r w ._, . . =. a u . j l 1042 1042-1 y l l
- g. g ;
q ElEV. ELEV. eggy = JANITOR
. ._ .a. . . .
l l STAH9 p_, 011 { 1041
) M Ed E be l adE 1040 1012 1013 1038 1036 1034 1032 1030 1028 1026 1024 1022 1020 1018 1010 1014 , . ., ; : :. . : e. .. - :. .
- g i
1037 1035 1033 1031 1029 102T 1025 1023 1021 1019 1017 1015 I h
~ Fl _P l $ II "l $I"""I~ $M$M $ M $, M '_ $M]9~.I $5 4.I9$I ]95i d_I TRYON STREET WACHOVIA CENTER 10Til FLOOH 4-1-8 8 .
B-25 1 , 983
DUKE POWER COMPANY GENERAL OFFICE RESPONSE FACILITIES
. APPENDIX B-6 PAGE 11 O
g ADMIN!5TRATICN & LOGtSTICS OFFICE, ROOM 0925 l O O 'O O La - . O sexR. O PHONE N w -- u. O O O O 1 TABLE 10 CH AIRS 4 15 FT. REVISICN b JUNE 15.1983 B-26
PAGE 12 CllUnCil . .CET M^ ImmumE$ M . $M$M$ _ U $ M IEr b O murumI.A g .Isamus( I' M IIIsumedhi 957 959-1 901-1 963-1 965-1 967-1 l 9G9-1 971 973 960 970 g} . _ _ _ _ . . . . ___, . _ . . . , . , . - - 959 961 963 905 907 909 es 955 1 ci ---- gg 966 !
)'-
rd 953 f 960-1 962-1 964-1/ ' l4
/ l \ % 951 960 960-2 962 962-2 984 y , Q g g L, . . . _ . . , / 0- 132-3 64-2 ' - # (
I n T. ELEV. .
}*
l943 , wg ;g 0I N O-
]
950 l l l MECll. ELEC. 901 1--
~
941 904 902 I
*n A & ~ ~ ~
Q [f ' o n - - - 903 k LODDY WOMEtl met 1 908 900 vhi e 1 -
= - , a hq l 5E 5 h . LEV.
kf SIAUS JAtllTOl1 910 905 j J""" -
.- . - , - . 5 W 930 934 9 2 930 928 924 922 914 035 933 92 l ] -- - 920 ~~
909 h
~ -- 917-1 917 915-1 915 l
931 929 927 925 53"' 921 919 917-2 917-3 915-2 915-3 l L h[T), 913 911 6 _E AND 8 D LO(r. - Q br 1 r- 1:rn, p g, ,, m i_r- cr r8u t.r ir % : s_. . .. % 6.. i r* u o 4MU InvOrasinEET REVISI0t! 6 WACllOVIA CErlTEn 9Til FLOOR 4- t-01 g.27 JUf'E 15,1%3 eeO
*' DUKE POWER COMPANY GENERAL OFFICE RESPONSE FACILITIES APPEtiDIX S-6 PAGE 13 McGUIRE/ CATAWBA CMC CRISIS NEWS GRJtg . SOUTH CAROLINA PIO'S STH FLOOR PCWER BLDG.
STH FLOOR POWER BLDG.'
~~"
ROOMS: PB 5020. 5p?? ' ROOMS: 8 ~' PHONES: I PHONES' .
/
NORTH CAROLINA PIO'S STH FLOOR PCWER BLDG. ROOM ROOMS: PB 5018
? HONES:('
OFFSITE R ADIOLOGICAL COORDf NATO _R - ROOM 1222 WACHOVIA CENTER 23' N
. i O O O O O O U ! O O
O O _ _ .g O O O O O O e REVISION 6 JUNE 15.1983 B-28
DUKE POWER COMPANY GENERAL OFFICE RESPONSE FACILITIES APPENDIX B-6
- PAGE 14 McGUIRE/ CATAWBA CMC TECHNICAL SUFPCRT OFFICE ' WACHOVI A CENTER, ROCM 1704
[ O SPKR. PHONt , 2i CHAIRS 4 TAB LES OO OO OO O O O O 12 FT. O O OOO O OO OO O _ \ 23 rT. ROOM 2290. R ADIOLOGICAL SUPPORT. GENERAL OFFICE RESPONSE LOCATION WACHOVIA CENTER O OO O OO OO l O O sexR.
,_g,.n""
O T O O 23FT O O OO OO OO 21 CHAIRS
. 4 TABLES t
25 FT. REVISION 6 JUNE 15.1983 B-29
f, . DUKE POWER COMPANY GENERAL OFFICE RESPONSE FACILITIES APPENDIX B-6 PAGE 15 MCGUIRE/CATAWB A CMC NRC . 5 TATE (5) . COUNTIES. CONFERENCE ROOM WACHOVI A CENTER, ROOM 1488 OOOOO OOOOO O n O - ___ / ,. _~O
. O c .
O O , , y, O OOOOO OO000
/
N. , t 30 FT. REVtSION 6 WNE 15,1983 8-30
8 9 61 , V 5 1 E nEN U J
'2 6
E T S A
&C S \ 1 i D W .I A '
NT R I S / MIG P H
^
D O A L '
\ / 1
[ 7 3 e 1 ' 1 i i N A L P T C baR NM E C
- MP '
EU E GK IC AC F NA B F A . O MNOEL , SI 6 4' > ll T S T V I
- SM 2 AU A E B N' O l 1
TO EY IRT L 6 EO M'n T. I Y/ R ER&.N G 3 CSR X1 I K - HA YRE P DE E GD NI "6 B L NA P NG V ' Y ,P O AE N 5 T R AE] tEA PL PP l iI C NH ACS AL 1 E MC P CU E B OU A EQ RM P I CN ME : L 1 RE E E E T D
)
WN I L OO S O A P OC F F C E O C SO K WL E/ U D T
' ' NE T Y
RS SA I P ST L E P U AR E I S R/ R C KE V E S 1 OID L T
. 1 PV MI U
7 S S 1 ED D R3 1 ( N E T V! E 1 P D O 1 l ! l g 1 P C 1 I l U 1
- 1 1
2 6 O
oCXmo oGm"OoK3z<
- ouG5 y DZymgmzH 'hz oooz m 2C@m>5 mH> doz o t>O{o Ogo rO9do2
>m5E Sx mi* ".E m ~ "
i 4 d m>mrm<- 2H. 3 .ou mrm Soz V -
%H "y r5 mmh <-
mmozHm4. . T
. T S T S S E E O E C T R R T T E E l M M i
C M L A O A E C P P KEz m4.* I[ o O - K > O o 1[ x z o rE msH<- - omHkF omTom C E ymo 3 o7 za~ zO2H1 om<g . - m,M 'C Z m == =w W
DUKE POWER COMPANY EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION APPENDIX B-6 PAGE 18 NEARSITE CRISIS NEWS CENTER KEOWEE TOXAWAY VISITOR'S CENTER (UPPER LEVEL) MEDIA AREA-NEWS CONFERENCES, PHONES f o - 10 SENEC,A LINES CAB LED BUT NOT ACTIVF
- 5 SENECA LINES IN SERVICE' --
STATE / COUNTY PIO'S e .- ENERGY i CHAMSER - J; f=N jc' em g0c
~
EE EM
- = !!
U" ' s
=
z c ?
< \
REA N R gLsiUs ~
-~ - GE*_ _ 155 CHAMBER bMW5 CHAMBER _
l -
-m ll - .$ k~ @ 101 014_.F1._d ,
f j T
~ .ke A . toVNGE AREA ? a r t -
m-h M 4~ [ EU^
= _ . - _ _ _
DIR
,- l - .,
k ASST. DIR. . UPPER LEVEL FLOCR PL.AN
. REVISION f JUNE 15.1983 ,
B-33
h . . DUKE POWER COMPANY EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION APPEl.' DIX B-E PACE 19 NEARSITE CRISIS NEWS CENTER . KEOWEE-TOXAWAY VISITOR'S CENTER (LOWER LEV CRISIS NEWS GROUP WORK AREA l I l z5 F Co =-
,!!" c 40 = -
a, s _m REACTOR b ~/ = :' CHAMSER d CUTDOORl E E- STORAGE l Q=
- W UP I E,29 u'-155?_ -
~ '
yur a , l MECH. i NEWS OROUP ECUIP. RM NO M^' WORK AREA C
-? ~ /
O
~
l l \ LOWER LCESY EXT *
& DISPLAY V
REVISION 6 JUNE 15,1983 3-34
o APPENDIX B-7 PAGE 1 HOME NUMBER ALTERNATE NO . WORK NUMBER- FXJ ALT. EXT. NAME ~~~ D. ADKINS (NP) B. ALBERTSON (CT) N. ALEXANDER (QA) G. ALLEN (CT) 8..BABER (CT)
- 8. BENTON (CT)
C. BOSTIC (CT) M. BOWEN (0-550) R. BUGERT (0TC) D. C0FER (GO) G. COX (NP) R. CROST (NP) L. CROUSE (0-550) L. CROUSE (0-550)
- 8. DAVID (CT)
J. DAVIS (NP) D. DOBBINS (CK)
- 5. ORESSLER (CT)
- 8. DUGAN (CS)
J. EDWARDS (MC)
~
- 5. FALLOWES (CS)
E. FAULKNER (CT) , J. FEW (0-550)
- 5. FRIDAY (PUR)
A. FURR (PUR) D. GRAY (MTC)
- 8. HARBIN (CT)
J. HARRIS (CT) J. HART (SMS) D. HOUSE (C INS) T. HUNT (CT) J. HUSKEY (CS) R. JOHNSON (CT) . K. JONES (CT) S. KESSLER (PUR) K. LANIER (CS) R. LAVENDER (CT) L. LAWSON ( C INS) M. LENDERMAN (CT)
- 8. LYNN (CS)
J. MCCLURE (CT) L. MCPHERSON (PUR) k H. MILLER (CN) J. MILLER (PUR) , T. MILLER (MT-SSD) J. MINTON (LIB) _., B. MOORE (MC) f , R. MORROW (MC) _ B-35 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
~
e APPENDIX B-7 PAGE 2
~
NAME. HOME NUMBER ALTERNATE NO.__ WORK NUMBER-"_EXI.~ ALT~a_EXL
'/"~~""^
E. MORTON (PUR) D. MOSS (TELE) s: G. PATTERSON (CK) D. PEELER (M-SSD) D. PHILLIPS (NP) T. POPE (NP) R. PRICE (PUR) J. PUETT (PUR) B. RANDLETT J. ROACH (CT-NP) T. ROACH (0) D. SCEARCE (CMS) K. SHANNON (NP) J. SMITH (PUR) R. SMITH (PUR) M. SPILLARS (PUR)
- 8. TAYLOR (M-SSD)
E. TAYLOR (PS) C. TOMPKINS (0-SSD)
- 8. TURNER (0-550)
- 8. WALKER (GS)
- 8. WATSON (CT)
G. WILSON (ALLEN) M. WILSON (CT) C. WOOD (PUR) . _~ B-36 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
CRISIS MAK ,T TEAM ADMillSTBACTits .d IACISTICS TEl.EFNOME CALL-IIP LIST DUTT E lWEER 30s SMITN STEVE RESSLER (DAN S) COIORRIICATIONS E NSPORTATION CRAic MARION TOWEINS WI SON BILL ICK MAX OIARLES BASER MDRROW BOWEN BOSTIC BOB LYNM (C. N. AL ER, JR.)
\ JgSSg \
EgCENIA l JOINI mARRIS TATIDE FUETT SECURITY ACCOIGRSATIONS FANDY CRADT CROSS AgggM RAY N SON ED D DRTOII CUT ILL 33g COE MEntCA FINANCE tlRCNA5111G AANDLETT TATIDE SMITu NSURANCE D vt TERR JACE DOUG SILL LEONARD ADKINS F0FE Y IIDUSE MARRIN MCPNERSOII galuRA. 31 D
\Jams glLL MIEE BILL SANDg JAME 30 DUCAN Mll. LAWSON LAVENDER MCC JNLE TURNER SPII.EA2S WATSON FALlaWES MART l.ER I
ADMINISTRATION N JANICE I CISST BOB
/ I CLEsIII DDR7 TNT FATTERSON FEE 11R ER AT FEW Wo0D DAVID DOSSINS NILLER MILLER $NARON JAM TED FRIDLT EDWARDS ROACM k NUMAsl RE*auRCES COISIISSART BETn RICNARD SUCERT - OC SENTON SPIEg COFER = CO MIEE EDDIE ALTA h BRENDA JOE MINTON - LIS FA ER
, FLT.R ALRERTSON DAVE SAM ERRY BEN IS DRESSLER NUNT JOIIES SCEARCE l FMILLIPS
$RENDA WALEER RICHARD l.ARRY DOS RATNT EDDlE WIL5011 FRICE CROUSE MOORE lAlslER j
B-37 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 l
\
C.0 ACCOMMODATIONS DIRECTOR C.1 PURPOSE OF GROUP This position provides coordination and support as required during a Crisis situation and initial support during the recovery effort. C. 2 MEMBERS OF GROUP Following is a list of people assigned primary or alternate responsibilities under the plan. Alternates are required to be as knowledgeable as the primary. C.2.a PRIMARY (DIRECTOR) Grady Allen C.2.b ALTERNATES Ben Taylor Bill Watson ,- Sandi Fallowes Jane Hart Jim Smith Terry Pope Cissy Wood i Janice Few C.3 ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL REQUIRED Additional personnel will be required in the clerical / secretarial area. Initially, members from the Administrative Group will assist in the performance of these i functions.
'~
l C.4 MAJOR FUNCTION - CRISIS SITUATION C.4.a Upon notification of a crisis, .the first person contacted (available) from the Accommodations Section shall assure that one or two group members are notified to staff the appropriate near-site facility and then report to the off-site CMC. Person (s) reporting to the particular site will provide registration, ID's, motel reservations, travel arrangements as needed, and support Security. An assessment of supplies shall be made and a State of readiness (for Recovery effort) shall be maintained. { C.4.b The individual reporting to the off-site CMC will secure lodging, make travel arrangements upon request,
- and maintain contact with appropriate A&L manager in order to provide coordination for the .
C-1 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
. - - - _ _ - . - . . -__-_ - .-_._.._----..a
near-site Accommodations Group. Upon notification of going into the Recovery effort, notify group members ; at the site, and contact necessary personnel to provide adequate support at the near-site CMC. C.5 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED DURING CRISIS McGUIRE, CATAWBA, OR OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION (SITE) 1-ID Cameras 1-Typewriters C. 6 MAJOR FUNCTIONS - RECOVERY EFFORT C.2.a Registers incoming personnel. C.2.b Provides general employee training. C.2.c Provides hotel / motel accommodations C.2.d Assists with airline arrangements C.7 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED DURING RECOVERY McGUIRE, CATAWBA, OR OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION (SITE) 1-ID Camera ' 2-Typewriter i C.8 INTERFACING WITH PLANT SECURITY Plant Security is responsible for people entering the project area in accordance with crisis team identification cards made by Accommodations. Plant Security will allow only people with these cards to enter. Reference Sections C.8.a and K.7. C.9 CENTRAL PROCESSING CENTER Accommodations will begin registering people in the Central Processing Center and performing general employee training when the perimeter security points are established upon site evacuation. C.9.a REGISTRATION C.9.a.1 All persons (with the exception of NRC, PIO I or Duke Power personnel with red dot identification cards) not stationed at the site will be required to register. The Accommodations Group will screen these people to determine whether they are Duke or Non-Duke employees; whether they are on the permanent crisis team or re'sponding to a summons; who requested them; where/to whom they are to report; and whether there are any prior arrangements to authorize entry. All C-2 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
groups requesting additional personnel not on the permanent crisis team will submit to the Accommodations Group a listing of the personnel, and a statement authorizing their entry prior to arrival. Personnel not on an approved list will be delayed during processing. Temporary personnel passing screening will be distributed a Registration Form. These forms
. will be completed, checked for accuracy, and identification cards issued if necessary.
C.9.a.2 Permanent site personnel requiring access for normal scheduled work will be coordinated by the Plant Manager and Security. C.9.a.3 The Crisis News Director and staff will register and provide identification for the news media. C.9.b TRAINING During registration, each person will be given information concerning processing steps, parking information, meal schedule, etc. See Appendix C-1.a and C-1.b for examples of training packages to be used. C.9.c REQUEST FOR DUKE POWER CRISIS MANAGEMENT TEAM IDENTIFICATION CARDS Directors requesting additional permanent team member (s) will complete Appendix C-2. This form can be obtained from the Crisis Management Manager (s). C.9.d IDENTIFICATION CARDS Appendix C-3 contains examples of the cards which, allow cccess to the area surrounding the plant during a crisis situation. Each employee on the Crisis Management Team has the appropriate permanent Duke Power identification card illustrated. For employees not on the Crisis Team and personnel outside Duke Power (with the exception of NRC or PIO personnel), identification cards will be made in the Central Processing Center. Each person must wear their identification cards at all times while on site. Plant Security will be responsible for admitting personnel into the restricted area and for determining the identification required to obtain access there. C-3 Rev. 6
- June 15, 1983
. Employees who have the Crisis Management Team -
identification cards will be required to return the cards and have regular identification cards made upon renoval from active Crisis Management Team membership. Each manager from each group or designee will be responsible for insuring this procedure is followed. C.9.e. SLED PASS / BADGE CARDS Accommodations Group will maintain log of South Carolina Law Enforcement Division Passes / Badges provided to the Crisis Management Team in accordance with Section K.10.b. C.9.f FORMS Appendix C-4 Individual Register- To be used for general information, work location, and telephone number. Appendix C-5 Motel Space Availability- To be used for recording availability of rooms in the area when motels are contacted. Appendix C-6 Motel Room Assignment- To be used in assigning individuals to motels upon request. The policy will be to assign i' one (1) person per bed per room. - Appendix C-7 Motel Verification- To be issued to persons requesting motel accomodations for presentation to the motel upon check-in. Authorization will be by a member of the Accommodations Group. Appendix C-8 Air Travel Request- To be used for requesting the Accomodations Group to provide airline arrangements. Appendix C-9 Air Travel Request Log- To be used in listing all airline arrangements made by the Accommodations Group. C.10 LODGING Upon implementation of the Recovery Effort, the Accommodations Group will assess the lodging requirements. On the basis of this assessment, hotels / motels will be contacted as required for reservations. It is the responsibility of this group to make the decision concerning room assignments. Appendices C-10 (0conee) and C-11 (McGuire/ Catawba) list hotels / motels availability. Appendix C-12 lists armories in the vicinity. C-4 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
~ _
C.11 AIRLINE RESERVATIONS Appendix C-13 lists phone numbers of various airlines in -the area. The Accommodations Group will provide assistance as requested in obtaining airline reservations. C.12 AUDIT PROCEDURES The entire Accommodations Section will be periodically verified for accuracy in accordance with Section A.8 of this manual. , C-5 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
. APPENDIX C-1.a PAGE 1 0F 8 I i TRAINING PACKAGE 1 OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION i Registration Information
- 1. Complete the Individual M ster Form
- 2. Have identification card made, if needed. ,
- 3. Give Individual Register Form to Accommodations Group.
- 4. Obtain Hotel / Motel accommodations, if required, from the Accommodations Group. A Motel Verification Form will be provided with the motel name and room number to which you are assigned.
This form will be signed by a member of the Accommodations Group and must be presented to the motel at check-in. i
- 5. Report to Security at Checkpoint 1.
~
4 t This package contains information which will be helpful to you during this assignment. Enclosed are maps, layouts of the site, location of supplies, names of contacts in the Administration and Logistics area who will be responsible for providing various services, parking instructions, and transportation instructions. Members of the Accommodations Group and their staff will assist you in obtaining lodging, registration, general training, and airline reservations. Permanent members of this group are listed below: i Grady Allen Jim Smith Ben Taylor Bill Watson - Sandi Fallowes Jane Hart Terry Pope Cissy Wood Janice Few 4
\
C-6 Rev. 6 l June 15, 1983 l
APPENDIX:C-1.a , PAGE.2 0F 8 GENERAL INFORMATION Parking Parking lots are available for use both at the Training Center (Crisis
- Management Center) and the Visitor's Center (Crisis Management News Center). Parking - at the site is limited, and personnel should leave their cars at the Training Center or Visitor's Center parking lots ana walk to the station.
/
Hard Hats and Safety Glasses These items, are distributed by Security personnel at the Station PersonnelTAccess Fortal (PAP). 4 Radiation Moritors These will be distributed by Health / Physics Group. Cameras and Photography Service - Cameras are available for checkout from the Administration and Logistics Group. Photography Service will also be obtained through this group. Lost and Found Contact the Administration and Logistics Group. Mail Mail should be taken to the Administration and Logistics Office at the Training Center for distribution. Telephone Directories Telephone directories which include instructions on telephone usage are available in Administration and Logistics Group. Telecopier and Copier locations These are located at the Training Center. C-7 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
--4
APPENDIX C-1.a PAGE 3 0F 8 Office Supplies and Equipment These items will be distributed by the Administration and Logistics Group. Clerical / Secretarial Needs , These functions are handled by the Administration and Logistics Group on a pool basis. Newsletter Any information to be included in the newsletter should be given to the Administration and Logistics Group. Meal Schedule The meal schedule is posted in the Mess Tent. Coffee and drinks are available at all times.
)
Access to Oconee Access to the Oconee Nuclear Station will be coordinated with the Crisis l Management Security Coordinator; however, authority to grant access lies l with station management. Those granted access will enter the station ! through Checkpoint 3. I Medical Assistance Medical aid is available in the Training Center. See attached map for location. t C-8 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 ,
. APPENDIX C-1.a PAGE 4 0F 8 ADMINISTRATION AND LOGISTICS CONTACTS A. General Information - Contact managers listed below:
- 1. R. F. Smith 4. E. D. Morter. 7. D. S. Moss
- 2. R. H. Lynn 5. R. N. Johnson
- 3. S. M. Kessler 6. C. N. Alexander, Jr.
B. Administration - Provides office supplies and equipment and secretarial support:
- 1. S. H. Friday 3. B. C. Walker 5. A. H. Furr
- 2. J.. E. Benton 4. B. J. Albertson C. Accommodations -
Performs functions concerning registration, I employee training, airline and motel / hotel arrangements:
- 1. G. L. Allen 4. B. E. Taylor 7. Terry Pope
- 2. J. E. Smith 5. W. J. Watson 8. Cissy Wood
- 3. S. P. Fallowes 5. J. S. Hart 9. Janice Few D. Communications -
Provides telephone requirements, special radio requirements:
- 1. Craig Tompkins 3. Rick Morrow -
- 5. Eugenia Taylor
- 2. B. B. Baber 4. Jesse Harris E. Purchasing -
Provides functions as the recovery organization purchasing agent with responsibility for contract negotiation / administration and material control:
- 1. Leonard McPherson 3. Bill Turner 5. Dean Dobbins
- 2. Hooper Miller 4. Mike Spillars 6. Jay Miller F. Finance - Responsibility of administering the petty cash fund and expense accounts and providing the handling of payroll matters:
- 1. W. E. Harbin 3. James McClure 5. Richard Lavender
- 2. Dorothy Peeler 4. G. R. Patterson G. Commissary - Provides food, tents, toilets and trash cans for the entire recovery organization:
- 1. D. E. Faulkner 3. K. 8. Jones
- 2. Dennis Scearce 4. Kathy Lanier C-9 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
APPENDIX C-1.a PAGE 5 0F 8 H. Human Resources - Provides additional manpower requirements.
- 1. Mike Lenderman 4. R. A. Price 7. Larry Crouse
- 2. R. G. Moore 5. G. E. Wilson 8. Terry Hunt
- 3. D. W. Phillips 6. S. W. Dressler I. Transportation - Covers many areas of the recovery operation from the initial establishment of a base operation, ground preparation, trailer delivery and setup to continued personnel and material movement throughout the recovery period.
- 1. Marion Wilson 3. Charles Bostic
- 2. M. F. Bowen 4. John Puett J. Medical Support - Furnishes medical assistance.
- 1. Jack Huskey 3. J. Edwards 5. Bob David
- 2. R. S. Dugan 4. T. R. Miller 6. Ted Roach K. Security - Responsible for providing and implementing the overall security plan and procedures to be followed in the event of a crisis:
4
- 1. Randy Cross 4. Guy Cox )
- 2. Keith Shennon 5. Dave Adkins
- 3. Bill Randlett L Insurance -
Will be the liaison between Duke and the insurance companies. This group will interface with other crisis management groups in providing assistance needed by the insurance companies:
- 1. Doug House 2. Laura Lawson l
l C-10 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
APPENDIX C-10a ; PAGE 6 0F 8 DUKE POWER COMPANY EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES g OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION : NEAR$lTE CRISl5 MANAGEMENT CENTER OCONEE TRAINING CENTER R AQ.
. gppggy N R. C. MA 4NT. , . OPPICg mEC2vemvh . . MANAGER / N MECN. VENGING IIOM-SCHEDut4NG & SuP' ORT.*
Op p g, PLANNING . OtSIGN & OPPSITg = CONST. M A Q. SIMutA704
. CP P t. 0080- DATA -. -. CComD.
t i ,,,
- AECEPTIONasT ACMcNISTRATION .
STATa/CouhTisS Losey
& toGaries f%, CowPuTIm N _/
C-11 Rev. 6 k. June 15, 1983 l
,, ., ,_ y w - m w- w--. m --ns-- , . - -wn----r-- m---- ' ~ ' + ~
APPF8f0!X Col.a PAGE 7 0F S r r i AINING ' CENTER 1, ITORS '
- l ER CENTRAL PROCESSIN <
1
/ ,K EE , a CENTER :
i ER I 230 ITCHYARO
. ~ u IN 8 n Y
- ,lf 500 K TCHYAR
( g 1 , l : % TAK(' NTAKE ROAD S.E. BRANCH ROAD
\
se ins l , l f
/
k O CP1 - MAIN ENTRANCE OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION CRISIS M ANAGEMENT TE AM CP2 - PLANT EMPLOYEES AND SECUMITY PLAN CONSTRUCTION ONLY CP2a- ALTERNATE FOR CP2 CP3 - FINAL ENTRANCE TO STATION AREA CP4 - ACCESS TO CMC CP5 - ACCESS TO NEWS CENTER
- C-12 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
l' E !
@ -l- !!Itifi!!![35t!li:t!!;2 I 11:I;11:.:==:=II.4:=
3.
= = = : := = = : : :: 4 : =
t 2 ! 1 A 1 . ge O., f 81 11..,........; . .... ..... g z...= :.::: s: :::::::: :::: e . 9
@/ # I I ! ! .!:II i '/ -
s I I I -
- (' s @ g i ., a : i: i : J ! 0 5/D- 8! =i ~!i IEi '! i i idi li ii se J7/
i
/ei ijjijilili,jigifin!.!i 'I:!ii!.j f-ss::::1;i!Ili!!!itig!!i=g!
- 1::! :: If2: f I!8 #4 p ,*
sk
,# \ sGGGGGGGGGGG@@@@G@@@@@@@@@
g%
\ =! ! e D <2 2
n...%") i wg
- 1 _ g Wu N. = =}N: ~
g= O$ t p{ ' % , ! 36
@ . I ww - = s- , ; 2 gsm n . 3
( -hY,
<g ( -A v ' /I IUi = ; i x::!! :
e ; N;'p'
= / !! .
D O :o e ..
!! : gr = < i 32\ !!g coo I 8 l li ; 'l -
9 i .! 3 - k .
=" i :
s N' . 3@
- ? : :
t \:i 3 g - g
. #1L, .
t 3
- c.
;i i . t* N / ,
e
, i 1 =, N g
- = .
y/ l
-E .i , /
APPENDIX C-1.b PAGE 1 0F 8 TRAINING PACKAGE MCGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION / CATAWBA NUCLEAR STATION Registration Information
- 1. Complete the Individual Register Form.
- 2. Have identification card made, if needed.
- 3. Give Individual Register Form to Accommodations Group.
- 4. Obtain Hotel / Motel accommodations, if required, from the Accommodations Group. A Motel Verification Form will be provided with the motel name and room number to which you are assigned. This form will be signed by a member of the Accommodations Group and must be presented to the motel at check-in.
- 5. Report to Security at Checkpoint 1.
This package contains information which will be helpful to you during this assignment. Enclosed are maps, layouts of the site, location of supplies, names of contacts in the Administration and Logistics area who will be responsible for providing various services, parking instructions, and transportation instructions. Members of the Accommodations Group and their staff will assist you in obtaining lodging, registration, general training, and airline reservations. Permanent members of this group are listed below: Grady Allen" Jim Smith Ben Taylor Bill Watson Sandi Fallowes Jane Hart Terry Pope Cissy Wood Janice Few C-14 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 i
APPENDIX C-1.b PAGE 2 0F 8 GENERAL INFORMATION Parkino - Generai Office Parking is available in varous lots around the General Office. Wachovia Center parking is charged by the hour. Most single level lots have daily rates as well as hourly rates. Shuttle Bus Service - to McGuire or Catawba A shuttle bus will run between General Office and site periodically. Check Administration and Logistics Office for schedules. Hard Hats and Safety Glasses These items are distributed by Security personnel. Cameras and Photography Service . Cameras are available for checkout from the Administration and Logistics Group. Photography Service will also be obtained through this group. Lost and Found Contact the Administration and Logistics Group. Mail i l Mail should be taken to the Administration and Logistics Office. I
\
I 1 C-15 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
J APPENDIX C-1.b PAGE 3 0F 8 i Telephone Directories Telephone directories which include instructions on telephone usage are available in Administration and Logistics Group. Office Supplies and Equipment These items will be distributed by the Administration and Logistics Group. Clerical / Secretarial Needs These functions are handled by the Administration and Logistics Group on a pool basis. Newsletter Any information to be included in the newsletter should be given to the Administration and Logistics Group. -
. ]
Meal Schedule In the GO each group is responsible for their own meals. The only exceptions are those in the Reccvery Manager's office. The A & L Commissary Team will provide for their needs. Access to McGuire/ Catawba Persons requiring access to McGuire Nuclear Station are requested to use the shuttle bus service available from the Crisis Management Center. C-16 . Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
,,,g - - - - ,w -w e aae-- m w-, -n -- - e - -- ..
n , - -
APPENDIX C-1.b PAGE 4 0F 8 ADMINISTRATION AND LOGISTICS CONTACTS A. General Information - Contact managers listed below:
- 1. R. F. Smith 4. E. D. Morton 7. D. S. Moss
- 2. R. H. Lynn 5. R. N. Johnson
- 3. S. M. Kessler 6. C. N. Alexander, Jr.
B. Administration - Provides office supplies and equipment and secretarial support:
- 1. S. H. Friday 3. B. C. Walker 5. A.H. Furr
- 2. J. E. Benton 4. B. J. Albertson C. Accommodations -
Performs functions concerning registration, employee training, airline and motel / hotel arrangements:
- 1. G. L. Allen 4. B. E. Taylor 7. Terry Pope
- 2. J. E. Smith 5. W. J. Watson 8. Cissy Wood
- 3. S. P. Fallowes 6. J. S. Hart 9. Janice Few D. Communications -
Proyides telephone requirements, special radio ' requirements:
- 1. Craig Tompkins 3. Rick Morrow 5. Eugenia Taylor
- 2. B. B. Baber 4. Jesse Harris E. Purchasino -
Provides functions as the recovery organization purchasing agent with responsibility for contract negotiation / administration and material control:
- 1. Leonard McPherson 3. Bill Turner 5. Dean Dobbins
- 2. Hooper Miller 4. Mike Spillars 6. Jay Miller -
F. Finance - Responsibility of administering the petty cash fund and expense accounts and providing the handling of payroll matters:
- 1. W. E. Harbin 3. James McClure 5. Richard Lavender
- 2. Dorothy Peeler 4. G. R. Patterson G. Commissary - Provides food, tents, toil.ets and trash cans for the entire recovery organization:
- 1. D. E. Faulkner 3. K. B. Jones
- 2. Dennis Scearce 4. Kathy Lanier H. Human Resources - Provides additional manpower requirements.
- 1. Mike Lenderman 4. R. A. Price 7. Larry Crouse ,
- 2. R. G. Moore 5. G. E. Wilson 8. Terry Hunt
- 3. D. W. Phillips 6. S. W. Dressler C-17 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
__________m
APPENDIX C-1.b ' PAGE 5 0F 8 ~ ', I. Transportation - Covers many areas of the recovery operation from the initial establishment of a base operation, ground preparation, trailer delivery and setup to continued personnel and material movement throughout the recovery period.
- 1. Marion Wilson 3. Charles Bostic
- 2. M. F. Bowen 4. John Puett J. Medical Support - Furnishes medical assistance.
- 1. Jack Huskey 3. J. Edwards 5. Bob David
- 2. R. S..Dugan 4. T. R. Miller 6. Ted Roach K. Security - Responsible for providing and implementing the overall security plan and procedures- to be followed in the event of a crisis:
- 1. Randy Cross 3. Bill Randlett 5. Dave Adkins
- 2. Keith Shannon 4. Guy Cox L Insurance - Will be the liaison between Duke and the insurance companies. This group will interface with other crisis management '
groups in providing assistance needed by the insurance companies:
- 1. Doug House 2. Laura Lawson i
l' l l C-18 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 t
!illill!!!!!!!!!ilil!!!!ii!!g!! < APPEN0lX C-1.b 1,
Il!1:11:lillIIlli11111111111!1 eaaE s lil-11 1 i - al - : el i
! iris alli lil ! ll i !!.I! i, L!!!Ililill!I i seeeeeeeeeeeecceesecesescoej4 )
i g i O ___
/
98
- A %
3.g' l il eg, f
-(e */3 .
i =
'% . ; e l ,
VG , .
] Nef , , [ , %ng, -
af,8 I*
. ._ _ 4;, , + 1 g =L ll in ', e 00 - 4 % :- "E %'
- i O
. i . !! ! 8 t , *I: ,
c; u.. e -.w.-. - , , , , ny.,. , , , . ,
McGUlHE NUCLEMs STATION
"""*"^"^$YP 3 CUH1 N APPENDIX C-1.h PACf 7 CPI- MAIN ENTRANCE
- CP2- STEAM PERSONNEL ONLY ,
CP3- ACCESS TO OPERATIONS CENTER I EARTH LIFE
& PARKING CP4- ACCESS INTO OPER ATIONS CENTER E
PHYSICAL SCIENCE CPS- ACCESS INTO OPER ATIONS CENTER HELIPOllT FACILITIES FROM HEllPORT AND PRESS ENTRANCE , CPS- FINAL ENTRANCE INTO PERIMETER l T LINING & !
- COMMISSARY AREA & TE INOLOGY FIRST AfD ENTER l
CRISIS I i MANAGEMENT j s CENTER I I CONSTRUCTION , 1 OFFICE CONSTRUCTION , l PARKING AUXILIARY g ENVRONMENTAL BLDG. LAB I ACTOR BLDG BLD 4. CONSTRUCTION ACCESS ROAD I ACCESS INISTRATIO ngAo 8 '"6 ' i O K l
-# \ REGISTRATION PARKING AREA ne 5, 19; C-20 CNECx.iN STATION y4 <
j
Form 04i85 (1182) APPENDIX C-2 REQUEST FOR DUKE POWER CRISIS MANAGEMENT TEAM IDENTIFICATION CARD instructions:
- 1. CMT Director or Group Leader completes the two-part form below and sends it to the CMT Manager I for approval. I
- 2. The CMT Manager retums the form to the CMT Director or Group Leader.
- 3. The CMT Director or Group Leader sends the form to the Employees' Supervisor for approval.
- 4. The Employees' Supervisor retums the form to the CMT Director or Group Leader.
- 5. The CMT Director or Group Leader distributes the form as follows:
- a. The Original copy to Grady Allen located at Catawba Construction.
4 The Accommodations Section then contacts the employee for making a Crisis Management Team identification Card.
- b. The Carbon copy is retained by the CMT Director or Group Leader so appropriate manuals, etc., can be issued.
Date Grady Allen, Accommodations Director Administration and Logistics Group Crisis Management Team Catawba Construction Please make a Crisis Management Team identification Card for the following person: Name Phone Department Location Crisis Management Team Group Reason Will this person be involved in drills in South Carolina? Yes No (SLED Badges) Access required to Crisis Management Center? Yes No (Green Dot) Director or Group Leader's Signature Manager of Appropriate Crisis Management Group Approved (Employee's Supervisor) ne 5, 1983 C-21
i
}
l APPENDIX C-3 PAGE 1 0F 3 CRISIS MANAGEMENT TEAM IDENTIFICATION CARD PERMANENT Below is an example of the ' Permanent' Identification Card. This replaces the Duke Power Company Identification Card and is issued to all (except red dot card holders) permanent Duke Power employees who are involved in the Crisis Management Plan. Colored dot- - indicates regis tratf or h Green Dot allows comolete Dubber ad=f ttar. to Crisis Background NAME "9 " in accordanc e g '"I'" rocrate ooliev PlCTURE **"'"' f _c V m sa . cara maso
,6 @ issuno oars extings ,
EMPt.oYEE SIGNATunE i l C-22 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
APPENDIX C-3 PAGE 2 0F 3 CRISIS MANAGEMENT TEAM IDENTIFICATION CARD PERMANENT IMMEDIATE ACCESS Below is an example of the ' Permanent' Identification card which allows immediate access without, registration. This replaces the Duke Power Company Identification Card and is issued to Crisis Management Managers and other Duke Power Company VIP. DukePower NAME ,y Red Dog j allows DEPARTMENT /LOCATI p admitance to Crisis Background DATE HIRED Center [/C7(//g SOC.SEh, in accordance c@Ng with ~ Corporate 5 ATE ISSUED DATE EXPIRES Policy EMPLOYEE SIGNATURE C-23 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
APPENDIX C-3 PAGE 3 0F 3 CRISIS MANAGEMENT TEAM IDENTIFICATION CARD TEMPORARY Below is an example of the ' Temporary' Identification Card issued to individuals (except NRC or P10 personnel), who are not permanent members, upon arrival to the project when a crisis occurs. This identification card will only be valid for the duration of a crisis. Coloreddot-Lh indicates h ,l Creen Dot allows regis tration admittance comolete DukePower to crisis Manar 'nt Cen te. > White backoround , [-[ PICTU RE , f,, A . Q
*}"'y"'
oATE1356ELn oATE EXPtRES EMPt.oVEE SIGNATURE C-24 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
l ADPEN0!X C 4 l PAGE 1 0F 1 1
! s.'
'l Form 04156 (5-82) CRISIS MANAGEMENT TEAM
" INDIVIDUAL REGISTER" Flease Print Name:
Social Security Number: Employee Number: - ; Company / Agency: Department: Principal Work Location: City: State: Requi'remerits: Do you need Hotel Accommodations: Yes No
. Transportation: Yes No Other Drill Location:
Rev. 6 C-25 June 15, 1983
APPENDIX C- 5 PAGE 1 0F 1 t swas s==sa s w = , can ma.orwar er== sranes. 2 mr= .-scr MOTEL SPACE AVAILABILITY M vsk aaearse sif w W aata r renema su>=ews w 4 sec. cs aOCm*> I 90 epa Ca**&lrY I ROCAA NVaASTRS g a. PT N OO W AALASL E
,g g
! I l i i 1 l l I l l I l l l l 1 l i i I l l 1 l } l u l I I l l i i 1 i I .
?Wr% 208 04&waneetT Sps8tileN&
poemus tns mona u a J N someOtMOed l l o m ..w.w C-26 Rev. 6 June 15. 1983 t
*m**' ~9=-=m.,,,,-. . . _ , , , _ __
APPENC8X C.6 PAGE 1 0F 1
- - m sn -, ., , .r.ri . .
McTEL ROOM A551GNPAENTS at: - marm.
- ... -, .m. ., mer(.m l , , . , ~ . .
CAMt.tW moosa e accM A46 tGNMEN T MCL
- ArmAnxs N N AM E * * *
= 1 Ot.PARTM tur,.TTT 'e I
l l l i
. I l l I I I I I I i
l i l i i I l l . 1 I I
- I
, - .. u .
C-27
~
Rev. 3 June 15, 1983
..,_____________-_________.__._...I
APPENDIX C- 7
. PAGE 1 0F 1 f
MITil VERIFICATION IIAME: ICTEL: 200M ML3GER: AUTHGRIZiD SIGMATURE
. MAME: )
ictu 200M Ip eER:
^ *"
AuTncRIIED SIGurwAE
= . _ . -- .._ .. ~ .
MAME: ICTEL: 200R IU SEA: l AUTn0RIZEL siGAAruRE Rev. 6 C-28 June 15, 1983
APPENDIX C-T
. PAGE 1 0F 1 ev.s c an , sai , e w.= armri aemass, w ATR y AIR TRAVEL REQUEST l-
- - . ~ . , . , , . ..
.., 8. - - - r-
- -w., a e . -- - - -
C, < o .i. - C veiois aw, s=me, esma s J _---. asses a? e e na me.e asTWA&. pue,eef t QAun4%r Cae&ewesend Casssumoses.sh mess l as s. n.: see muove e.*e man e asaawas asa eo st- %r trema=vae a m aee asemo. nae. asMErts arves marwaa. as=wase esseee? R S 4J M O T'mp earr cu.e seg name amasest none aree.c IMPOEus4*FION Coeur I,",Jessa CCWhR"t"_ A* E R.iVT Q&asecss ma'EEEvaTION CQaecTb EETWase Tuar ese4.T n A,
.sw asaattadaneaft posee.sh.g C
astehuft e.*
~
I TW.E f71n
= pics WP A? Annapea- Espots ,
ns., w ie so ..r. . O ve or = = C arcrive n see man se vn. so 7. - rw.s .-rv . w. . ticar? w.aorm ts) AS M at l l samr.o arme, ..,-r= , assen.4tio a ca ..ne. c o ev o.es .. marr .- ..,, .c. 3.-r > .. u .
. C-29 Rev. 3 June 15, 19P,3 o
ye-,-orer--my-ww e w- v w-y--w-w------wv weg--gvww-s yene,m r--e er ww m-=em w-a--wwww--w-ewww- -ww
.- . . . . . - - - -- _ .. = -
l j
- d i l .
1 , I,:!)1 s i l l- , p e 11 1 i i i l I l >. m M' 2 I= a 3 3
~ ? w -
i 1
, J - 5
- 4 b 9 > d
- w I ,*I 4
- sj 5 $ 4 k
' r I
N
- i.
. I 5 0 a . .
I k
!; a 3-g a
- a i O,
t a d ', j$ 1;j !:U 1 3 n!l ! l l l l l l l l I i .- i C .3 ; a a . J.i i .. .
- g. .
y $ i- s t3
- r. 4-
.. ] -1 l .1 d '
l Fi :,. Cf. g'.' 1 J '1 il
- ;1 ' 4 ? i ii i4 i i i t 1 '
d fl 'd-l # -} ! l I l I' d k l I i l } l l 1! II
> . l Lu - > ! l < if i I
C e't j H } II , ; > i
- z. -
i c l l [
' i 3 $ i :
a e
< 3 i l '
i
- Ia- 's s
i I I s i i , !-
- c. 1 ~ .4 1
<-,,.---y - - -
APPENDIX C-13
~
l'AC ' OF 6 ' i DCONEE TOTAL RMS 8-IIRS 24-IIRS TOTAL RHS 8-ilRS 24-IIRS I kBast Western-University Inn 100 50-75 50-100
- Royal American Hotor Inn 52 15 25-30 3430 Clemson Blvd. Rt. 2 Box 405 Anderson, SC 29621 Clemson llwy., 1-85 & US76
- (803) 225-3721 i Anderson, SC 29621 (803) 226-7236
**Cerolina Terrace Hotel 42 ,25 ** Southern Hotor Lodge 47 10 15
- 700 N Hurray Avenue 1310 Williamston Road
- Anderson, SC 29622 Anderson, SC 29621 (803) 226-3411 (803) 224-3443
*Dsya Inn of America 113 65 100 ** Thunderbird Motor Lodge 48 30 48 1-85 at 187 Ex. 14 110 Sharpe Street Anderson, SC 29621 Anderson, SC 29621 (803) 287-3550 (803) 224-6351
). I
*lloliday Inn 130 50 75 **Vatrice Hotel 3025 N Hain 512 Williamston Road Anderson, SC 29621 Anderson, SC i (803) 226-6051 (803) 225-5445 .
I
! Alloward Johnson's 60 20 35 **Clemson Hotel 20 l P.O. Box 5022 Ilwy 93 (Box 249) j I-85 at 76 & 28 Bypass Clemson, SC 29631 ! Anderson, SC 29623 (803) 654-2744 ; (803) 226-3457 J
Audit Date: Harch 17, 19 -l C-31 l Rev. 6 June 15, 1923 .
APPEN' C-10 V PAGE OF 6 OCONEE TOTAL RMS 8-HRS 24-IIRS TOTAL RMS 8-IIRS 24-IIRS lisliday Inn 220 50-100 100-125 ** Star Hotel 22 - S liwy 123 Route 10 - US 123 leczon, SC 29631 Easley, SC 29640 803) 654-4450 (8u3) 269-1311 Ramada Inn 149 20 40 *Traveleze Hotor Inn 101 40 60
.0. Box 1706 IIwys 76 & 123 1800 Hwy 123 lemmon, SC 29633 Easley, SC 29640 803) 654-7501 (803) 859-7520
- Thunderbird Motor inn 40 20-30 35-40
- Econo Lodge 135 80 100
.0. Box 311 Hwy 123 North I-85 & SC-59 le2 con, SC 29631 Fairplay, SC 29643 803) 654-4605 (803) 972-9001 *Lindmark Hotel 10 8-10 10 **Save Inn - Lake llartwell 159 Greenville Hwy llwy I-85 .asley, SC 29640 Fairplay, SC 29643 803) 859-7374 . (803) 442-7470 ~* Nelson's Hotel 11 11 11
- Rest Western /Greenville Inn 184 50 100
- oute 10 - US 123 2800 Laurens Road
;asley, SC 29640 Greenville, SC 29607 803) 269-9830 (803) 288-3110 Audit Date: March 17, 19 Rev. 6 .
C June 15,: t v _-
APPENilIX C-10 PAtr 0F 6 OCONEE TOTAL RMS 8-ilRS 24-ilRS TOTAL IdlS H-ilRS 24-IIRS Cabrna Inn 75 30 40 ** Econo-Travel Hotor Hotel 48 8-15 07 N. Hain Street 536 Wade Hampton Blvd.
- reenville, SC 29601 Greenville, SC 29609 j 803) 235-8531 (803) 232-6416 i Camelot Inn 100 50 75
- Golden Eagle Hotor Inn 198 500 Augusta Road 540 N. Pleasantburg Drive
) ;re nville, SC 29605 Greenville, SC 29606 , ! 803) 277-8430 (803) 271-0060 1, l 'Calesial Court Hotel 109 30 30 *lloliday Inn I-85 140 5-30 15-50 4
'55 W:de Hampton Blvd. I-85 9 Exit 46 reenville, SC 29602 Greenville, SC 29606 803) 233-5393 (803) 277-6730 ; : Comfort Inn 98 50 75 *lloliday Inn No. I 146 -
l -85 & Hwy 25 South Business 100 S. Pleasantburg Drive l lreenville, SC 29605 Greenville, SC 29607 803) 277-8630 (803) 233-4131 - I Cricket Inn 100 100 100 *Howard Johnson 60
,- 465 S. Pleasantburg Drive 10 tiills Avenue ;rcenville, SC 29605 Creenville, SC 29605 803) 277 8670 -
(803) 233-3951 i i C-33 Audit Date: Ha*rch 17, 19f ' Rev. 6 June 15,198a s- %
APPEt 4 C-10 V . PACS. . OF 6 OCONEE TOTAL RMS 8-HRS 24-llRS TOTAL RMS _8,-IIRS_, 24-!!RS clloward Johnson 90 *Ramada inn . 122 20 30
;cuth 291 By-Pass 1314 S. Pleasanthurg Drive . ;reenville, SC 29606 Greenville, SC 29605 ,
803) 277-4010 (803) 277-3734 i 1
- llystt Regency - Greenville 329
- Roadway Inns 160 75 100
- 3. Main Street I-85 at Whitehorse Road
! ;reenville, SC 29601 Greenville, SC 29605 803) 235-1234 (803) 277-0950 4
- Hzsters Inn 120 60 100 *Sheraton Center 145 50 100
' 0. Box 6552 Sta.B I-85 @ 276 . 1001 S Church Street j ireenville, SC 29606 Greenville, SC 29602 ;803) 288-6600 (803) 242-5320 2Poinsett Hotel 200. *Sheraton Palmetto 158 to 15 120 South Hain Street 4295 Augusta Road ireenville, SC 29601 Greenville, SC 29605
- 803) 232-6438 (803) 277-8921 s
- > Quality Inn 120 *Thunderbied Motor inn 192
; l-85 at US 276 S.C. 271 at Tower Drive
! ireenville, SC 29606 Greenville, SC 29607
;803) 288-2650 . (803) 233-4651 C-34 Audit Date: Harch 17, 19 Rev. 6 June 15, ?
s .
~
APPF7 'X C-10 - PAG, OF 6 , OCONEE TOTAL RHS 8-ilRS 24-IIRS - TOTAL RMS 8-HRS 24-IIR 4
**Traveleze Motor Inn ** Lone Oak Hotel I-85 & Hwy 276 E. Currahee St. -
l Greenville, SC 29607 Toccoa, GA 30577 (803) 288-3110 (434) 886-6871 4 i
*-1 Wade llampton Hotel 42 20 25 ** Pecks Hotel:
t PO Box 775 Vade !!ampton Illvd. 509 W. Currahea St. Greenville, SC 29602 Toccoa, GA 30577 i (803) 244-0340 (404) 886-9458 4 .
** Pine Court Hotel 12
- Plaza Motor Inn 40 1003 E.N. Ist Street 8tg.A' Road ,
Seneca, SC 29678 Toccoa, CA 30577 (803) 882-3636 (404) 886-9461 1
**Senconee Hotel 28 **Toccoa Hotel By Pass 123 80x 746 212 S. Pond St.
Seneca, SC 29678 Toccoa, GA 30577 (803) 882-2784 (404) 886-2183 1
** Town & Country Hotel 21 **Trav-Air Hotel l 520 W. Currahee St.
By Pass 123 - Box 320 j Scucca, SC 29678 Toccoa, CA 30577 4 (803) 882-3376 (404) 886-2103 i i 1 Audit Datei March 17, C-35 Rev. 6
^ ^. ; June 15,1983 G
APPEN ^j C-10 e PAGE OF 6 o DCONEE TOTAL RMS 8-ilRS 24-ilRS TOTAL RHS 8-ilRS_ 24-ilR:
**Walhalla Hotel 18 12 15-18 901 E Hain Street Walhalla, SC 29691 (803) 638-2585 ** Westminster Hotel 18 10 10 ,
109 Windsor Street West =inster, SC 29693 (803) 647-2001 C-36 Audit Date: March,17, 11 Rev. 6 (/ June 15, 198.-
APPF"~'X C-Il - pat. OF 8 HCGUIRE TOTAL RMS 8 _IIRS_ 24-ilRS_ TOTAL RMS 8-HRS _ 24-IIR
- Rest Western - Coliseum 151
- Comfort Inn - Coliseum 109 3024 E. Independence Blvd. 3016 E. Independence Blvd.
Charlotte, NC 28205 Charlotte, NC 28205 (704) 375-4424 (704) 375-8444
- llest Western - Downtown 118
- Cricket Inn 100 900 N. Tryon Street 4115 Glenwood Drive .
Charlotte, NC 28206 Charlotte, NC 28208 (704) 373-0300 (704) 394-4131
- Rest Western Hotel 56 45 50
- Days Inn 143 l Douglas Hunicipal Airport I-77 & Woodlawn Road _.
Charlotte, NC 28219 Charlotte, NC 28210 l (704) 392-5311 (704) 527-1620 .l
- Catalina Motor Lodge 105
- Days Inn - Airport 120 0-80 20-30 2403 Wilkinson Blvd. 4419 Tuskasee8ee Road Charlotte, NC 28208 Charlotte, NC 28208 (10'.) 375-8851 (704) 394-5181
- Coliscum Inn 178 60 100
- Days Inn - Sugar Creek 151 30 100 3016 E. Independence Blvd. 1408 W. Sugar Creek Road Charlotte, NC 28205 Charlotte, NC 28213 (704) 377-1501 (704) 597-8110 Audit Date: March 17, I Rev. 6 O June 15, 1983 O
APPF"X C-Il .-- PAL . OF 8 HCGUIRE TOTAL RHS 8-IIRS 24-IIRS . TOTAL RMS 8-HRS 24-11
- Econo Lodge 60
- Holiday Inn I-85 North 100 2222 E. Independence Rivd. 5301 N 1-85 Charlotte, NC 28205 Charlotte, NC 28206 (704) 372-6250 (704) 596-9390 i
1 i .
- Econo Lodge 132 *No11 day Inn - Coliseum 131 1415 Tom ilunter Road 2701 E. Independence Blvd.
Charlotte, NC 28213 Charlotte, NC 28205 (704) 597-0470 (704) 377-6581 l i hEcono Lodge - Airport 140
- Holiday Inn - Woodlawn 432 200 100 1-85'@ Little Rock Road 212 Woediawn Road
- Charlotte, NC 28203 Charlotte, NC 28210 j (704) 394-0172 (704) 525-8350 J
- Executive Inn 200 *lloliday Inn North 432 631 N. Tryon Street 3815 North Tryon Street Charlotte, NC 28232 Charlotte, NC 28225 (704) 332-3121 (704) 377-4441 .
l Alloliday Inn 1-85 Airport 220 5 12 *Hornes Motor Lodge 150 140 140 2707 Little Rock Road PO Box 668101 185 & Freedom Dr Charlotte, NC 28214 Charlotte, NC 28266 (704) 394-4301 (704) 392-7311 Audit Date: March 17, Rev. 6
' June 15, h..,
C-38'
APPEratX C-11 - pat CF 8 HCGUIRE TOTAL RMS 8-HRS 24-HRS TOTAL RMS 8-HRS 24-HR
*Howard Johnson's Motor Lodge 80 25 45 *0ak Tree inn - Airport 119 3931 Statesville Ave 3101 I-85 @ Hulberry Rd.
Charlotte, NC 28206 Charlotte, NC 28208 (704) 377-1593 (704) 394-3381
*Howard Johnson's Hotor Lodge 114 35 50
- Quality Inn - Downtown 197 2400 Wilkinson Blvd. 201 S. McDowell Street Charlotte, NC 28208 Charlotte, NC 28204
- (104) 377-6961 (704) 372-7550 l
*Howard Johnson's Motor Lodge 96 *Radisson Plaza 372 1
118 E. Woodlawn Road Two NCNB Plaza Charlotte, NC 28210 : Charlotte, NC 28280 (704) 525-6220 (704) 377-0400 , 5* Hew Imperial Hotel 40 'Ramada
- Inn - Coliseum 176 176 176 1025 S. Tryon Street 3501 E. Independer.ce Blvd.
, Charlotte, NC 28203 Charlotte, NC 28205
, (704) 377-3611 (704) 537-1010
- Nova Plaza llotel 72
- Ram'da a Inn - Downtown 100 5321 E. Independence Blvd. 600 S. Kings Drive
- Charlotte, NC 28212 Charlotte, NC 28204 (704) 535-8300 (704) 377-6800 I C-39 Audit Date: March 17, 1, Rev. 6
^ ' '% June 15, 1983 .q
APPEP"'T C-Il
) PAGn OF 8 HCGUIRE TOTAL RMS 8-IIRS 24-ilRS TOTAL RMS 8-HRS 2 4 - 111 *Rarada Inn - South 173 *Rodeway Inn - Downtown 144 30 50
, 515 Clanton Road 601 N. Tryon Street Charlotte, NC 28210 Charlotte, NC 28202 J (104) 527-3000 (704) 372-2300 J
*Ramada inn North 100 *Sheraton Center 309 35 115 l
4330 1-85 North 555 S. McDowell Street Charlotte, NC 28213 Charlotte, NC 28204
- (704) 596-8020 (704) 372-4100 J
i j
- Red Roof Inn 85 *Tryon Lodge Hotel 125 3300 I-85 South
~ 1022 S. Tryon Street i Charlotte, NC 28208 , Charlotte, NC 28203 (704) 394-2316 (704) 377-4901 l
- Registry Inn 184
- Uptown Motor Inn 100
! 321 W. Woodlawn Road 319 W. Trade Street , Charlotte, NC 28210 Charlotte, NC 28202
- (104) 525-4441 (704) 376-9841 i
*Rodeway Inn - Airport 120
- Colonial Motor Court 65 25 35 i
4040 S. I-85 & Little Rock Rd. Hwy 29 & 601 North , Charlotte, NC 28208 Concord, NC 28025 4 (704) 394-4111 (704) 782-2146 i Audit Date: March 17, Rev. 6 C June 15, 15os
APPP' 'X C-11 PAG. . OF 8 HCGUIRE TOTAL RMS 8-IIRS 24-IIRS TOTAL RMS 8-ilRS 24-1
- Days Inn 80 55 65' *Best Western / Carolina Inn 96 20 45 P.O. Box 3322 1-85 & 73 800 W. Franklin Avenue Concord, NC 28025 Gastonia, NC 28052 (704) 786-9121 (704) 865-3421
- lloliday Inn 100
- Days Inn of America 122 1601 Ilwy 29N 1-85 at Edgewood Sox 388 Concord, NC 28025 Gastonia, NC 28052 (104) 786-5181 (704) 867-0231
- llotel Concord 100 *lloney's Inn 60 14 Union Street, N 1400 E. Franklin Ave.
Concord, NC 28025 Gastonia, NC 28052 (704) 782-2131 (704) 864-8744
*fHayfair llotel Court 23 *Howard Johnson's 71 35 60 1516 Ilwy 29N 1700 N. Chester Street Concord, NC 28025 Gastonia, NC 28052 (704) 786-1175 (704) 864-9981 Alloliday Inn of Fort Hill-Carowinds 211 20 50 *Hid Town Motor Inn 53 33 40 I-77 & Carowinds Blvd. 210 S. Chester St. (llwy 321)
Fort Hill, SC 29715 Gastonia, NC 28052 ' (803) 548-2400 (704) 864-9751 C-41 Audit Date: March 17, Rev. 6 G June 15, 1983 -
APPF, 7 C-Il " r. PA(. CF 8 . MCGUIRF. TOTAL RHS 8-IIRS 24-IIRS TOTAL RMS 8-llRS 2 4 - 11
*Ramada Inn 114 57 80-85 ** Williams Hotel 10 5 5 Rt.6, Box 62 I-85 & Route 274 Rt. 1, Box 129 Ilwy 601 Gastonia, NC 28052 Midland, NC 28107 (704) 867-1821 (704) 786-0442 ** Center Hotel 16 ** Imperial Court 18 1503 North Cannon Blvd. P.O. Box 787 Ilwy #29 Kannapolis, NC 28081 Ht. Pleasant, NC 28124 (704) 932-4656 (704) 436-9619 ** Parker's Hotel, Inc. 13 *lloliday Inn of Rock Hill 201 1810 North Cannon Blvd Ht.Callant Rd. & US 21 Bypass Kannapolis, NC 28081 Rock Hill, SC (704) 932-5617 (803) 329-2100 ** Carolina Hotel 37 15-25 30 *lloward Johnson's Motor Lodge 103 202 North 321 Bypass I-77 & U.S. 21 North I.incolnton, NC 28092 Rock Hill, SC (704) 735-8021 (803) 329-3121
- Town & Country Hotel 62 ** Pine Rest Motor Inn 22 614 Clark Dr liwy 150/321 Bypass S Bypass 21 & Business 21 North I.inrointon, NC 28092 Rock Hill, SC .
(704) 735-8271 (803)366-7131 Audit Date: March 17, Rev. 6 C ss ,, June 15, 1983 .
APPF,PalX C-11 - PA( OF 8 i HCGUIRE TOTAL RHS 8-ilRS 24-IIRS TOTAL RMS 8-HRS, 2 4 -115
} ** Porter's Hotel 35 **llallmark Inn Hotel 25 Ilwy US 21 North Ilwy 64 @ 1-40 ' Rock llill, SC Statesville, NC 28677 (803) 329-3100 (704) 872-2781 1 , *Ramada Inn 130 *lloliday Inn 100 1-77 & U.S. 21 North Ilwy 21, North Rock Ilill, SC Statesville, N'C 28677 (803) 329-1122 (704) 872-4101 ** Reil Coach Hotor inn 40
- Master llosts Inn 100 50 50-60 503 F.. Main Street 725 Sullivan Road i Rock Hill, SC Statesville, NC 28677
! (803) 329-3131 (704) 873-5236 { . i ** Cline's In-Town Hotel 25 *Ramada Inn 120
*123 West Front Street I-77 & US 70 l htatesville, NC 28677 Statesville, NC 28677 1
(704) 872-2748 (704) 872-5215 i Allays Inn 122 50 122
- Scottish Inn 104 92 92 j Sullivan Road I-40 & 21 N P.O. Box 1748 I-40-Gaither Rd l Statesville, NC 28677 Statesville, NC 28677 (704) 873-5252 (704) 827-9891 i
C-43 Audi't Date: March 17, I
'~
bne 5, 1983 /\ i
APPEN' ~ C-Il PAGF. JF 8
- HCGUIRE
- i i
TOTAL RHS ,,8 -ilRS 24-IIRS TOTAL RHS 8-IIRS 24-llR
~ **U.S. 21 Hotel 13 ,
j 1415 Shelton Avenue Statesville, NC 28677 l (104) 873-8062 i .i l 4 l i i . I I 1 1 1 i I I i d Audit Date: March 17, 1 Rev. 6 E-44 ' June 15,19o5 4
APPENDIX C-11 PAGE 1 0F 1 ( AIRLINES Greenville-Spartanburg Airport
. . Eastern Airlines:
Greenville - (803) 232-3571 (Passenger Reservations & Information) Spartanburg - (803) 585-9121 (Passenger Reservations & Information) Republic Airlines: Greenville - (803) 242-6535 Spartanburg - (800) 241-9385 (Passenger Reservations & Infromation) Doualas Municipal Airport - Charlotte l Eastern Airlines - (704) 366-6131 (Passenger Reservations & Information) l Delta Airlines - (704) 372-3000 (Passenger Reservations & Information)
'- o Piedmont Airlines - (704) 376-0235 (Passenger Reservations & Information)
United Airlines - (704) 376-8515 (Passenger Reservations & Information) l World Travel Agency - Charlotte 704-375-6223 or 704-375-3600 l C-45 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
6
~ ,
l D.0 COMMUNICATIONS DIRECTOR D.1 PURPOSE This group provides the telephone and radio requirements of the overall recovery organization as well as electrical needs. D.2 MAJOR FUNCTIONS D.1.a Installs and maintains telephone system D.1. b Provides telephone directory D.1. c Supplies mobile radios and radio pages D.1. d Installs additional electrical hookups as needed D.3 MEMBERS OF GROUP Following is a list of people assigned primary or alternate responsibilities under the plan. Alternates are required to be as knowledgeable as the primary. D.2.a PRIMARY Craig Tompkins D.2.b ALTERNATES Bill Baber Jesse Harris Rick Morrow Eugenia Taylor
- 0. -4 ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL REQUIRED Additional personnel will be required immediately to help set up telephones and communication equipment so system will function as quickly as possible. Switchboard operators will be stationed through drills and exercises.
D.5 ARRIVAL AT CMC Work will begin immediately in establishing lines between the plant and the crisis center. D.6 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS D.6.a. Oconee Nuclear Station D.6.a.1. Telephone System: D-1 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
The telephone system to be utilized is s detailed in Crisis Management Plan > Implementing Procedure 5.3.10. It consists of approximately 13 totally independent lines for use by press personnel, 29 extensions located in the CMC for communications between the CMC and TSC, and 5 outside lines for use by the CMC. In addition, provisions are made for installing phones at the mess tent, trailer city, the registration trailer, NRC use, and special offsite agency coordination. ; i D.6.a.2. Radio Communications The Oconee emergency radio base station at i the Training Center will be placed in l operation upon arrival. This system is l detailed in Implementing Procedure 5.3.10. ! Also,11 portable radios will be available for use by CMC personnel as required, D'. 6. b. McGuire Nuclear Station / Catawba Nuclear Station D.6.b.1. Telephone System The telephone system to be utilized is ) detailed in Implementing Procedure 5.3.11. ! - It consists of independent lines for use by I press personnel and provisions are made for phones for NRC use and special Offsite Agency Coordination use. D.6.b.2. Radio Communications The McGuire emergency radio base station in WC-1222 will be placed in operation upon arrival. This system is detailed in Implementing Procedure 5.3.11. Also, 11 portable radios will -be available for use by CMC personnel as required. D.7 Equipment D.7.1. Phones The phones for the ONS CMC are stored at the ONS Training Center. The phones and related equipment for the press lines at ONS are stored in the Visitor's Center. All phone equipment for the MNS/CNS CMC is in each individual room and location. D-2 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
D.7.2. Radio Equipment - The base stations for both ONS CMC and the MNS CMC are stored with the phone equipment at each site. The portable radios will be brought with the director or his designee. D.8. SYSTEM TESTING Each telephone jack, telephone headset, and radio will be tested in conjunction with drills and exercises involving the Crisis Management Organization. The testing will be documented as to Procedure 5.3.16 in Crisis Management Plan Implementary Procedure. . D.9. TELEPHONE DIRECTORIES 0.9.a OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION - The Oconee telephone directory is shown in Crisis Management Plan Implementing Procedure 5.3.10. Information for revisions to the telephone directory will be given to the Emergency Response Coordinator for typing and distribution, on a quarterly basis. D.9.b MCGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION AND CATAWBA NUCLEAR STATION , The McGuire and Catawba telephone directory is shown in Crisis Management Plan Implementing Procedure 5.3.11. Information for revisions to the telephone directory will be given to the Emergency Response Coordinator for typing and distribution, on a quarterly basis. D.10 AUDIT PROCEDURES Information contained in this section wil be verified periodically for accuracy in accordance with Section A.8 of this manual. l D-3 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
E.0 PURCHASING DIRECTOR E.1 PURPOSE This position coordinates all activities within the Recovery Organization relating to the procurement of materials, equipment and services. E. 2 MAJOR FUNCTIONS E.2.a Issues requisitions E.2.b Negotiates contracts E.2.c Issues purchase orders E.2.d Expedites hardware and software E.2.e Coordinate receipt of material E.2.f Coordinate distribution of material E.3 MEMBEPS OF GROUP Following is a list of people assigned primary or alternate responsibilities under the plan. Alternates are required to be as knowledgeable as the primary. E.3.a PRIMARY (DIRECTOR) Leonard McPherson E.3.b ALTERNATES Bill Turner Mike Spillars Dean Dobbins Hooper Miller Jay Miller E.4 ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL REQUIRED Since most of the purchasing functions will be handled in the General Office, the entire Purchasing Department will be at the Purchasing Director's disposal. Tear.s and back-ups have been assigned within G0 Purchasing. See Appendix E-2. The CMC Purchasing Team will utilize the clerical support pro-vided by the Administration Director for typing, sending telecopies, answering telephones, handling material control paperwork, etc. E. 5 ARRIVAL AT CMC The Purchasing Director will access the situation and activate the G0 Purchasing team, if nicessary. E-1 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
Immediate work will begin on procurement of equipment, material and services as may be required. E.6 INTERFACE WITH OTHER GROUPS This position will work with the Transportation Director to insure expeditious delivery of equipment to the site and with the Finance Director to obtain required funds from petty cash for small purchases. This position will work the Nuclear Production Department concerning the receipt and distribution of equipment and material. , E.7 CRISIS STAGE TO RECOVERY STAGE The following is a checklist of things to do and/or consider when moving from the CRISIS STAGE to the RECOVERY STAGE of an event. Activate G0 Purchasing team Request major equipment I.D. list from Design Engineering Prepare work schedule for Purchasing team Access need for additional personnel support Access need to assign team member to Nuclear Production Receiving Dept. Establish expediting level at Level One E. 8 PROCEDURES ) E.8.a REQUISITIONING EQUIPMENT When it has been determined that material, equipment or services are needed, Purchasing Coordinators at the CMC will convey that need as rapidly as possible to the General Office Purchasing Department utilizing telephones and/or telecopiers. Requisitions for the recovery effort will be handcarried through the Purchasing Department system for immediate order processing. E.8.b EXPEDITING Expediting Level One or higher will apply to all j purchases for the recovery operation unless determined i otherwise. E.8.c RECEIVING Receipt of material and equipment will be handled by the Nuclear Production Receiving Department. A member of the Crisis Management Purchasing Team will coordinate with Receiving to assure that the material gets to the appropriate destination at the site. E.9 MAJOR EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION E-2 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
~. - _ ___.._. _ . - - . ._ . . _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ ._. . _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _.__ _ ._ _ _ _ 1
Design Engineering maintains a complete listing of major
~
equiment with such information as Equipment Description, Vendor, Purchase Order Number, Specification Number, Responsi*le u Engineer and Responsible Buyer. This information is easily accessible and should supplement information already available in the Purchasing Department. E.10 PARTS INFORMATION Upon placement of a major equipment order the supplier is required to furnish a complete list of parts necessary to maintain or repair that equipment. This list is maintained by Nuclear Production (first choice) and Design Engineering. E.11 UTILITIES WITH SIMILAR EQUIPMENT A list, Appendix E-1, has been prepared of other utilities in the United States with nuclear plants either operating or under construction. This should assist us in ' borrowing' some of the long lead time items necessary for recovery. E.12 AUDIT PROCEDURES All information in the Purchasing Section will be verified for accuracy in accordance with Section A.8. I
)
I E-3 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
G F C C A e 1 o - r P PLPk hh C.P PA3o P S P. r 1 PJ2n -
.hl3g t3r .h t . l .h c2u a1s i .hti . an (nPa a i (P.Od a k
(5os .W e m . ca.Or_ (g c (5el t.O sas 4ti 8e r 0 B 0,a 4 e P do 1tBP 3eoo 1,n M s 7 3,o 1 B a ol 1 rop
) mw )rxw ) iP 2 xt )oxo c Goe s e Mco )I h w 5anr 2 t 8b1r 6u4 7ihw 8cie 2l6E l7 3 ,k 5r 7 5e 6r0C 8 hg r 9 1 1 6 - A g4o ia 4 7di A a 63v 5, 2r 0g n C - s 4r n 50e 1 p 5a o 46 o 0 .k d 23n 5F o 5 namvp 30 n 0 60u 1l r 0 26 0 L 8e a ea 19 C i .a t 4nn 0 o 7 g _
i 9uy p m 2 h _ o 2e 2 t 3 n 0 a 0 3 1 n y 3 7 3 _ 3 DPJ .J .WJ J .R.J
. .JLA. . .J . . . .
D D CL R.W H
. . .W H.H . . P .B .J . . a.
v ASM MSH S GKO C aM aa o na lci hl aci lon e l llao v C' o au leel nre ote b y enn k ul gd er n t ,s e an - ,h e r y - - ge n C
- J hr SM o M- Sr P D ta I - n a P r. r i- - on I t nCr SD. e v ra IP a aOe ti - s .
VP eg r c
. r se - e t E
g8s e, i o rer .V P i d M e gps r C s s 4
- r Ce d ec stPe r e n .r . i P un o .Vdei a n
men aOt o. r s i t Pe d rsPn d t Od Nun ct. t e Pp e urt hr T r uen cc auG i i rrt lh sce t a ca ea itn l e ht as nie gor l s ai ri s so n na A in Sg & t ns t i PP g a o P r
. n *-
l X O FL 41 SPPWVV P PRC SPMMM SSPBBB SSPBBB SPZZZ MPPRN glhuu trhaoo l
.h dye r ihiii t ap u h.rrr tt.hyyy tliii aaooo sc ao.ygg a n s t.
e ddd te aaa aa tt rrr ooo t
.r an . sl ut n ,n n n lll iii tj ntt t(ee ue(el sc4see l t (Lt 9ea (aaa M5nnn ur(ddd si8www sui(o 8,n n n s 21 O pM0lr 5la
- t0b M 0vl : n1ooo :n1 21 : SI a 4e a n7 1 ,d d d t5ooo 5I ul - ea1v
.rgan ) ln 4o21 S)l - pl iU M)r n )lR a) 21 e)ddd, O e i11 a g M An Au2l c n 5,o Aa - -
g77
, i v e6i- - cd4 te5I 21 c p 3 i11 te4n11 prn11 eio00 & r8 e %,l et i
ta5 11 e99Fe r3c in8l - - ir - o22 rni00 ig 4 G 11 r55lr : 1h85 vi5i00 ats M: - 1 ve - e00 : - o i03 vt - l te a 2A er7o00
- 7r 36r3 84i D6a 8g 5 0 e: 2i11 8n11 en4s t4 WW in WW i n
5r - N u t .J 91.k 8 C 0o22 Ce1 od C o nH a 1g 1i WW T08d - h26a e 8 o5nWW n0 o n .J 1si 0 0 on nd ne an e nO 3 6 c l e
- s. - o or 2 M s tF WW tn se lt
- a a t
rH7 d o 5 i l r. rt n H' ca r JR u. c 2 2 r e W l e u cG u: c .K :enl .W P l ue tG- r tu t o a _ n e .v ir1 oe5 C id oa io.R L F n n t ng4 nc n E i s 16 o3 L . G n
,5 r u r l y t Q a e , k u e y 1 e e s 9 I h r s F 8 l a i e o 3 l u o r s s t e
r R e W W W B a W B B e e & c e & & e s W t s W W s s o t t t t i i i r i n n n g n S g g g h h h u p h o o o o u u u pl u s s s s e e e i e e r
APPENDIX E-1 PAGE 2 0F 4 Contacts and Titles Nuclear Plants Reactor Supplier Houston Lighting & Power Don D. Syaora - President, Chief South Texas Project 1 - 1250 W Westinghouse P. O. Box 1700 Operating Officer South Texas Project 2 - 1250 W Houston, Texas 77001 D. D. Jordan - Chairman BRD CEO Palacios, Texas 4' Ph. (713) 228-9211 A. R. Beavers - V. P. Purchasing Ph. (512) 972-5466 Asst. Superintendent: W rren Kinsey Status: Active Construction - knager: D. G. Barker
! Indlina and Michigan Electric Co. W. A. Black - President Donald C. Cook 1 - 1050 W Westinghouse
! 1 Summit Square R. H. Midtlleton - Director purchasing & Donald C. Cook 2 - 1100 W
- 1 P. O. Som 60 Stores Bridgeman, Mi i Fert Wayhe, Ind. 46801 Ph. (616) 465-5901
- Ph. (219) 425-2111 Plant Manager - D. V. Shaller
- Status: Operating Plant l Kans's Gas and Electric Wilson Cadma'n - President Wolf Creek - 1150 W Westinghouse
-l 201 North Market Street R. T. Ivy - Purchasing Agent Burlington, Kansas Wichita, Kansas 67202 Bob Magen - Manager Nuclear Services Ph. (316) 364-8421 Ph. (316) 261-6221 Construction Manager: Gary Fouts
- Status: Active Construction Metropolitan Edison Floyd J. Smith - President Three Mile Island 1 - 792 W 8&W j P. O. Box 542 H. L. Robidoux - V.P. 140 Engr. & Oper. Three Mile Island 2 - 880 W Riading, PA 1 % 40 William P. Gehlen - Director Material Middletown, PA .
Ph. (215) 929-3601 Management Ph. (717) 944-7621 . Station Superintendent: G. P. Miller , j Northeast utilities W. 8. Ellis - President Millstone 3 - 1150 m Westinghouse
- 107 Selden Street R. O. Smith - V. P. Purchasing h terford, Connecticut Berlin, Connecticut 06037 W. G. Counsil - Sr. V. P. Nucl. Ph. (203) 442-0751 i
Ph. (203) 666-6911 Engr. & Oper. Project Mgr.: Steve Toth, Ext. 526 Status: Active Construction P cific Gas & Electric Co. 8. W. Shackleford - President Diablo Canyon 1 - 1060 W Westinghouse
- 77 Beale Street R. P. Senton - Materials Manager Diablo Canyon 2 - 1060 MW l Sin Francisco, CA 94106 Diablo Canyon, CA
- Ph. (415) 781-4211
! PIrtland General Electric Co. W. J. Lindblad - President Trojan - 1130 W Westinghouse ' Rainier, Oregon 121 S. W. Salmon St. Les E. Hodel - V. P. Engr. & Constr. i Partland, Oregon 97204 Ph. (503) 556-3713 I' Ph. (503) 226-8333 Plant Superintendent: Paul Yundt Status: Operating Plant i E-5 i Rev. 6
- June 15, 1983
^
Al IX E-1 i P. 3 of 4 Contacts and Titles Nuclear Plants Rea: tor Supplier Public Service Co. of Indiana, Inc. D. Menscer - President Marble Hill 1 - 1130 W Westinghouse .> 1000 East Main Street Gary Jansen - Exec. Dir. Purchasing Marble Hill 2 - 1130 W Plainfield, Indiana 46168 Madison, Indiana Ph. (317) 839-%11 Ph. (812) 289-1000 Sr. V.P. Nuclear Div.: 5. W. Shields (Ext. 200) Status: Active Construction 4 Public Service Co. of New Hampshire R. J. Harrison - President Seabrook 1 - 1150 W Westinghouse P. O. Box 330 F. V. Pitman - Director Purchasing Seabrook 2 - 1150 W Manchester NH 03105 Bruce 8. Beckley - Manager Seabrook, NH Ph. (603) 669-4000 Nuclear Project Ph. (603) 474-9521 Station Superintendent: Don E. Moody 5'.atus: Active Construction Pubile Service Electric & Cas Co. Howard Sonn - President Sales 1 - 1090 W Westinghouse 80 Park Plaza John Gill - Manager, Purchasing Sales 2 - 1115 W Newark, NJ 01101 Sales, NJ Ph. (201) 430-7000 Plant Manager: H. Midura Ctrres.: P. O. Box 570 Status: Active Construction 4 Newark, NJ 07101 Sacramento Municipal util. District W. C. Walbridge - General Mgr. Rancho Seco - 913 W B&W P. O. Box 15830 W. K. Latham - Asst. General Manager Clay Station, California j Sacramenta, CA 95813 Operations Ph. (916) 452-3211 Ph. (916) 452-3211 Operations Mgr.: Ron Rodriguez Maintenance Superintendent: George Coward, Extension 4300 i Tsnnessee Valley Authority C. H. Dean, Jr. - Chairman of Board Sequoyah 2 - 1148 W Westinghouse 400 W. Summitt Hill Dr. Sequoyah 2 - 1148 W Commercial Building J. L. Williams, Jr. - Director Purchasing Daisy, Tenn. , l Knoxville, Tenn. 37902 Ph. (615) 751-2624 Ph. (615) 842-2120 l Ph. (615) 632-2101 Chattanooga, TN Plant Superintendent: A. L. McWhorter 3 walls 830 1 - 1177 W Westinghouse Watts 8ar 2 - 1177 MW Spring City, Tenn. Ph. (615) 365-5403 Proj. Hgr.: Guenter Wadewitz Constr. Super.: Charles Jutton
, Status: Active Construction i
E-6 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
S . v-APPEN0lX E-1 PAGE 4 0F 4 Contacts and Iltles Nuclear Plants Neactor Supplier Tszas Utilities Generating Co. Perry G. Brittain - President Comanche Peak 1 - 1150 MW Westinuhouse 2001 Bryan Tower Carroll Graves - Manager Purchasing Cumanche Peak 2 - 1150 MW Dallas, Texas 75201 Ph. (214) 653-4994 Glen Rose. Texas Ph. (214) 653-4600 Ph. (817) 897-4856 Hgr. Nuclear Operations: James C. ruykendall Status: Active Construction Tolsdo Edison W. A. Johnson - President
~
Davis-Besse 1 - 906 MW &&W 300 Madison Avenue ' Davis-Desse 2 - 906 MW Toledo, Ohio 43652 Davis-Besse 3 - 906 BW Ph. (419) 259-5000 Oak Harbor, Ohio Ph. (419) 259-5660 Plant Superintendent: T. D. Murray Unica Electric Company Charles J. Dougherty - Chairman Board, CEO Callaway 1 - 1150 MW Westinghouse 1901 Gratiot Street D. F. Schnell - V.P. Nuclear Callaway 2 - 1150 MW 5t. Louis, Missouri 63103 J. W. Iselin - Purchasing Agent Fulton, Missouri Ph. (314) 621-3222 Ph. (314) 676-3111 (Union Elec.) Plant Superintendent: 5. E. Miltenberger Status: Active Construction Virginia Electric and Power Co. W. W. Berry - President North Anna 3 - 938 MW B&W One James River Plaza F. 8. McNeil - Mgr. Purchasing North Anna 4 - 938 MW Richmond, Virginia 23261 Hineral, Virginia Ph. (804) 771-3000 Ph. (703) 894-5151 Station Mgr.: W. R. Cartwright E-7 , ) Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 . o
b . APPENDIX E-2 PAGE 1 0F 1 CRISIS MANAGEMENT TEAM PURCHASING DEPARTMENT G.O. TEAMS Team A Team B Team C Phillips - h Guthrie - Stephensen - t
' Carter Ballard -
Ivey - Langford - 1 S. Smith - Black - Lail - Armstrong - Williams. - Hollis - i Sawyer - McCarty - Bowers - l Laney - Durell - Applegate- Anderson -- Mitchell - Poutier Hill -
; McCreary Back-Up Springer - White --
Faile - j Livingston-Vaughn - Roseman Bone - l Newton -- j Shook Lindley - Helms -
- Bell -
Broadway - l Allen
.12 hour shifts. (24 hours off)
E-8 Rev. 6 Juna 15, 1953
F.0 FINANCE DIRECTOR - F.1 PURPOSE This position ~ provides resources necessary for the financial support of the Recovery effort.
~ F. 2 MAJOR FUNCTIONS F.2.a Administers petty cash fund F.2.b Coordinates payroll activities F. 3 MEMBERS OF GROUP Following is a list of people assigned primary or alternate responsibilities under the plan. Alternates are required to be as knowledgeable as the primary.
F. 3.'a PRIMARY (DIRECTOR) Bill Harbin F.3.b ALTERNATES James Mcclure Dorothy Peeler Glenn Patterson* Richard Lavender . F.4 ACTION REQUIRED OF FINANCE PERSONNEL IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING TELEPHONE NOTIFICATION OF AN EMERGENCY F.4.a CRISIS PHASE Finance personnel will standby at their present location. F.4.b RECOVERY PHASE Finance personnel will report to the Crisis Management Center or standby at their present location as directed by the emergency activation message. F.5 ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL REQUIRED Clerical support will be necessary within approximately two days. This support will be supplied by the Administration - Group. F-1 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
F.6 ARRIVAL AT THE CMC The Director or designee will verify that all necessary forms are available to administer the Petty Cash fund and that initial payroll information is being obtained by the 1 Accommodations Group during the registration process. Upon arrival at the site and after assessment of the situation has been made, the Assistant Treasurer of Duke Power will be requested to increase the petty cash fund to $50,000. F.7 FINANCE CHECKLIST FOR RECOVERY OPERATION F.7.a Initiate imprest petty cash fund with respective bank. F.7.b Prepare a file for each employee containing the necessary payroll information to insure that each employee's check is received at the crisis site. F. 8 PETTY CASH Oconee An imprest Petty Cash fund has been established with South Carolina National Bank in Seneca, South Carolina in the amount of $1,000. This fund is to be used for Oconee huclear Station and can be increased to $50,000 within several hours, or, in the event of an emergency during a weekend, when the bank opens _
)
on the following Monday. McGuire/ Catawba An imprest Petty Cash fund has been established with First-Citizens Bank and Trust Company in Charlotte, North Carolina in the amount of $1,000. This fund is to be used for McGuire/ Catawba Nuclear Station and can be increased to $50,000 within several hours, or, in the event of an emergency during a. I weekend, when the bank opens on the following Monday. F.8.a PETTY CASH RECONCILIATION A bank statement is received each month for the Nuclear Stations' accounts. At this time an " Imprest Petty Cash Fund Reconciliation Form" is completed and , sent to Duke Power Company, Financial and Statistical > Accounting Department, as required by corporate procedures. See Appendices F-1 and F-2 for examples of this form. The Internal Audit Deptartment
- periodically audits these accounts.
Rev. 6 F-2 June 15, 1983
F.8.b PETTY CASH FORMS Each member of the Finance Group has available, at all times, a minimum assortment of the necessary forms for the Administration of the Petty Cash fund. F.9 PAYROLL PROCEDURE -
- a. The Finance Group will receive the necessary payroll information for each employee from the Accommodations Group. This information will include employee's full name, payroll and company numbers, social security number, and permanent job location.
- b. A file containing the information received from the Accommodations Group will be established for each employee entering the crisis site. This information will be used to maintain and process the employee's time sheet (Form 55DW).
- c. The work hours and work description will be reported daily by the Human Resources Group on the " Foreman's Daily Report," Form number 04001.
The foreman's daily r'eport will be chacked against any
~
d. time adjustments for the employee. After checking for time adjustments, the information from the foreman's report will be recorded on the employee time card daily.
- e. The employee time sheets will be totaled at the end of the week, batched with a batch header (Form 55B). and forwarded to the General Office Payroll Department.
- f. The Finance Group will request that -the employee's permanent job location transmit a letter to the General Office Payroll Department requesting that the employee's check be sent to the crisis site.
- g. The employea's check will be received at the crisis site and distributed by the Finance and Human Resources Groups.
F.10 AUDIT PROCEDURE All information in the Finance section will be verified for accuracy in accordance with Section A.8. F-3 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
sw.u. .. .aa, ...,.. APPtNULA r-1 DUKE BEN COMPANY - 154 PREST PETTY CASH FUND RECONCILIATION uxAries @ M d f 7/d
- d d E a u ' I - o
- m C L-
- EwoiNG f-:.f/- 1P 2- f_%,.N smx su. met... - .. / sos!ed SUSPENSE ITEMS.
Lass ouT5TANDING CHECKS (We w Anesh Teod CASH ADVANCES
- -- m ouwe musessa m oinn ,,
PETTY CASH FUNO E CTHER (Um Hee or en sock) UNVOUCHERED ITEMS cue Hwe w en seek) FREIGHT AND EXPRESS I I
- PETTY CASH VOUCHERS
- . i.
} .
1 . l 1 t ; I ,OTHER i i : l
; VOUCHERS IN TRANSIT i TOTAL OUTSTANDING CHECKS jco DATE DESC.
A PLUS DEPO $lT$ IN TRAN$1T DATE F-4 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 CHECK BOOK BALANCE TOTAL FUND
/600 00 b ol ->
I HERESY CERTIFY THAT THE ABOVE IS A CORRECT STATEMENT OF MY FUND AS OF ..f...*.3.b. .I..E.. ..
. ...... .. . ... .. ...... ... ........... .......... . .... . . .. ... Do t e P re p a r ed .. f. 7.7.~. k..k. . . . ... . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .
S i , ,,, o N.. . .J. -
. ....... .... .. .. .... .... . ... .. P , eDo , eo e, .: ..pXdw . . . . . . . .
Memoger
DUKE POWER COMPANY IMPREST PETTY CASH FUND RECONCILI ATION
- ,,oM Cesis MA/n' yusA- Atd6-vo Re m ENo,NG f/-3 I- 9 t -
u-
! se s e _ .... -. -
gM 6, SUSPENSE ITEMS. IEss OUTSTANDING CHECK $ (Law w Ansch Top.) CASH ADVANCES PETTY CASH FUND oTHER tum Her er on cock) < I I UNVOUCHERED ITEMS (un H.,. = en secu FREIGHT AND EXPRESS
. l i 1 ' PETTY CASH VOUCHERS Af[A I
I
- OTHER I i i i
l- - I g . l
. YOUCHERS IN TRANSIT TOTAL OUTSTANDING CHECKS joo DATE DESC.
PLUS DEPCSITS IN TRAN51T j' # # DATE fy/4Nytble 7"At F-5 Rev. 6 Jime 15,1983 s CHECK BOOK BALANCE I TOTAL FUND /, ao s . . . 999'do ( I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THE ABOVE 15 A CORRECT STATEMENT OF MY FUND AS OF ... I ..~.d ./.~. f.
.... . ... .... . ... .. . . ..... . .. . ... . .... ...... .. .... .... .. .. ..... . . . . ...De t e P r e p o r ed .. . . .i.."*. 7.* 8..E.. . ..... . . . .
Sioned ...
.[. 2.. .... . ..... .. . ................. P r e po r ed B y r/.8.2.IM %...
Manager
G.0 COMMISSARY DIRECTOR G.1 PURPOSE The purpose of this position is to meet basic nutritional anq personnel needs of the recovery organization. G.2 MAJOR FUNCTIONS G.2.a Furnishes food G.2.b Provides tables and chairs G.2.c Provides tents G.2.d Furnishes portable toilets . G.2.e Furnishes trash cans G.3 MEMBERS OF GROUP Following is a list of people assigned primary or alternate responsibilities under the plan. Alternates are required to be as knowledgeable as the primary. G.3.a PRIMARY (DIRECTOR) Eddie Faulkner G.3.b ALTERNATES Dennis Scearce Ken Jones Kathy Lanier G.4 ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL REQUIRED - OCONEE Personnel will be required to set-up the tents within eight hours. G.5 ARRIVAL AT SITE OR CMC The Director or designee will contact suppliers for necessary food services, tents, portable toilets, and trash cans, as necessary for the situation and location of the site of CMC. G.6 FOOD SUPPLIERS G.6.a OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION Within _one hour, coffee and donuts will be delivered to the recovery location and regular meals for up to ' 500 persons will be available within three hours by the following suppliers: G-1 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 ,
~
E . , S Po Folks Restaurant
~ ^" Seneca, S. C. 29678 ;(803) 882-5555 Jerry Nalms Jim's. Country Kitchen Seneca, S. C. 29678 (803) 882-8346 Jim Alexander Alternate: Wometco 803-275-4101 .
After hours: Dean Phillips - Roy Gambrell j Mike Taylor - ,3 VarrenTallen{u
G.6.b MCGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION / CATAWBA NUCLEAR STATION (FOR - RECOVERY ONLY)
The following food suppliers will supply meals for up to 500 people and coffee on a continual basis. Vendors can respond within eight (8) hours. e Consolidated Coin, Caterers 704-334-6852 , After hours: Shields HarveyI
~~ Herb Jennings Jim Spencer -
Mary Hanzer -
.,y '
Servomation H' 704-392-7331 After hours: Norb Balabuch Henry Dillard ' W. H. Griffin s' Servomation 3050 Tate Boulevard, SE Hickory, N. C. 28001 704-328-2011 Mom and Pops Ham House Hickory, N. C. 704-328-6826 c
' After hours: ~
Charles Foster - # Phi,1 Sumnling John Cannon - 1 - Mom and Pops has a catering truck that
^
N prepares meals on location.
',' G-2 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 -
a G.7 TENTS One circus-size mess tent and one slightly smaller tent for temporary office space are to be obtained. The necessary tents will be delivered within eight hours by the following suppliers: Taylors Rent Center (Oconee) 128 White Hall Road Anderson, S.C. 803-224-8881 Bob Pier _c.e., ,0wacr l- ' Columbia Tent and Awning . 803-799-7623 After hours: Bill Trevathon - , Clemson National Guard
-]'3(FloydJones) ~
Tennessee Tent and Awning Company 1601 McCallie Avenue Chattanooga, Tenn. 37404 615-662-7024 After hours: Wilson Smith - Roger Smith -
- HD0 Production, Incorporated 11910 Parklawn Drive Rockville, MD 20852 301-881-8700 (24 hour service)
Chaii- and Equipment Rentals 800 Central Avenue Charlotte, N. C. 28204 704-332-8176 After hours: Tony Philmon - It will take approximately eight hours to set-up the larger tents. Human Resources will provide required personnel.
~ l G-3' Rev. 6 i June 15, 1983 1
o , e o G.8 TRASH REMOVAL G.8.a OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION Trashcans will be available withir. three hours from the following supplier: Poe Hardware 803-271-9000 Pickup and disposal service will be provided by the Transportation Group. G.8.b MCGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION / CATAWBA NUCLEAR STATION J (OURING REC 0VERY STAGE ONLY) Trash cans will be available within three (3) hours from the following suppliers: Poe Hardware l 803-271-9000 (24 hour number) l Little Hardware 803-333-3133 l I After hours: Cecil Jones -
~
t j G.9 PORTABLE TOILETS G.9.a OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION Portable outdoor toilets will be delivered by the ! following supplier within eight hours: l I Porto-Let Greenville 803-244-8908 G.9.b MCGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION / CATAWBA NUCLEAR STATION l . (DURING RECOVERY STAGE ONLY) l-The following suppliers will deliver portable toilets within eight (8) hours: Porta-Jon 704-375-8988 After hours: Ned Carpenter g Reese Carpenter - Carolina Spot Jon Service 704-333-4955 After hours: Terry Brotherton -
- 5. M. Brotherton -(.
G-4 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
4 i G.10 FURNITURE G.10.a OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION 1 Initially, tables and chairs will be obtained from Cherokee, McGuire or Catawba. The Transportation Director will provide means for moving these items. Additional equipment may be rented from the
' following:
Taylors Rent Center (Oconee) 128 White Hall Road
- Anderson, S.C. 803-224-8881 !
Bob Pierce _ Owner 7 - A-Aaro Rents 803-242-6791 1 Necessary furniture from this source can be delivered I within two hours. This includes all furniture for work areas (desks, chairs, shelves, files, trashcans, , etc.) NUCLEAR STATION G.10.b MCGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION / CATAWBA (DURING RECOVERY STAGE ONLY) The following suppliers have agreed to supply the necessary furniture if it is available from their stock. They do not deliver. Office Interiors, Inc.- 704-332-2661 i After hours: Charles Couins ' Charles Couins , Check Cummings / Terry Grier - _. A-1 Chair and Equipment Rentals l 704-332-3156 2 After hours: M. W. Hooks - Charles Hooks ? Jim Little - Tony Philmon 3 Chair and Equipment Rentals
- 300 Central Avenue Charlotte, N. C. 28204 704-332-8176 ,
After hours: Tony Philmon - i G-5 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 l g wer--ep-gge- -*v -W Y"
% *--w -
y -pvt --*E
G.11 During recovery stage, the following items should be per-formed to insure proper support for all. personnel involved. (Check list) I. Notify Food Vendors A. Oconee Nuclear Station (See Commissary Section G.6.a) B. McGuire Nuclear Station (See Commissary Section G.6.b) C. Catawba Nuclear Station (See Commissary Section G.6.b) D. Crisis Management Center Charlotte (See Commissary Section G.6 II. Established Daily Schedule A. Heals - Location, time, and notification to all areas involved. B. Break - Location, time, and not3fication to all areas involved. - III. Notify Tent Suppliers (See Commissary Section G.7) . IV. Notify Portable Toilets Suppliers (See Commissary Section G.9). V. Establish Personnel Requirements A. Notify Human Resources
- 1. Personnel for Heals and Break (Delivery,
- - Set-up, Processing)
- 2. Personnel for Trash Removal (When, How often, Where)
- 8. Esta~lish o Schedule for Personnel
- 1. Insure around the clock coverage, in all
~
areas listed in. G-6 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
G.12 0FFICE TRAILER Design Space International 6351 N. Tryon Street P. O. Box 26811 Charlotte, N. C. 28213 704-596-7050 Steve Carter Brenda Brewer Design Space International P. O. Box 6711 Greenville, S. C. 29606 803-879-2195 G.13 AUDIT PROCEDURE Periodically, each supplier will be mailed a questionnaire along with a stamped, return envelope requesting verification of information contained in this section. An example follows in Appendix G-1. Follow-up phone calls and/or visits will be made to those vendors who fail to return a completed form. Completed forms or visit reports will, be kept in a permanient file by the commissary representative and replaced as updated. Frequency of this audit will be in accordance with Section A.8 of this manual. G-7 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
,w -e - , . - - - - ------a, , .,, , , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ,,-,. -----w-c--
APPENDIX G-1 PAGE 1 0F 2 Some time ago you were contacted by a member of the Duke Power Crisis Management Team concerning your participation in upcoming crisis management exercises at one or more of our nuclear power plants. These exercises are to prepare us to manage an actual emergency should one ever occur. If an actual emergency should occur, your company could be called on to supply commodities needed to manage the situation. The attached form, when verified by you will enable us to maintain our current state of preparedness. Please sign and date the attached information and return it to me in the enclosed evelope. Yours very truly, , D. E. Faulkner ) Methods Engineering'Section Construction Services Division DEF/ fir Attachments b-8 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
-_- _ _ _ . . . _ . . . - _ . _ . . _ _ _ , . . _ _ i.
APPENDIX G-1 PAGE 2 0F 2
- 1. Supplier Name:
- 2. Commodities supplied during actual crisis or crisis exercise:
- 3. Person / telephone number to call in case of emergency
- 4. Maximum response time by above vendor.
Oconee Nuclear Station Highway 130 Seneca, SC McGuire Nuclear Station Highway 73 Cowans Ford, NC Catawba Nuclear Station Highway 274 Newport, SC
- 5. I have reviewed the above information and affirm that it is accurate and current with the following exceptions:
Signed:
Title:
Date: G-9 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 U
f
~
550 Oconee D. L. Freeze Terry Chappell I SSD Mt. Holly Carey York
- Jim Smith Ben Taylor System Maintenance Support R. Fred Gray [ Home Work Harvey Lyerly -Work fHome H.S TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE FROM VARIOUS SUPPLIERS OF EQUIPMENT AT OCONEE Appendix H-1 lists known companies who will provide assistance during a crisis situation.
H.6 TRACTOR TRAILER DRIVER 5, EQUIPMENT OPERATORS, FLAT TRUCK DRIVERS, CRANE OPERATORS, VAN AND CARRY-ALL ORIVERS Refer to Section I.0'-Transportation Section H.7 ELECTRICIANS, BUILDERS, UTILITIES Initia'l responsibility of this group is setting up facilities. Coordination with the Commissary Group and the Administration Group will. be necessary to determine the initial number of people required. H.8.a D.0 Communication Section contains electrical requirements for communication and initial set-up. H.8.b Builders and utility personnel requirements will be met initially through contacts in Section H.2. Additional personnel requirements will be met through the following contacts: Builders: Dickie Scruggs , Utility: C. K. Williams H.8 OTHER UTILITY COMPANIES Appendix E-1 provides a list of other utility companies who may be contacted for assistance. H-2 Rev. 6 June 15. 1953 )
O H. 0 HUMAN RESOURCES DIRECTOR H.1 PURPOSE This position fulfills the personnel needs of the recovery organization both in technical and craft disciplines during
- crisis management efforts.
H.2 FUNCTIONS H.2.a Provides personnel necessary to establish facilities and park cars - Oconee only H.2.b Provides support personnel (clean-up, drivers, etc. ) H.2.c Provides technical and craft personnel upon request
~
H.2.d. Provides labor relations assistance as required
, H.2.e. Insures Heliport preparation H.2.f. Insures preparation of aux. parking area H.3 MEMBERS OF GROUP Following is a list of people assigned primary or alternate responsibilities under the plan. Alternates are required to be as knowledgeable as th.e primary.
H. 3.'a PRIMARY (DIRECTOR) , Mike tenderman H.3.b ALTERNATES Terry Hunt Dave W. Phillips Bob Moore G. E. Wilson R. A. Price Bob Via Sam Dressler T. Larry Crouse H.4 TECHNICAL AND CRAFT PERSONNEL Listed below are contacts at Catawba, McGuire, SSD Oconee, SSD Mt. Holly, and System Maintenance Support: Catawba J. C. Rogers C. B. Aycock Ralph Morrison McGuire Bob Bivens g' Carey York H-1 Rev. 6 . June 15, 1983
H.9 HELIPORT A heliport will be lined off using white lime powder or white 4 spray paint with special adapter to provide wide angle, uniform spraying. Approximately ten cans of spray paint is required. The heliport will be a fifty foot circle with an "H" in .the center to indicate that it is an unrestricted heliport. H.10 PARKING Additional parking areas in close proximity to the Central Processing Center will be prepared, maintained and attended as required by Human Resources personnel. H.11 CRISIS MANAGEMENT / REC 0VERY EFFORT WORK SCHEDOLE Once the Crisis Management Team is in place and functioning, the Human Resources Group will be staffed as required to 4 provide 24 hour coverage. Normally this will consist of two 12 hour shifts with at least one Primary / Alternate per shift. Personnel changes will be made af ter a four day tour of duty (i.e. 48 hours per person per week maximum). A schedule of persons on duty will be posted as necessary. H.12 FACILITY CLEANUP ,
~
The Human Resources Group is responsible for cleanup required to return classrooms and other areas used by the Crisis Management Team to the state found prior to a drill, exercise or emergency as far as deemed possible. H.13 AUDIT PROCEDURE Reference Section A.8 of this manual. H-3 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
i APPENDIX H-1 BUS. PHONE CONTACT HOME PHONE COMPANY
~
Babcock and Wilcox Co. 2117 Wachovia Center 400 South Tryon Charlotte, N.C. 28285 l'~
\ Rick Edwards General Electric Co.
P. O. Box 30697 Charlotte, N.C. 28230 Henry Snead Westinghouse Electric Corp. ; P. O. Box 32817 Charlotte, N.C. 28232 Don Fuller Combustion Engineering, Inc. Power Systems Div. I 1730 Jefferson First Union Plaza I Charlotte, N.C. 28282 Dave Donaldson Southern Engineering Co. P. O. Box 34609 Charlotte, N.C. 28234 H. L. Hance Jr. Envirotech Corporation , f Bahnson Company Div. i 1001 S. Marshall Street l
. Winston Salem, N.C. 27108 -
l A. Keith Pooser Jones Chemical Co., Inc. P. O. Box 30516 Charlotte, N.C. 28230 Charlie Sherrill Metric Fasteners of Charlotte 634 Anderson Street Charlotte, N.C. 28205 Robert Randle w Bechtel Power Corporation 15740 Shady Grove Road Gaithersburg, Maryland 20760 Stone and Webster Mgt. Consultants 90 Broad Street New York, N.Y. 10004 Ebasco Services, Inc. P. O. Box 12152 Church Street Station New York, N.Y. 10249 H-4 Rev. 6
- ._ - --- ,- ~ - . _ . _ _ _ _ )
A Daniel Construction Company Daniel Building Greenville, S.C. 29602 H-5 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
O I.0 TRANSPORTATION DIRECTOR I.1 PURPOSE This position provides necessary equipment and personnel for movement of material and people to, from, and through the crisis area for the duration of the recovery effort. I.2 MAJOR FUNCTIONS I.2.a Delivers and sets up trailers. I.2.b. Furnishes vehicles and operators for personnel and equipment movement. I.2.c Provides common carrier and specialized carrier service for specific material and personnel needs. I.2.d Coordinates, traces, and expedites material deliveries and shipments in and out of recovery site.
'I.2.e. Provides fuel for on the site recovery vehicles.
I.3 MEMBERS OF GROUP I.3.a PRIMARY (DIRECTOR) Marion Wilson I.3.b ALTERNATES Max Bowen Charles Bostic John Puett + I.4 ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL REQUIRED Truck dr.ivers and major equipment operators have been identified in the following sections. Additional personnel will be required to handle functions such as shuttle service, garbage pickup, etc. Immediate needs are to be assessed upon arrival at the site. I.5 FIRST CALL-0UT On the first call-out, the director or designee will organize and transport the equipment and operating personnel needed initially. Appendix I-1 details equipment and personnel available for use on first call-out. The first contingency will begin with establishment of base operations. This will include trailer setup if necessary, personnel establishment and . transport equipment assessment. I-1 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 ,
. i l
Equipment presently harbored at the Oconee, McGuire and Catawba plant sites, depending on the magnitude and need, is available for use at the outset. An assessment of availability will be made on arrival of the first transportation contingency. . In the movement of trailers and portable buildings from other jobsites by Company vehicles, special highway permitting is required from the states of North Carolina and South Carolina. To assist in obtaining necessary permits, Mr. Ronald Matheson, Transmission Substation ^ Division Construction, Office (704) 373-892, Home s is available on request. I.6 BACK-UP EQUIPMENT As the first move is taking place and work has begun, a total equipment assessment will be made to determine present and future needs in personnel and material movement. This will also include establishment of busing and van schedules and routes between plant facilities and also, between places of lodging and airport facilities to plant facilities. Additional transport equipment, as well as operating personnel, in the Duke Power Company system are also available on a phone call notice as need is determined. I.7 OUTSIDE CARRIERS AND PERSONNEL As the recovery effort is underway, the need for specialized carriers may become evident. Appendix I-4 indicates a few of these carriers, including bus and rai-1 transportation, along with appropriate contacts. I.8 AIR FREIGHT
.A listing with telephone numbers of the commercial airlines and air cargo carriers servicing area airports is presented in Appendix I-5. In addition to the commerical carriers, Appendix I-6 contains a list of available air equipment for charter from companies headquartered in Charlotte.
I.9 FUEL AVAILABILITY Fuel availability is a critical issue for the operationand of equipment. In addition to on-site availability, commercial stations, two 8,400 gallon tank trucks can be made available within 24 hours notice through the Purchasing Department. As the recovery effort is underway, a list of stations and distributors where fuel may be obtained will be compiled by transportation personnel I-2 Rev. 6 . June 15, 1983
4 and appropriate credit arrangements established through administrative channels. I.10 AUDIT PROCEDURE Information contained in the Transportation Section will be i periodically checked for accuracy in accordance with Section ! A.8 of this manual. d a A v l t' i 1 4 I-3 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 ,
f L. Appendix I-1 Catawba Nuclear Project Personnel and Equipment (803) 831-1512 Marion Wilsnn ,, Home - , Equipment Vehicle No. Description 04474 1975 Chev. Suburban 06857 1978 Chev. Suburban 04754 1976 Chev. Suburban ' 04823 1976 Ford Club Wagon (one for security use) C7544 PU Truck without radio C7190 PU Truck without radio C7805 Ford Tractor (for use with trailer) C8012 Boom truck (for moving generator, blocking for trailer, and trash pickup)
- C7556 Chevrolet bus C4334 25 ton Grove crane C7556 Bus -
C8012 Boom Truck , Drivers Jesse E. Johns.on u Gagfney,SC. Home i Larry Davis,. Clover, SC
~
Home . Alex W. Ingrn, Lancaster, SC (803) 285-7236
- Paul L. Harvey, Gaffney, SC Home-} [
Other - J Carpenter W. A. Knowles, Jr., Mt. Holly, NC Home }'y 1-4 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
D Appendix I-2 1 of 2 OUTSIDE CARRIERS Specialized Heavy Equipment I . i Moss Trucking Co., Inc. ! Larry Dulin - V.P. l 5 Charlotte, NC ! ;
- - I.
l I L. A. Chitwood, Jr. - C. E. Infinger - Supt. Charleston Heights, SC Wilhoit Steel Erectors Duane Hull - Engineer Columbia, SC C & H Transportation Co., Inc. West Columbia, SC Trailer and Building Movers T.ansit Homes, Inc. Boyce Landry - V.P. Operations Jerry Sullivan - Asst. V.P. Operations Greenville, SC ' Radioactive Shipments Home Transportation Company, Inc. ' Richard Hayden - Term. Mgr. Barnwell, SC , 4 Moss Trucking Co., Inc. Eugene Holland - Term. Mgr. Charlo,tte, NC i i Tri-State Motor Transit Co. Bill Rucker - Nuclear Disp. ! Joplin, MO Furniture Movers Carolina Moving & Storage, Inc. Allied Van Lines l Flay V. Smith, President Charlotte, NC
- Charlotte Van & Storage Co., Inc.
North American Van Lines William 5. McMillian, V.P. Charlotte, NC ( I-5 Rev. 6 i- June 15, 1983
Appendix I-2 - 2 of 2
~
Furniture Movers (cont'd) I i i I Russell Transfer Company Earl W. White, V.P. Charlotte, NC Bus Transportation Spartanburg Transit (Duke Power Company) Paul Briggs- District Mgr. David-Hart - Asst. District Mgr. Paul McKinney- Transportation Supt. Anderson Transit (Duke Power Company) J. Waitfield- Asst. District Supt. G.W. Wilson - Transportation Mgr. Railroad , Southern Railway System - Seneca, SC Sidney E. Hawkins - Supt. Greenville, SC Seaboard Coast Line Railroad Company - Cowans Ford, NC f-Kenneth Kitts- Asst. Supt. Charlotte, NC , ; b 1 1 I-6 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
Appendix I-3 1 of 2 Commercial Airlines Telephone. Listing GREENVILLE-SPARTANBURG JETPORT Company Air Freicht Telephone No. Spartanbyrg Greenville Eastern Airlines, Inc. 803-585-9121 803-232-4474 Republic Air, Inc. 800-241-9385 803-242-4121 CHARLOTTE-DOUGLAS MUNICIPAL AIRPORT Company Air Freight Telephone No. Delta Airlines, Inc. seu4) 399-0487 Eastern Airlines, Inc. (704) 399-3331 Piedmont Aviation, Inc. (704) 392-5692 United Airlines, Inc. (704) 399-0773 ATLANTA AIRPORT Company Air Freight Telephone No. Braniff International - (404) 766-1678 Delta Airlines, Inc. (404) 765-2851 Eastern Airlines, Inc. (404) 432-4281 Frontier Airlines (404) 768-9106 Northwest Orient Airlines (404) 767-9756 Ozark Airlines (404) 768-7411 Piedmont Aviation, Inc. (404) 766-7879 Republic Airlines (404) 766-3562 GREENSBORO, HIGH POINT, WINSTON-SALEM AIRPORT Company Air Freight Telephone No. Delta Airlines, Inc. (919) 294-2122 Eastern Airlines, Inc. (919) 275-3371 Piedmont Aviation, Inc. (919) 294-0416 United Airlines, Inc. (919) 299-0370 l I-7 Rev. 6
. June 15, 1983
h
. Appendix I-3 2 of 2 Air Cargo Carriers Telephone Listing 24 Hour Numbers AIRPORTS Greensboro Greenville- Charlotte-Douglas High Point Spartanburg Municipal Atlanta Airport Winston-Salem Airborne Freight Corp. (803) 232-2763 (704) 523-9335 (404) 765-1400 (919) 294-4570 ,
Burlington Northern Air Freight (803) 232-1187 (704) 392-1373 (404) 768-1818 (919) 294-3350 Emery Air Freight- (803) 233-5329 (704) 394-6161 (404) 762-1611 (919) 299-9362 Federal Express - (803) 288-8191 (704) 394-5101 (404) 452-0314 (919) 855-5340 Above numbers until 9:30 p.m. After 9:30 p.m. (800) 238-5355 Flying Tigers (704) 394-1361 (800) 241-4442 (919) 852-6831 Open 24 hours 7 a.m. Monday through 7 a.m. Saturday I-8 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
a Appendix I-4 1 of 2 Aircraft Charter Telephone Listing and Equipment Comoany: Thurston Aviation, Inc. Charlotte, NC (704) 394-4331 (24 hour number) Flight Dispatcher: Tom Tevepauch. _ Home s. _.- Dir. of Flight Operations: Frank Th y _, Home s Equipment: Turbo-Prop .
- Cessna Conquest, 7 passengers Piper Cheyenne, 6 passengers Cessna Corsair, 5 passengers i
Piston-Powered Cessna 402, 5 passengers 2-Cessna.310's, 3 passengers I-9 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 ,
. Appendix I-4 2 of 2 Helicopter Equipment Charter Telephone Listing 24 Hour Numbers Company Telephone Inland Air Lines, Inc. (704) 392-2548 Mr. Bob Burns Imperial Helicopters, Inc. (704) 392-0303 Mr. Butch Allen North Carolina Helicopters, Inc. (704) 376-5943 Mr. Reece Kelso Saber Aviation, Inc. (704) 394-7279 Mr. Mark Thorpe - i I-10 Rev. 6 - June 15, 1983 .
i J.0 MEDICAL SUPPORT DIRECTOR J.1 PURPOSE This position provides medical assistance to 'the C/ isis Management Team. J.2 MAJOR FUNCTIONS J.2.a Establishes a base of operations and operates a First Aid Station , J.2.b Establishes contact with local hospitals and medical supply companies J.2.c Assists and transports any victim of serious illness or accident J.3 MEMBERS OF GROUP Following is a list of people assigned primary or alternate responsibilities unde'r the plan. Alternates are required to be as knowledgeable as the primary. J.3.a PRIMARY (DIRECTOR) Jack H. Huskey , J.3.b ALTERNATES Ted W. Roach Robert S. Dugan Jim Edwards Tony Miller Bob David J.4 RESERVE PERSONNEL J.4.a NURSES J.4.a.1 PRIMARY Barbara Fagan Catawba Nuclear Station Telephone: Home .~ Alternate J.4.a.2 ALTERNATES J-1 Rev. 6 ' June 15, 1983
. Jn Ala - dar .
McGuire Nuclear Station N_ _'Jilisted
~
Telephone:~Home ' Work: _.), Ext. Pat Rice Oconee_ Nuclear Station Telephone: Home , Work / Suzanne Horne Catawba Nuclear Station Home: Work: J {
, Ext.
Jackie Huskey Catawba
^~ ' '
Nuclear Station
/~
Telephone: Home: Work: ; Ext. Zellar Morrison McGuire Nuclear _ Station Telephone: Home: Alt. Werk: J.4.b. EMERGENCY MEDICAL TECHNICIANS J.4.b.1 PRIMARIES Chester Dunavant Catawba _ Nuclear Station
^
Telephone: Home:- Work: Ext. Brian West Oconee Nuclear Station
' "~~
Telephone: Home < Work l Garland Cloer McGuire Nuclear Station Statesville, NC f Telephone: Home e j Alt. / Iredell Co. emaroency Services
~ ~ Unit 1 J.4.b.2 ALTERNATES
- Randy Byrum Catawba Nuclear Station Telephone: Home I /
Work: / Ext. Bill Baker Catawba Nuclear " Station
- Telephone: Home Work: .., Ext.
J-2 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
)
Dawn McCurdy Cherokee --"~'"' Nuclear Station Telephone: Home Alt. [ ~' _,[ Ext. Work __ _ Rickie Eagle Catawba Nuclear Station - Telephone: Home mis + 7 A 62 803-831-1512, Ext. Ofc. Cliff Ouzts Bad Creek ' Telephone: Home Ofc. Jim Parker Construction Services ' Telephone: Home / Work Mike Pyler Construction Training Telephone: Home < Work .. Don Crisp Mt. Holly - SSD Telephone: Homer
- Work -m%e+*-
J.4.c AMBULANCE DRIVERS J.4.c.1 PRIMARY Chester Dunavant Catawba Nuclear Station Telephone: Home < Work , Ext. . ALTERNATES' Max Manley Catawba Nuclear^-Station Telephone: Home i Work _____. Neal Mcginn Construction Services Telephone: Home< Alt. . __ J.5 FIRST CALL-00T Upon notification of alert, the Medical Support group will notified and members, as determined, will report to either the General Office Crisis Management Center or to the National Guard Armory in Clemson depending on location of the crisis. The Medical Support Group will proceed to the Near-Site Crisis Management Center only when the recovery operation begins. At that time prepackaged supplies will be loaded and transported to the Recovery Operation location if J-3 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
4 deemed necessary by the director. Vans and/or ambulances will be provided as necessary. Ambulances will be fully equipped as required by North and South Carolina, vans will be equipped with either a first aid kit or a trauma kit. J.6 INSTRUCTIONS FOR MEDICAL SUPPORT TEAM Construction sites will supply the vehicles as deemed necessary by the Director, Medical Support group. Semi-annually or after each Recovery Operation or exercise, ' an inventory of supplies will be made to assure useability and availability. Boxes will be numbered in order of need, as determined by the primary nurse. An inventory of each box will be made with one copy in each box and a master inventory ~ list of all boxes kept in box number one. A copy of supplies and inventory checks will be given to materials handling supervisor and. construction safety G.O. All dated items will be replaced in the inventory before their expiration date. J.7 FACILITY AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS J.7.a. Building or trailer for First Aid Station J.7.b Crystals for radios for direct contact with local hospital emergency. rooms F J.8 RESUPPLY OF FIRST AID TEAM Additional supplies are available at th? Toddville Center within 24 hours, or at ' local first aid supply companies. Agreements with vendors are shown in Appendix J-2. J.9 RADIATION ASSISTANCE U. 5. Department of Energy offers radiation assistance through the Regional Coordinating Offices for Radiological Emergency Assistance shown below: Dak Ridge Operations Office . P. 0. Box E Oak Ridge, Tennessee 37830 615-483-8611, Ext. 34510
~
Savannah River Operations Office P. O. Box A Aiken, South Carolina 29801 i 803-725-6211, Ext. 3333 l J-4 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 -
J.10 HOSPITALS J.10.a McGuire J.10.a.1 West of McGuire Via 73 West, 273 West, and I-85-5 Gordan Crowell Hospital Lincolnton, NC 704-735-7421 Part-time E. R. Physician . Overall Care-General Trauma Care-General Lincoln County Hospital Lincolnton, NC 704-735-3071 24 Hour E. R. Physician Overall Care-General Trauma Care-General Gaston Memorial Hospital Gastonia, NC 704-866-2000 Overall Care-Major Trauma Care-General J.10.a.2 North of McGuire Via I-77, 21 North, or 115 North Iredell Memorial Hospital 873-5661 Part-time E. R. Physician-Statesville Overall Care-General Trauma Care-General Davis Hospital 873-0281 20 Hr. E. R. Physician Coverage-Statesville Overall Care-Not Listed Trauma Care-Not Listed Lowrence Hospital 664-1113 Part-time E. R. Physician-Mooresville Overall Care-General Trauma Care-General J-5 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
J.10.a.3 East of McGuire Via 73 East'a'nd I-77 North-ISO Huntersville Hospital 875-1661 E. R. Physician on call-Huntersville "
- Overall Care-Basic - Trauma Care-Basic Cabarrus Memorial Hospital 786-2111 24 Hr. E. R. Physician-Concord Overall Care-Major Trauma Care-General Rowan Memorial Hospital 636-3311 24 Hr. E. R. Physician - Salisbury . Overall Care-Major Trauma Care-Major J.10.a.4 South of McGuire Via I-77 South; 21 South, 115 South,16 South, 27 South, and 73 I-85 South ~ ~^
- Charlotte Memorial Hospital 373-2171 '
24 Hr. E. R. Physician-Charlotte
- (Regional Trauma Center)
Overall Care-Comprehensive Trauma Care-Comprehensive
- Mercy Hospital 379-5000 24 Hr. E. R. Physician-Charlotte Overall Care-Major
' _ Trauma Care-Major
- Presbyterian Hospital 371-5000 .
24 Hr. E. R. Physician-Charlotte Overall Care-Major Trauma Care-Major J.10.b OCONEE-
*0conee Memorial Hospital West Highway, Seneca, SC 803-882-3351
_ Greenville Memorial 803-242-7000 J-6 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 q, _., ,, .w - - - ,. - , , ,,- ,,. , , , - , , , - , - - . . , , - - - , , - , . , , , _ - -
- Anderson M'.morial Hospital 803-261-1000 I'
cannon Memorial Hospital Pendleton Ave. Pickens, SC 803-878-4791 J.11 AUDIT PROCEDURES Information contained in this section will be verified for accuracy with Section A.8 of this manual.
- Indicates those hospitals that are capable of treating contaminated patients.
I i l l I > l l 1 J-7 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 \ '
APPENDIX J-1 PAGE 1 0F 1 PRE-PACKAGED FIRST AID SUPPLIES 4 Bxs. 2 x 2's 8 Bxs. 4 x 4's 3 Bxs. Betadine Prep Svab 2 Bxs. 8" x 7 " ABD's 4 Bxs. Alcohol Prep Swab 2 Bxs. 8" x 10" ABO's 1 Gal. Betadine Scrub 24 10" x 30" Multi-Trauma Dressings 1 Btl. Tincture of Benzoin 2 Bxs. 2" x 3" Telfa Pads 1 Btl. Oil of Cloves 2 Bxs. 3" x 4" Telfa Pads 2 Cans Topical Antiseptic 2 Bxs. 2" x 3" Adhesive Telfa Pads 6 Btis. Irrigating Saline 2 Bxs. 3" x 4" Adhesive Telfa Pads 1 Btl. Aspirin . 1 Cs. 2" Kling 1 Btl. Tylenol - 1 Cs. 3" Kling 2 Btis. Maalox 1 Cs. 4" Kling 2 Btis. Pepto Bismol 1 Cs. 6" Kling 1 Pr. Ralk Splinter 2 Bxs. 2" Ace Elastic Bandages 2 Pr. Bandage Scissors-2 Bxs. 3" Ace Elastic Bandages 1 Pr. Kelly-Murphy Hemostat, Straight 2 Bxs. 4" Ace Elastic Bandages 1 Pr. Kelly-Murphy Hemostat, Curved 4 Bxs. 2" Coban 1 Fr. Halstead Mosquito Forceps, Straight. 4 Bxs. 3" Coban 1 Pr. Halstead Mosquito Forceps, Curved 2 Bxs. 4" Coban 1 Bard-Parker Surgical Handle, #3 ! 2 Bxs. 1/2" Dermicel Cloth Tape 2 Bxs. Bard-Parker Blades, #11 and 15 2 Bxs. 1" Dermicel Cloth Tape- 1 Ophth31moscope 1 Box 2" Dermicel Cloth Tape 12 Thermometers, Oral / 1 Box 1" Dermilite II Paper Tape 4 Folding Stretchers 1 Box 1" Waterproof Adhesive Tape 4 C-Cell Flashlights
- 1. Box. 2" Waterproof Adhesive Tape 2 7 Volt Lanterns 1 Box Oval Eye Pads Maps From Charlotte to All Sites 4 Bxs. 1" x 3" Coverlet Bandaids Maps From Site to Nearest Hospital 4 8xs. Coverlet Knuckle Dressings 8 Prs. Disposable Coveralls 2 Bxs. Coverlet Large Digit Dressing 2 HEF Cartridge Respirators - Full-Fac 4 Bxs. Non-sterile Cotton Tipped Applicators 2 Safety Belts 2 Bxs. Sterile Cotton Tipped Applicators 2 3/4" Rope in 100 Ft. Sections 1 Box Tongue Blades 4 1/2" Rcps in 50 Ft. ' Sections 24 Burn Sheets 8 Prs. Leather G1ve-es .
48 Disposable Ice Packs 2 5-Gal. Drinking Water Containers 2 Bxs. Alumafoam Finger Splints 48 Meals Pre-Packed Food 2 8xs. Steri-Strips 1 , 2 Burner Propane Stove 26 10-Pack 4 x 4's 2 Btis Propane Gas ; 2 Otis. Visine 2 Cots 4 Btis. Dacroise (Isotone) 12 Blankets 2 Btis. Neosporin Ophthalmic 24 Hand Towels 1 Btl. Vasocon A 24 Assorted Plastic Bags 3 Tubes Boric Acid Eye Ointment 1 Pot 1 Gal. Zephiran Antiseptic 1 Fry Pan 3 Btis Alcohol 1 Pkg. Paper Plates (100) 3 B1ts. Hydrogen Peroxide 100 Styrofoa'm Cups 3 Btis. Merthiolate 1 Bx. Knives, Forks & Spoons 1 Jar Silvadene (1 lb) 2 8xs. Neosporin 1 Tube Neosporin G 3 Bxs. Betadine Ointment J-8 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 l
J
- s m e , n'Czepansat n
4210 BARRINGER DRIVE o CHARLOTTE, N.C. 28210 o (704) 527-5595 ( August 31, 1982 APPENDIX J-2 Page 1 of 2 Duke Power Company
- Construction Safety WC/22 P.O. Box 33189 Charlotte, North Carolina 28242 Attention: Mr. Jack Huskey
Dear Mr. Huskey:
This letter is to confi:n our agreement to serve as a back-up source for medical supplies and equip =ent for the medical div-ision of the crises management tea = in the event of an unforseen disaster. In the event of an emergency situation and our services are re-quired other than between nor=al business hours, please contact one of the following: I
. j Mr. Marshall Stewart Mr. Tho=as Stewart Please contact our compw y if any additional infor:ation is necded.
Sincerely, QUICK RESE?ONSE, INC.
.N', r on hg Jl Ion ) 1 Ln ~
Susan L. dew ' Y cc: Mr. Marshall Stewart Mr. Thomas Steware file J-9 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 4
- - - . -- .y ,r-- - ~ - - - . . - , ~ ~ . . - - , - . - , - y -
- APPENDIX J-2 PAGE 2 0F 2 .
D KWR8D?iMaatmd saqui
$g,/ rr ,&s. 4. l m
c=_ Te
........ ......... x,x,m mm ..:2...6...............,. . m_m Ng as e w itc easc no4o Gre:nvi!!e. South Carefina Phone 269 2911 M P. O. Box 132 . . * * " **w'*-sa' 29602 June 15, 1981 .
Mr. Clifton Ouzts Duke Power Company SSD Oconee P. O. Box 219 Seneca, South Carolina 29678
Dear Mr. Ou ts:
We are pleased to advise that our company is in afor position to offer you 24 hour emergency Should the occasionservice arise, you your medical needs.can obtain this service by calling either of the parties listed below: Billy Joe Allen Rick Merritt ( _ _ We certainly appreciate the opportunity of., serving yourregularneedsandhopeanemergengyelnever artses.
., i . - Verv # yv .W./ ly ,g - a . a f tone c ecutive Vice Pres.
CDS/j Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
.-10 u------___ ]
. K. 0 SECURITY DIRECTOR K.1 PURPOSE The Security Group, a part of the Administration and Logistics Team, is responsible for providing and implementing the overall security plan and procedures to be followed in the event of a crisis at an operating nuclear station and during site recovery efforts. K. 2 MAJOR FUNCTIONS , K.2.a Coordinates Local Law Enforcement activities for the Crisis Management Center. K.2.b Coordinates contacts with the State Highway Patrol located with the State Emergency Response Team (SERT) at the Air National Guard Facility, Charlotte, N.C. , or the State Highway Patrol ana South Carolina Law Enforcement Division (SLED) located at the State Emergency Operations Center at the National Guard Armory, Clemson, SC. K.2.c Establishes and maintains security checkpoints as addressed in Sections K.5 and K.6. K. 3 MEMBERS O'F GROUP The Security Director shall have the overall responsibilit,y and authority for implementing the Crisis Management Security Plan and Procedures in the event of a crisis at any operating nuclear station and during site recovery efforts. Reporting to the Security Director is the Assistant Security Director. The Assistant Security Director shall provide assistance to the Security Director. In the Security Director's absence, the Assistant Security Director may assume the responsibility and authority of the Security Director. K.3.a SECURITY DIRECTOR Randy Cross K.3.b ASSISTANT SECURITY DIRECTORS Bill Randlett Keith Shannon Guy Cox Dave Adkins l l K-1 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
K. 4 PLAN STRUCTURE The plan is structured to describe the security functions which are required should a crisis event occur at Oconee Nuclear Station or McGuire Nuclear Station. Section K.5 addresses the requirements for Oconee Nuclear Station. Section K.6 addresses the requirements for McGuire Nuclear Station. Note that Section K.6.b Potential Plan for Use During Site Recovery Efforts addresses those requirements which may be implemented at McGuire if the circumstances dictate. Plan enclosures are located in the back of Section K.0 and provide support to the main test in detailing relationships and require-ments. Each section of the plan, where necessary, references any applicable enclosures. K. 5 OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION K.5.a Requirements for Both Initial Crisis Event and Site - Recovery Efforts K.5.a.1 MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS Manpower needs shall be provided by Security personnel at the site. At minimum, the Security force shall consist of eight (8) Nuclear Security Force Officers and one (1) Nuclear Security Force sergeant per shift. Local law enforcement personnel may be used if
~ circumstances dictate a need for their assistance.
K.5.a.2 IMPLEMENTATION OF CHECKPOINTS Checkpoints 1 and 2 shall be established by station security personnel when the event is declared. Remaining checkpoints shall be established as additional station security personnel become avail-able. Checkpoints 1 and 2 will be augmented by local .l aw enforcement personnel should traffic conditions dictate. The Crisis Management Security Director shall be responsible for security within the owner controlled area. Appendices K-1 and K-2 depict the location of the checkpoints for both McGuire and Oconee. Supervision of the checkpoints shall be provided by a Nuclear Security Sergeant operating within his normal chain of command until the arrival of the Crisis Management Security Director or Assistant Security Director. i K-2 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
- - _ ~ __
l
~
CHECKPOINT 1 Located on the Main Entrance Road adjacent to the Central Processing Center, Checkpoint 1 shall be manned by two nuclear station officers. Prior to the establishment of the Central Processing i (Accommodations Registration), individuals Center with Crisis Management identification cards shall be l allowed access through Checkpoint 1 and logged by l security personnel (See Appendix K-4). News media l personnel, excluding Public Information Officers (PI0's), shall not be allowed access until the Security Director or Assistant Security Director has been notified that the Crisis News Center is manned by Duke Power Company personnel. News media 1 personnel shall be logged by the Checkpoint 1 security officer until the establishment of the Central Processing Center (News Media Registration). In addition, Key Crisis Management personnel, Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) personnel, and Public Information Officers (PIO's) shall be allowed access through Checkpoint 1 withoui. any registration requirements in order to expedite their entrance into the Crisis Management Center. The Checkpoint 1 security officer shall verify identification (See Appendix K-3) and log individuals using Appendix K-4. The log maintained by the Checkpoint I security officer shall be made available to Registration personnel upon request. Key Crisis Management personnel, NRC personnel, and PIO's shall not be required to process through the Central Processing Center during the crisis. When the Central Processing Center is established and operational, the Crisis Management Security Director or designee shall notify Checkpoint 1 and personnel shall no longer be logged (excluding Key Crisis Management personnel, NRC personnel and PIO's). All personnel, except for the above listed exceptions, shall be directed to the Central Processing Center (Accommodations or News Media Registration) for registration before admittance shall be allowed. As stated previously, the log shall be made available to Registration personnel upon request. At the Central Processing Center, Crisis Management identification cards shall be marked with a colored dot (color to be determined by the Accommodations Group Director for each exercise or event) in the K-3 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 ____ _ ._. _ . _ _ _ _.._ _ _ _ _ ___.___ _ _____ d
upper left hand corner to signify completion of ' registration. News media personnel shall be l identified by a Duke Power Company News Media badge I and shall be directed to the Visitor's Center only. CHECKPOINT 2 Located at the entrance to the Intake Road on S.C. Highway 183, Checkpoint 2 shall be manned by two nuclear security officers. Only those' personnel with picture identification station security badges and Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) personnel are normally allowed access thru Checkpoint 2. Personnel without picture identification station security badges may be allowed access if a specific need to access the station is established, as determined by the Station Manager or designee. If a need for access is not established, access thru Checkpoint 2 shall be denied and these individuals shall be directed to the Crisis Management Security Director or Assistant Security Director at the Crisis Management Center for station access. Normally, non-station Crisis Management Team members should not utilize Checkpoint 2 for entry into the . station but should utilize Checkpoint 3 via the J Crisis Management Center. Identification of station personnel shall be made by personal recognition or by comparison to the picture identification staticn security badge logs maintained at Oconee. Identification of NRC personnel shall be made by verifying NRC identification (See Appendix K-3). The Station Manager or d.esignee shall deter-mine the necessity for a sign-in log at Checkpoint 2. The S. E. Branch Road shall be closed to all traffic by securing the gate at the entrance on S.C. 183. Signs shall be placed on S.C. 183 and S.C. 130 informing all station employees to enter via the Intake Road. CHECKPOINT 2A In the event the Intake Road is closed due to weather conditions, construction or other considerations, the Intake Road shall be barricaded at the entrance on S.C. 183 and Checkpoint 2A shall be established at the entrance to the S.E. Branch Road on S.C. 183. Checkpoint 2A shall be manned by two nuclear security K-4 Rev. 6
- June 15, 1983
=
officers. Access Controls at Checkpoint 2A (esta-blished in lieu of Checkpoint 2) shall be the same as those described for Checkpoint 2. Signs shall be placed on S.C. 183 and S.C. 130 informing all station employees to enter via the S.E. Branch Road. CHECKPOINT 3 Located at the Owner-Controlled gate on the Main Entrance Road to the station, Checkpoint 3 shall be
, manned by one nuclear security officer. The purpose of this Checkpoint is to insure only those personnel with proper identificaiton are allowed access and are directed to their appropriate destination in the station area.
CHECKPOINT 4 Located at the main entrance to the Technical Training Center, Checkpoint 4 shall be manned by one nuclear security officer. The officer shall allow access to only those personnel which have a green or red dot in the upper right hand corner of their Crisis Management identification cards, those personnel who have prior approval of the Security Director or Assistant Security Director, NRC or PIO personnel. News media personnel shall be directed to Checkpoint 5. CHECKPOINT 5 L'ocated at the Visitors' Center, Checkpoint 5 shall be manned by two nuclear security officers. In the event the Center is closed, one officer shall be positioned at the main entrance to the building and shall direct News Media personnel to their appropriate area on the upper level of the center. The other officer shall be positioned at the kitchen entrance on the lower level of the building and shall insure that only properly identified personnel are allowed access to the Crisis Management News Center (conference room). Both officers shall monitor the
- stairway to preclude unnecessary traffic between the upper and lower levels of the building.
K.5.a.3 ENTRY ASSISTANCE FOR EMERGENCY AND DELIVERY VEHICLES f Emergency vehicles and personnel (fire, medical, law enforcement) and personnel shall be allowed to enter all checkpoints without displaying any identification. 1 Delivery vehicles with cargo destined for the station area shall be accessed through Checkpoints 1 and 3 after the invoices / bill of lading has been checked or K-5 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
l l a need for access has been established to insure it is a . valid delivery. The drivers shall not be i required to be registered or badged. The vehicles shall be directed to the appropriate location where normal station procedures shall apply. K.5.a.4 ACCESS OF CRISIS / RECOVERY PERSONNEL AUTHORITY TO GRANT ACCESS The Station Manager or his designee shall authorize access of crisis / recovery support personnel into the station. Those designated by the Station Manager to authorize access include the Acting Station Manager, and Station Group Superintendents. Station section heads shall also have authority to authorize access. COORDINATION When it is necessary for crisis / recovery support personnel to enter the station, coordination for their entry shall be coordinated between the Station Manager or his designee and the appropriate manager in the Crisis Management Center. A chart depicting i access to the station is contained in Appendix K-5, page 2 of 2. The appropriate station department shall provide a sponsor for these personnel. The ' Crisis Management Security Director or Assistant Security Director shall make final coordination for access with the Station Security Officer, Assistant Security Officer or their designees. K.5.a.5 ACCESS PROCEDURES Crisis / recovery support personnel shall be processed at the Crisis Management Central Processing Center and taken to the station where they will be met by their sponsor and shall be granted access through approprite station entry procedures. Those personnel not cleared for unescorted access shall be escorted. Escorts shall be provided by the sponsoring station department. K.5.a.6 INTERFACE WITH SOUTH CAROLINA LAW ENFORCEMENT DIVISION (SLED) SLED AREA LIMITED ACCESS OPERATION ; In the event of a crisis at the station, SLED shall, on order from the State, establish roadblocks on all roads / highways leading to the site. Three primary roadblocks and four secor.dary roadblocks shall be established as depicted in K-6 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 -
1 Appendix K-6. The roadblocks shall be located at a - I distance of approximately 2 miles from the station l and access to the area limited to only those who have a valid reason for entry. j l SLED PASS / BADGE ACCESS-SYSTEM ' A block of vehicle passes / personnel . badges shall be issued by SLED to the Station Crisis Management i Director who shall establish accountability and issue j control procedures. Examples of SLED vehicle passes ' and personnel badges are contained in Appendix K-7. Passes and badges will be preissued to station personnel who have been identified as being needed at the station in the event of a crisis. A block of passes / badges shall also be issued by the station to the Crisis Management Accommodations Group Director for use by the Crisis Management Team. The remainder of the passes / badges shall be retained by the station for issuance to additional required personnel during the course of the crisis. ROADBLOCK ACCESS PROCEDURES Those personnel / vehicles with pre-issued passes / badges shall be allowed access to the area through all of the SLED roadblocks. Other personnel re-quiring access shall enter through one of 3 primary roadblocks located as follows:
- 1. Intersection of SC 183 and S 157
- 2. Intersection of SC 130 and S 38
- 3. Intersection of S 201 and SC 183 Crisis Management representatives shall obtain passes and badges from the station and shall be positioned at the 3 roadblocks to issue passes and badges to personnel required at the station. A log of all
. passes and badges issued shall be maintained. A sample SLED roadblock access log is shown in Appendix K-8. After the first 24 hour period of the crisis the pass and badge issue points may be consolidated into one point located at the State Emergency Operations Center located at the National Guard Armory, Seneca, S.C. Personnel to man the issue points at the roadblocks and later the EOC, shall be provided by the Administration Group of the Crisis Management Team.
COMMUNICATIONS Communications between the Crisis Management Center and the SLED roadblocks shall be maintained through State EOC. K-7 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983-
K.S.a.7 AUDIT PROCEDURE Information contained in this section shall be verified for accuracy in accordance with Section A.8 of this manual. K.6 MCGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION K.6.a REQUIREMENTS FOR INITIAL CRISIS EVENT , K.6.a.1 MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS Manpower needs shall be provided by the Manager, General Office Building Services. At minimum, the security force shall consist of three (3) uniformed security officers from the building security force. Local law enforcement personnel may be used if circumstances dictate a need for their assistance. K.6.a.2 CRISIS MANAGEMENT CENTER-ADMINISTRATION AND LOGISTICS GROUP Upon the initiation of crisis event, the Crisis Management Security Director or his unignee shall respond to -the Administration and Logistics area located in Room 925 of the Wachovia Center, General ; Office, Charlotte, N. C. From this location the Secur.ity Director shall establish and maintain l Checkponts 1 and 2. During the crisis event, the
' Security Director -shall have the authority and responsibility to direct security activities at Checkpoints 1 and 2 in addition to having overall responsibility for any other security activiites deemed necessary by Crisis Management personnel. In addition, the Security Director shall contact the McGuire Assistant Station Security officer or his designee and request that Checkpoint I located at the intersection of the construction entrance and Highway 73 be established. The Security officer naming Checkpoint 1 shall provide general access control assistance and information to individuals attempting to access the station through checkpoint 1.
The Security Director shall be responsible for coordinating local law enforcement activities and coordinating contacts with the State Highway Patrol located with the State Emergency Team (SERT) at the Air National Guard Facility, Charlotte, N. C. Should Crisis Management personnel decide to utilize Section K.6.b Potential Plan For Use During Site Recovery Efforts, the Security Director shall be responsible for the establishment of security - checkpoints at the site. K-8 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
K.6.a.3 IMPLEMENTATION OF CHECKPOINTS Checkpoints 1 and 2 shall be established by building security personnel when the event is declared. The . Crisis Management Security Director or his designee shall be responsible for the establishment of Checkpoints 1 and 2. CHECKPOINT 1
. Located on the 1st Floor of the Electric Center, General Office, Charlotte, N. C. the 0. J. Miller auditorium shall be the Emergency News Center.
Checkpoint 1 shall be established in the Electric Center lobby. Checkpoint 1 shall be manned by two (2) uniformed security force members. 'One (1) security officer shall be positioned at the main
- entrance door and one (1) security officer shall be positioned at the reception desk.
The primary function of the security officers located at Checkpont I shall be to monitor personnel ingress into the Electric Center lobby and to prevent the media from accessing other areas of the Electric Center. Prior to entry into the Emergency News Center, all media personnel shall be registered and badged to indicate media personnel. Security officers shall monitor the registration area and request identifica-tion of those individuals entering the Electric Center lobby who are not badged as Crisis Management or News Media personnel. CHECKPOINT 2 Located on the 5th floor of the Power Building, General Office, Charlotte, N. C. the Corporate Communications Office area shall be the News Group Work Area. Checkpoint 2 shall be established in this area between rooms 5014 and 5022. Checkpoint 2 shall be manned by one (1) uniformed security officer. The primary function of the Security officer located at Checkpoint 2 shall be to' provide access control to the News Group Work area and to monitor genera activities in the area. The Security Officer shall allow access to only those personnel who can identify themselves as Crisis Management personnel, Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) personnel, State / County Public Information Officers (PIO's) and Duke Power Company officials and Duke Power Company employees whose normal work place is on the 5th floor. K-9 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
K.6.b POTENTIAL PLAN FOR USE DURING SITE RECOVERY EFFORTS K.6.b.1 MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS Manpower needs shall be provided by security personnel at the site. At minimum the Security shall consist of nine (9) nuclear security force officers and one (1) nuclear security force sergeant per shift. . Local , law enforcement personnel may be used if circumstances dictate a need for their assistance. K.6.b.2 IMPLEMENTATION OF CHECKPOINTS Checkpoints 1 and 2 shall be established by station security personnel when site recovery eff orts are initiated. Remaining checkpoints shall be esta-blished as additional station security personnel become available. Checkpoints 1 and 2 will be augmented by local law enforcement personnel should traffic conditions dictate. The Crisis Management Security Director shall be responsible for security within the owner controlled area. Appendices K-1 depicts the location of the checkpoints for McGuire. Supervision of the checkpoints shall be provided by a Nuclear Security Sergeant operating within his normal chain of command
- until the arrival of the Crisis Management Security Director ot Assistant Director..
CHECKPOINT 1 Located at the intersection of the construction entrance of Highway 73, Checkpoint 1 shall be manned by two nuclear security officers. Prior to establishment of the Central Processing Center, (Accomodations Registration) individuals with Crisis Management identification cards (See Appendix K-3) shall be allowed access through Checkpoint 1 and logged by security personnel (See Appendix K-4). News media personnel, excluding Public Information Officers (PIO's), shall not be allowed access until the Security Director or Assistant Security Director has been notified that the Crisis News Center is manned by Duke Power personnel. News media personnel shall be logged by the Checkpoint 1 security officer until the establishment of the Central Processing Center (News Media Registration). K-10 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
^ ' ~ ~
In addition, key Crisis Management Personnel, Nuclea'r Regulatory Commission (NRC) personnel and Public , Information Officers (PIO's) shall be allowed access ' through Checkpoint I without any registration I requirements in order to expedite their entrance into I the Crisis Management Center. The Checkpoint 1 l security officer shall verify identification (See Appendix K-3) and log individuals using Appendix K-4. The log maintained by the Checkpoint 1 security officer shall be made available to Registration Key Crisis personnel upon request. Management personnel, NRC personnel, and and PID's shall not be required to process through the Central Processing Center during the crisis. When the Central Processing Center is established and operational, the Crisis Management Security Director or designee shall notify Checkpoint 1 and personnel shall no longer be logged (excluding key Crisis Management personnel, NCR personnel and PIO's). All personnel, except for the above listed exceptions, shall be directed to the Central Processing Center (Accommodations or News Media Registration) for registration before admittance shall be allowed. As stated previously the log shall be made available to Registration personnel upon request. At the Central Processing Center, Crisis Management identification cards shall be marked with a colored dot (color to be determined by the Accommodations Group-Director-for-each exercise or event) in the upper left hand corner to signify completion of registration. News media personnel shall be identified by a Duke Power Company News Media badge. CHECKPOINT 2 - Located at the Nuclear Production entrance road and Highway 73, Checkpointi 2 shall be manned, at minimum, by one nuclear security officer. Only those personnel with picture identification station security badges and Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) personnel are normally allowed access thru Checkpoint 2. Personnel without picture identification station security badges may be allowed access thru Checkpoint 2 if a specific need to access the station is established, as determined by the Station Manager or designee. If a specific need for access is not established, access thru Checkpoint 2 shall be denied and these individuals shall be directed to the Crisis Management Security Director or Assistant Security Director at the Crisis Manage-ment Center for. station access. K-11 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
l l
, Normally, non-station Crisis Management Team members should not utilize Checkpoint 2 for entry into the station but should utilize Checkpoint 6 via the Crisis Management Center.
Identification of station personnel shall be made b; personal recognition or by comparison to the picture identification station security badge logs maintained at McGuire. Identification of NRC personnel shall be made by verifying NRC identification (See Appendix K-3). The station manager or designee shall determine the necessity for a sign-in log at Checkpoint 2. CHECKPOINT 3 Located at the Technical Training Center entrance road, Checkpoint 3 shall be manned, at minimum, by one nuclear security officer. The security officer at Checkpoint 3 shall direct Crisis Management, News Media, PI0's and NRC personnel to the Crisis Management Center. All other personnel shall be directed to their appropriate area. I CHECKPOINT 4 Located at the main entrance to the Technical
- Training Ce'nter, Checkpoint 4 shall be manned, at i
minimum, by one nuclear security officer. The security officer shall allow access to only those personnel who have a green or red det in the upper right hand corner of their Crisis Management identificatin cards, those personnel who have prior approval of the Crisis Management Security Director or Asisstant Security Director, NRC, or PIO personnel. News media personnel shall be directed to
~
Checkpoint 5. CHECKPOINT 5 Located at the rear door of the Technical Training Center, Checkpoint 5 shall be manned, at minimum, by one nuclear security officer. The Security officer shall allow access to only those Crisis Management personnel who have a green or red dot in the upper right hand corner of their Crisis Management identification cards, NRC, or PIO ; personnel. The security officer shall direct news l medial personnel to the Crisis News Center (2nd , 1 Floor). l K-12 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 l
CHECKPOINT 6 Located at the construction access gate, Checkpoint 6 shall be manned, at minimum, by one nuclear security officer. The securit,y officer shall allow access to only Crisis Management personnel authorized by the Crisis Management Security Director. K.6.b.3 ENTRY ASSISTANCE FOR EMERGENCY AND DELIVERY VEHICLE Emergency vehicles and personnel (fire, medical law enforcement) shall be allowed to enter all checkpoints without displaying any identification. Delivery vehicles with cargo destined for the station protected area shall enter Checkpoint 2 after the invoices / bill of lading has been checked or a need for access has been established to insure it is a valid delivery. The driver shall not be required to be registered or badged. The vehicle shall be directed to the VAP (vehicle access portal) where station entry procedures shall apply. All other delivery vehicles shall enter Checkpoint 1, where an escort shall be provided by the Accommodations Group. The driver shall not be requ. ired to be registered or I badged. K.6.b.4 ACCESS OF CRISIS / RECOVERY PERSONNEL
.AdTHORITYTOGRANTA.QCESS The Station Manager or his designee shall authorize access of crisis / recovery support personnel into the station. Those designated by the Station Manager to authorize access include the Acting Station Manager, and Station Group Superintendents.
COORDINATION When it is necessary for crisis / recovery support personnel to enter the station, coordination for their entry shall be coordinated between the Station Manager or his designee and the appropriate manager in the Crisis Management Center. A chart depicting access to the station is contained in Appendix K-5, page 1 of 1. The appropriate station department shall provide a sponsor for these personnel. The . Crisis Management Security Director or Assistant Security Director shall make final coordination for access with the Station Security Officer, Assistant Security Officer or their designees. K-13 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 ,
K.6.b.5 ACCESS PROCEDURES Crisis / recovery support personnel shall be processed at the Central Processing Center and taken to the Crisis Management Center. Transportation will be provided at the Crisis Management Center to the Administration building for station access. Personnel shall be met by their sponsor and shall be granted access through appropriate station entry procedures. Those personnel not cleared for un-escorted access shall be escorted. Escorts will be provided by the sponsoring station department. K.6.b.6 AUDIT PROCEDURE Information contained in this section shall be verified for accuracy in accordance with Section A.8 of this manual. J O K-14 Rev. 6 . June 15, 1983 i
9 A f . i l i McGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION "8 "^ R1 Y P N APPEND 4X K 1 S PAGE 1 OF 1 CPI- MAIN ENTRANCE CP2- STEAM PERSONNEL ONLY f 1 CP3- ACCESS TO OPERATIONS CENTER l
- & PARKING EARTH LIFE l CP4- ACCESS INTO OPERATIONS CENTER O
PHYSICAL SCIENCE CPS- ACCESS INTO OPERATIONS CENTER HELIPOI IT FACILITIE FROM HELIPORT AND PRESS ENTRANCE CP6- FINAL ENTRANCE INTO PERIMETER T AINING & COMMISSARY AREA & TE NQLOGY FIRST A!D l ENTER
- CRISIS j MANAGEMENT 4 % CENTER CONSTRUCTION j OFFICE CONSTRUCTION PARKING AUXILIARY g ENVRONMENTAL i BLDG. LAB
~ 'e l
Q ACTOR BLDG At f l j at S. 4. CONSTRUCTION j ACCESS ROAO I I ACCESS l INISTRATI ROAD i g BLDG. I
\
REGISTRATION PARKING AREA b CHECKIN } j STATION Rev. 6 - j K-15 June 15, 1983 ,
APPENOlX Ks2 PAGE1 OF1
. TRAINING t -R ,
t u
. ITORS CENTRAL PROCESSIN l CENTER g ' ,K EE 1 ER j ( a D ! 230 iTCHYARD % y IN 8 n 500 K .TCHYAR S
TAK
/ NTAKE ROAD S.E. BRANCH ROAD - - - - -. s ._ __
g _. m 's _ . _ , ,_. 1 . l _ , sc 1sr3 ts V g
/
CP1 - MAIN ENTRANCE OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION CP2 - PLANT EMPLOYEES AND CFilSIS MANAGEMENT TEAM CONSTRUCTION ONLY SECURITY PLAN CP2m- ALTERNATE POR CP2 CP3 - FINAL ENTRANCE TO STATION AREA CP4 - ACCESS TO CMC CP5 - ACCESS TO NEWS CENTER K-16 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
. .,~9._-__--, - .-,~.,_,,,.,_,_...7 ,..m.-.m_,, __,._....,,__..,_..,_.-_m,.,_ , _ . , , _ , _ , . _ , , , , . . _ . , , , _ . , __
APPENDIX K 3 PAGE 1 OF 1 pCOLORED DOT pGREEN DOT
- COLORED DOT IN UPPER LEFT CORNER SIGNIFIE.S i
EMPLOYEE NO.701-210873 y - - GREEN DOT IN UPPER RIGHT CORNER ALLOWS hn Rotart Morehoodc/ ACCESS TO CRISIS MANAGEMENT CENTER. OEPARTMEN CN - " CRISIS MANAGEMENT TEAM" STAMPED ACROSS
" ^ ^
238 7 3] GATE H ED 6/1/72
'^ ^ "TEMPOR ARY" STAMPED ACROSS CARD INDICATES A TEMPORARY CARD FOR THAT DRILL ONLY.
((/J v Dp/28/80 07 uED EXPIRATION 4/30/83
, RED DOT - RED DOT IN UPPER RIGHT CORNER INDICATES fiQ REGISTR ATION REQUIRED.
fohbotwrt Morehend 4+ - INDIVIDUALS WITH THIS 1.D. TO BE ALLOWED EX-D EPARTM ENT/LOQATIO N . PEDITIONS ENTRY THRU ALL CHECKPOINTS LEADING TO Mill. Power Purchae8ha/G.O. CRISIS MANAGEMENT CENTER.
"" - LOGGING OF INGRESS THRU CP1 Ig REQUIRED.
~ 70 6/1 2 [M v DAgiESUED EXPlHATION th/28/80 4/30/83 RED DOT ( l. 6 - RED DOT IN UPPER RIGHT CORNER INDICATES
@ REGISTR ATION REQUIRED. . - INDIVIDUALS WITH THIS 1.D. TO BE ALLOWED EX-NRC PICTURE ID ~ ' ~ ~ ~ - ~
PEDITTONSENTRYTHRU ALL CHECKPOINTS LEADING-
~
TO CRISIS MANAGEMENT CENTER.
- LOGGING OF INGRESS THRU CP1 lj REQUIRED.
RED DOT STATE / COUNTY PIO - RED DOT IN UPPER RIGHT CORNER INDICATES g REGISTR ATION REQUIRED.
- INDIVIDUALS WITH THIS 1.D.TO BE ALLOWED EX-PEDITIONS ENTRY THRU ALL CHECKPOINTS LEADING TO CRISIS MANAGEMENT CENTER.
PICTURE ID - LOGGING OF INGRESS THRU CP11,3 REQUIRED. MEDIA
- INDICATES GENER AL MEDIA PERSONNEL. - NOT ALLOWED INTO CRISIS MANAGEMENT CENTER WITHOUT ESCORT OR PRIOR APPROVAL OF NEWS MEDI A DIRECTOR.
PICURE ID K-17 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
9 1 5 1 e N A n u J E
- 6 v
e R 4- g K p . C Xc l gE.T OI NE gN T EG PA E P A P y, M gT
,R ^
uPA oE cD E M I T r u o E G T O A N L D O L I T E YA N
- NT N E R AS O M I S -
R R l Y bA OE E P 9- K CL N . T g _ RC N E Eu E T WN- M A O E D P s G t E A K N U A E D M M I S I T S f I R u C O E T A D E W T . M E _ T A D O. N T N I O E P K M C A E N H C
^ , o- .
I APPENDIX K 5
, PAGE 1 OF 2 McGUIRE ) CRISIS MGMT CRISIS NEWS i ^ I STATION MANAGER ROUP SUPERINTENDENTS l CENTER d i CEN TER AT ON j i , , CHECKPOINT _
j 8 (CMC) CHECKPOINT (CMCI 5 i t CHECKPOINT *
* (CMC) 4 a t CHECKPOINT y 3 . i CHECKPOINT kTATION SECURITY OFFICER I CHECKPOINT (CMCI 2 g OR DESIGNEE 1 e
CENTRAL McGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION PROCESSING CRISIS MANAGEMENT g_19 CENTER Rev. 6 ACCESS FLOWCHART June 15, 1983 7
APPENDIX K 6 1 1 PAGE 2 OF 2 l ACCESS AUTHORIZATION g CRISIS MANAGEMENT CENTER STATION i RECOVERY MANAGER STATION MANAGER ACTING RECOVERY MANAGER ACTING STATION MANAGER CMC STAFF MANAGERS GROUP SUPE AlNTENDENTS SECTlON HEADS , i
, FINAL ACCESSCOORDINATION l CRISIS MANAGEMENT CENTER STATION l SECURITY DIRECTOR SECURITY OFFICER .
SLED ACCESS AUTHORITY ASSISTANT SECURITY DIRECTOR ASSISTANT SECURITY OFFICER ROADBLOCKS i j DESIGNEES
.)
! ' r 1 r CENTRAL # CHECKPOINT ACCESS AUTHORITY CHECKPOINT ACCESS AUTHORITY $ PROCESSING CMC O 1 2 STATION I CENTER i i 1r i t i t CHECKPOINT ACCESS ORITY MANA MENT NE CENTER CENTER ACCESS AUTHORITY ACCESS AUTHORITY ' CMC CMC
, (CRISIS NEWS COORDINATORI 'f STATION ACCESS AUTHORITY '
. STATlON OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION CRISIS MANAGEMENT ACCESS FL IHART Rev. 6 v June 15, 1983 K-20
APPENDIX K.8 PAGE 1 OF 1 MILE cnEEK , MOUNTAIN vif P (m "N cn 7 e' 3 4 5 _6 i -
" X PICKEN OUNTY ) ;
wCLPs OCONEE, COUNTY STAK / OCONEE O EShNEZER 90 CLEAR STATIO 2
/ ING $e ROV gys ' as & O KEOWEE 3 g 3 NEW O 3' 60 HOPE [w 4 291 PLEASANT X MILL l WEST I s
UNION l t FAIRVIEW l POPLAR NEWRY SP;lNGS
' BAYSMORE i
SENECA a 123 i
====r a===m i SLED ROADBLOCX LOCATIONS X - PRIMARY ROADBLOCK i i
0 - SECONDARY ROADBLOCK j
- 1. X - SC 183 & S157 1
- 2. 0 - DAN ROSS ROAD )
- 3. 0 - S160 & S291 i
- 4. 0 -TOBY HILL ROAD & $291 K-21 Rev. 6 '
- 5. X - Sc 130 & s3s June 15, 1983
- 6. X - S201 & SC 138
- 7. 0 - SC 130 ISALEM AR EA)
-,y -- , - - - > - - - - g--,---7,m,, y-y- ,.-._,p ,. - __,g,.---,, _,,y_-- ,y,~ _y. .,p y.,_ -,
my,,wy_,,---,c-,.._..,__ , . . - , , . ,. , < ~ , . .
. APPENDIX K 7 . PAGE 10F 1 02001 O , i k
SLED VEHICLE PAS $
)
l l l l
- l 02004 i
SLED PERSONNEL BADGE l l Rev. 6 l K-22 June 15, 1983 l l l
~ - - _ - __. _- ._-. .- - _ . _ . . _ _ , _ . . _ . . - - . . _ - . - - _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ ____ _
- a T . I W
i eE - gW N
- B O
cn e S p #E N s @m M 5 -Q fE o=- 2w cz: 7 k 8 E 5
- 8w "5 m =
E 4 e- ' Og O gC
$U W3 3
gE , c >- ,= 4 m E4 3E
.x QO a
l W 2
- I 4
.4 , . . o .--.--- _,m . 9,---- --w-i.-rww y vyw,yw-3 t* w $w--y wwwy-*-wv---nw-e-7=-M" = - - - - - --N'*ev-- *'CF" - * * -'-*~ N '~""- F'"'- *~' ~'^ ' ' ' ' '
~
L. 0 INSURANCE DIRECTOR L.1 PURPOSE This position, a part of the Administration and Logistics Group.. .will be the liaison between Duke and the insurance l
-: compar. ties.. It will interface with other crisis management
??- groups in providing assistance needed by the insurance companies. s L. 2 MAJOR FUNCTIONS L.2.a Provides contact with insurance companies L.2.b Assists insurance companies in data gathering L.2.c Assists insurance companies in providing claims
- office for public L. 3 MEMBEPS 0F GROUP Following is a list of people assigned primary and alternate responsibilities under the plan. Alternates are required to be as knowledgeable as the primary.
L.3.a PRIMARY (DIRECTOR) Doug House L.3.b ALTERNATES Laura Lawson s L. 4 IMMEDIATE CONTACT WITH INSURANCE COMPANIES Upon receiving the initial call from the Crisis Management - Team, this group will make immediate ' contact with the insurance companies to report the existence of a crisis and then proceed to the site. Ir.surance Company names and numbers are shown in Appendix L-1. L.5 ARRIVAL AT SITE = s.
- Upon ' arrival at the site, this group will re-establish - contact with the insurance companies and report the current "1 status of the crisis. Follow up notices will be provided to the insurance companies each 24 hours or immediately if there isachangeinthystatusofthecrisis.
L. 6 INTERFACING WITH OTHER, GROUPS , This group will interface with the appropriate technical support groups to obtain the necessary technical information sufficient to satisfy the needs of the insurance companies. In the event the insurance companies should dispatch an L-1 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
i investigative team, this group would work with the Accommodations Group to provide assistance in securing matel reservations. L. 7 CLAIMS OFF' ICE In the event it became necessary to evacuate members of the general public, the insurance company would set up a claims office to disburse emergency assistance funds. The Insurance Group would provide as much assistance as possible in expediting the setting up of this claims office. The Insurance Group would also communicate with the Crisis News Group about its operation. L.8 AUDIT PROCEDURES The entire Insurance section will be periodically checked for accuracy in accordance with Section A.8 " Audit Procedures". 1 i . l - L-2 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
Appendix L-1 INSURANCE COMPANIES American Nuclear Insurers, Jack Harwood The Exchange, Suite 245 270 Farmington Avenue Farmington, Connecticut 06032 203/677-7305 Nuclear Mutual Limited P. O. Box 2025 Hamilton, Bermuda 809/295-5447 809/294-2230 (Night) Telex: 3674 Nuclear Electric Insurance Limited P. O. Box 1262 Hamilton, Bermuda 809/295-3278 809/292-8247 (Night) Telexi BA 3272 I I L-3 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
TRAINING MEETINGS A general training meeting w'ill be held in September each year which will include everyone on the Administration and Logistics Team. Additional meetings will be held at least quarterly involving managers and assistant managers or managers, assistant managers and directors. Information obtained duriTg these meetings will be transmitted throughout the Administration and Logistics Team by letters, copies of meeting minutes or small meetings within each group. All meetings will be noted by the Administration Director. i M-1 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
- , - - ----e.,--- - - - . . , . . . - - - , - - , -
ALPHABETICAL INDEX Topic Page Access to Site K-15, K-16 Acconnodations A-1, Section C, K-8 Administration A-1, Section B Air Freight I-2, I-9, I-10 Airline Arrangements Section C, I-11 Ambulance Drivers J-3 Assistant Managers A-2 4 Audit Procedures A-3, B-1, B-4, C-4, D-3, E-3, F-3, G-6, G-7, G-8, H-3, I-3, J-7, K-10, L-2 Builders H-2 Buildings I-2 Bus Transportation I-8 Cameras B-12, C-6 Carriers 1-2, I-7 Central Processing Center B-2, C-2, K-2 Chairs G-1, G-5 Chartered Aircraft I-11, I-12 Checkpoints (Security) Section K ' Claims Office L-2 - Comissary A-1, Section G Comunications A-1, Section D, K-9 Copy Machines B-9, B-10, C-6 Craft Personnel H-1 Crane Operators H-2 Crisis News Director C-3 a Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
ALPHABETICAL INDEX (CONT.) Topic ,P_aJL' Decision Tree A-14 Definitions A-3, A-8, A-9, A-10 Deliveries E-2, I-1, K-6 Dictaphones B-12 Distribution of Administration A-2 and Logistics Plan Division Offices B-15 Drills A-3, A-11, A-12, A-13 Drivers H-1, H-2, I-1 Electrical A-1, Section D Electricians H-2 Emergency Classification System A-5, A-6 , Emergency Medical Technicians J-2 Emergency Response Facilities 8-16 Equipment E-2, I-4, I-6, C-2 Equipment Operators H-2, I-1, I-4 Exercises A-3, A-11, A-12, A-13 Expediting E-1. E-2 Expenses . A-3 Facility Layouts: McGuire Crisis Management Center B-20 McGuire Crisis Support Center B-21 McGuire Operations Support Center B-22 Oconee Crisis Management Center B-25 Oconee Crisis News Center B-26, B-27 , b Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 L
ALPHABETICAL INDEX (CONT.) . Topic h Liberty Backup Crisis Management B-29 Center Oconee Technical Support Center, B-30 Units 1 & 2 Oconee Technical Support Center, B-31 Unit 3 Oconee Operations Support Center B-32 General Office Staging Areas: Administration and Logistics B-35 Technical Support B-36 Health Physics /Radwaste NRC B-38 States and Counties B-39 . Offsite fiadiological Coordinator B-37 Recovery Manager B-34 Design and Construction Crisis B-40 News Center Catawba Crisis Management Center B-42, B-43 Catawba Crisis News Center B-44 Catawba Technical Support Center B-45 Catawba Operations Support Center B-46 Finance A-1, Section F First Aid Station J-1 , 1 First Aid Supplies J-3, J-4, J-8 l l Flashlights B-10 ! l Food G-1, G-2 l Fuel I-1, I-2 c Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
ALPHABETICAL INDEX-(CONT.) , Topic Page Furniture G-1, G-5 Furniture Movers I-7, I-8 Hard Hats C-6 Helicopters I-12 Heliport H-3 Hospitals J-1, J-5, J-6, J-7 Hotel / Motel Rooms Section C Human Resources A-1, Section H Identification Cameras B-l'0, C-2 Ide.1tification Cards C-3, C-21, C-22, K-2, K-13 Insurance A-1, Section L Inventories B-4 / Labor Relations H-1 Lanterns B-11 Law Enforcement K-1 Lodging Section C Lost and Found C-6 Mail C-6 Managers A-1 Maps: McGuire B-17, B-18 Oconee B-23 Liberty B-29 General Office B-33 d Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
,.--.._~ . - - - - ,,-w- - , - ,- - - , - - .
a
ALPHABETICAL INDEX (CONT.) Topic h Meal Schedule C-7 Medical A-1, Section I Nametags B-1 Newsletter B-1, B-4, C-7 Nurses J-1, J-2 Office Equipment B-1, B-3, B-8, B-9, B-10, B-11, C-7 Office Supplies 8-1, B-3, C-7 Office Supply Companies B-3, B-13, B-14 Organizational Chart A-2, A-4 Parking C-6,Ji.1 _ Parts E-2 Payroll F-1, F-2 , Personnel Section H, I-4 Personnel Log K-14 Petty Cash F-1, F-2, F-4, F-5 Photography Services B-1, B-3, C-6 Placecards B-1 Procurement E-1 Purchasing A-1, Section E Radiation Assistance J-4 Radiation Monitors C-6 Radioactive Shipments I-7 Radios Section D Railroad I-8 e Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
1 ALPHABETICAL INDEX (CONT.) Topic P3 Receiving E-1, E-2 Record Keeping B-4 Registration Section C Requisitions E-1, E-2 Roadblocks K-9 SERT K-1 SLED K-9, K-17, K-19 SLED Badges / Passes C-3, K-9, K-18 Safety Glasses C-6 Secretraial/ Clerical Services B-1, B-2, B-6, B-7, C-1, C-7 Security A-1, C-2, Section K Shuttle Bus Service C-15, I-1 Site Layouts 3-1, B-3, Appendix B-6 South Carolina Law Enforcement K-8 State Emergency Operations Center K-1 Suppliers B-13, B-14, H-2, H-4, J-9, J-10 Supplies, Office B-3, B-8 Tables G-1, G-5 Technical Personnel H-1 Telecopiers B-12, C-6 Telephone Call-up List B-1, B-4, B-47, B-48, B-49 Telephone Directories B-1, C-6, Section D Telephcne System Section D Tents G-1, G-3 f Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 i - - - . .
ALPHABETICAL INDEX (CONT.) Topic h Toilets, Portable G-1, G-4 Trailer and Building Movers I-7 Trailers G-6, I-1, I-2 Training Meetings B-1, Training Meeting Section , Transportation A-1, E-2, Section I Trash Cans G-1, G-4 Trash Removal I-1 Typewriters B-12, C-2 Utilities E-3, E-4, E-5, E-6, H-2 Utility Personnel H-2
.. Vehicles I-1, I-5, I-6, K-6 4
f g Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 ,
CRISIS MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTING PLANS 5.3.6 - Radiological Support Group Rev. 7 Revision Number June 15, 1983 Date e eA
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page I. SCOPE ............................................................ l II. FUNCTIONAL RESPONSIBILITY ........................................ 2
. A. Radiological Support Manager.................................. 2 B. Resources Coordinator ........................................ 3 C. Health Physics Coordinator ................................... 4
, D. Radwaste Coordinator ......................................... 5 E. Chemistry Coordinator ........................................ 6 F. Offsite Radiological Coordinator ............................. 8 G. Field Monitoring Coordinator ................................. 9 H. Lab Analysis Coordinator ..................................... 10 I. Dose Assessment Coordinator .................................. 12 J. Special Assistance Coordinator ............................... 15 K. Radio Operator ............................................... 17 L. Local Agency Liaison ......................................... 17 III. GROUP ACTIVATION ................................................. 18 IV. FACILITIES, EQUIPMENT, AND RESOURCES ............................. 20 V. LONG RANGE RECOVERY FUNCTIONS .................................... 24 V
I. PROCEDURE
REFERENCE............................................... 25 VII. TABLES
- 1. Organization Chart
- 2. Group Personnel - Work & Home Phone Numbers
- 3. " Call Tree" - H.P./Radwaste/ Chemistry Section
- 4. " Call Tree" - Offsite Rad. Coord. Section
- 5. 30 Minute /60 Minute Dose Report -
- 6. Activation Message Format *
- 7. Phone Directory i Rev. 5 October 22, 1982
l - I. SCOPE 1
- The Radiological Support Group is responsible for providing support to the Recovery Manager in matters relating to Health Physics, Radwaste, Chemistry, Dose Assessment, Field Monitoring, Lab Analysis, and Liaison with State Agencies.
The Group is divided into two sections. The Health Physics /Radwaste/ Chemistry areas provide technical support to the station in analysis of problems that arise inplant. The offsite Radiological Coordinator reports to the Radiological Support Manager and is responsible for those necessary offsite i activities / assessments. 9 The main objective of the Health Physics /Radwaste/ Chemistry section (during the first few days) are to:
- 1. Retain and/or return radioactive liquids and gases involved in the incident to the containment building.
- 2. Take advantage of the radioactive decay process.
.3. Keep co'ntaminated surfaces wet.
- 4. Review all outside recommendations to protect plant from outside interference.
The Offsite Radiological Coordinator section of the Group is responsible for: ~ j 1. Determining projected and actual doses to the public. -
- 2. Determine environmental affects of a release.
. 3. Advising the Radiological Coordinator of any recommendations for public protective actions in accordance with EPA PAGs. l 1 Rev. 5 October 22, 1982 i-
II. FUNCTIONAL RESPONSIBILITY
. The Radiological Support Group is displayed in Table 1. Table 2 lists the home and office telephone numbers for the group.
A. Radiological Support Manager Reports to: Recovery Manager Supervises: Health Physics, Chemistry, and Radwaste Staffs; Offsite Radiological Coordinator & Staff Basic Function: i Coordinates the Health Physics, Chemistry and Radwaste and Offsite Assessment activities in support of the recovery effort. Primary Resoonsibilities: I
- 1. Direct the activities of the Health Physics, Chemistry, and Radwaste Staffs in the development and implementa-tion of plans and procedures to minimize radiation
. exposure and off-site releases. 1 4 2. Assure the Health Physics, Chemistry, and Radwaste and ; Offsite Radiological Support Staffs are adequately staffed and cauipped to respond in a timely fashion. ,
- 3. Assure that Health Physics, Chemistry, and Radwaste and Offsite Radiological Support specialists are available on
'a pre planned basis for assisting the Station Technical Support personnel as required.
3
- 4. Approve schedules and priorities for tasks assigned to the Group.
- 5. Coordinate plans and schedules of tasks with appro-priate managers of the recovery organization.
- 6. ~ Provide information and recommendations to the Re-covery Maneger concerning future operations that could affect the plant or the environment.
Principal Workina Relationshios:
- 1. Nuclear Station hanager regarding dose control measures and implementation of plans to obtain sam-ples and process liquid, gaseous and solid wastes, and to obtain data on plant waste systems status.
2 Rev. 5 October 22, 1982
._, . _ _ _ . . . - _ , - - - - ~ . -
- 2. Technical Support Manager concerning review and
. approval of proposed modifications to procedures, systems, and equipment.
- 3. Design and Contruction Support Manager concerning implementation of proposed modifications to systems and equipment.
- 4. Off-Site Radiological Coordinator concerning off-site sampling programs, dose assessments, and radiation protection programs.
- 5. Scheduling / Planning Manager regarding planned and scheduled activities of the Health Physics /Radwaste Group.
$ B. Resources Coordinator Reports to: Radiological Support Manager Basic Function: To assist the Radiological Support Maniger in all areas of responsibility and assure that Health Physics, Chemistry, and Radwaste activities are adequately staffed and equipped l to respond in a timely fashion. Primary Responsibilities:
- 1. Assist the Radiological Support Manager in the direction and scheduling of Health Physics, Radwaste, and Chemistry activities in support of recovery opera-tions.
, 2. Obtain personnel and equipment as needed to assure an adequate and timely response to. Health Physics, Rad-waste, and Chemistry activities. Primary Workina Relationships: { i 1. Radiological Support Manager, Health Physics Co-( ordinator, Radwaste Coordinator, and Chemistry Coordi- ! nator regarding personnel, equipment and supplies necessary to support recovery operations.
- 2. Administration and Logistics Manager regarding person-nel, equipment, and supplies procurement and storage until needed.
- 3. 5:heduling/ Planning Manager regarding the implementa-tion of Health Physics, Radwaste, and Chemistry activi-y ties.
3 Rev. 5 October 22, 1982
C. Health Physics Coordinator Reports to: Radiological Support M3 nager Supervises: Health Physics Staff Personnel Basic Functions: Directs the Health Physics Staff in providing technical' support and assistance to the Station Health Physicist concerning radiation protection aspects of .the recovery operation. Primary Responsibilities:
- 1. Participates as a member of the Radiclogical support group and directs the Health Physics staff in support of the recovery operations.
- 2. Develop and assist in the implementation of radiation exposure control (ALARA) measures and procedures, and in the planning, scheduling, mock-up training, and perfo mance of jobs involving personnel exposure to radiation and contamination.
- 3. Assist in the implementation of Health Physics related.
design requirements for waste system processing and design modification activities; and develop decontami-nation plans for affected plant areas. .
- 4. Assist in the design, construction, and use oL special
, contamination containment enclosures, temporary venti-lation systems, temporary shielding, remote handling equipment, special tools, special means of communica-tion, and other facilities to maintain personnel ex-posure to radiation and contamination ALARA.
- 5. Provide technical support for resolution of technical problems related to the Health Physics aspects of the recovery operation.
- 6. Complements station dosimetry services by providing all personnel other than station personnel with re-quired dosimetry, conducting body burden analysis, issuing TLD badges, obtaining and maintaining required NRC and corporate personnel exposure records, and submitting personnel dosage reports through appropriate channels to the NRC and individual workers.
- 7. Prepare and present special Health Physics training directly related to recovery activities involving Health Physics consideration, assures that routine radiation protection training, and respiratory pro-tactive equipment training and fitting is accomplished.
4 Rev. 5 October 22, 1982 1 il
- 8. Select and coordinate the procurement of additional or special Health Physics instruments, suoplies, and manpower to support the recovery operations and for long term basis; direct instrument control services such as instrument calibration, repair, etc.
- 9. Maintain Health Physics related computer programs (ex-posure control, exposure record keeping, respiratory qualification and training, body burden analysis, etc.)
and provide required reports to support the recovery operation. Principal Work Relationships:
- 1. Station Health Physicist regarding radiation protec-tion support er.d dose management
- 2. Conceptual design group regarding shielding or equip-ment to be used in modifications.
- 3. Radwaste Coordinator regarding liquid, gaseous, and solid waste system processing, and decontamination plans.
- 4. Scheduling / Planning Manager regarding planned and scheduled activities involving personnel exposures to radiation and/or contamination.
D. Radwaste Coordinator - Reports to: Radiological Support Manager Supervises: Radwaste Staff Personnel Basic Function:
- Responsible for the development of plans and procedures to quantitate " source term for potential effluent releases; for minimizing off-site effluent releases by developing plans and procedures to control liquid, gaseous, and solid waste processing; and for defining design requirements for any modifications or additional equipment necessary to facilitate waste processing in support of the recovery operation.
Primary Responsibilities:
- 1. Participate as a member of the Radiological support group and direct the radwaste staff in support of radwaste recovery operations.
- 2. Develop and assist with the implementation of plans and procedures for monitoring and quantitating off-site releases.
5 Rev. 5 October 22, 1982
- 3. Develop and assist with the implementation of plans -
and procedures for processing liquid wastes to mini-mize off-site releases.
- 4. Develop and assist with the implementati'no of plans and procedures for storage and filtration of gaseous wastes to minimize off-site releases.
- 5. Develop and assist with the implementation of plans and procedures for solidification of liquid and slurry wastes and for solid waste disposal.
- 6. Recommend equipment and vendors for use in radiation
- monitoring and waste processing activities.
- 7. Provide manpower to receive and ship radioactive materials at the station.
Principal Working Relationships: .
- 1. Off-s'.te Radiological Coordinator and Station Health Physicist regarding the magnitude of off-site re-leases and affects of waste process.ing of off-site releases.
- 2. Technical Support. Coordinator regarding technical and licensing feasibility of processing plants.
- 3. Station Radwaste Coordinator and Chemistry Coordinator regarding the feasibility of processing plans, status of radwaste processing including radwaste volumes.
- 4. Vendors regarding radwaste processing equipment and services and radiation monitors.
- 5. Scheduling / Planning Manager regarding any modifica-tions to radwaste and radiation monitoring systems. -
- 6. Health Physics Coordinator regarding spe:ialized pro-cedures or equipment to be used to reduce radiation exposures to personnel during radwaste sampling and processing.
- 7. Station Health Physicist regarding off-site shi ments of radioactive wastes.
E. Chemistry Coordinator Reports to: Radiological Support Manager Suoervises: Chemistry Staff Personnel 6 Rev. 5 October 22, 1982
l Basic Function: - Responsible for the development of plans and procedures to determine the extent of core damage that has occurred; to evaluate the types and quantities of fission products re-leased to the containment in the liquid and gas phase; to determine the chemistry (dissolved gases, boron, and pH) of reactor coolant; to determine the containment hydrogen levels; and to reduce airborne radioactive iodine levels by chemical treatment. Primary Responsibilities:
- 1. Participate as a member of the R4diological Support group and direct the chemistry staff in suppert of radwaste recovery operations.
- 2. Develop and assist with the implementation of plans and procedures for determining the extent of core damage. . .
- 3. Develop and assist with the implementation of plans and procedures to collect and analyze reactor coelant '
and reactor building sump samples.
- 4. Develop and assist with the implementation of plans and procedures to evaluate the results of analyses of reactor coolant and containment atmosphere samples for fission products, disdolved gas, boron, pH, and hydro-4 gen content. , ,
- 5. Develop and assist with the implementation of plans and procedures to reduce airborne radioactive iodine by chemical treatment.
Principal Working Relationships:
- 1. Station Chemist and Technical Support Manager regarding the extent of core damage.
- 2. Station Chemist and Radwaste Coordinator regarding collection and analysis of liquid samples.
- 3. Radwaste Coordinator and Station Health Physicist regceding collection and analysis of air samples.
- 4. Radwaste Coordinator regarding the feasibility of processing plans, status of radwaste processing in-cluding radwaste volumes.
- 5. Design and Construction Support personnel and Techni-cal Support personnel regarding any modifications necessary to collect or analyze chemistry samples.
7 Rev. 5 October 22, 1982
. .. . L
- 6. Station Operations Superintendent regarding chemistry and radio chemistry problems affecting operations.
- 7. Health Physics Coordinator regarding specialized pro-cedures or equipment to be useo to reduce radiation exposures of personnel collecting and analyzing reac-tor coolant and containment atmosphere samples.
- 8. Station Chemist and Health Physics Coordinator re-garding chemicals and procedures to reduce airborne radioactive iodine levels.
F. Off-Site Radiological Coordinator Reports to: Radiological Support Manager Supervises: Off-Site Radiological Coordination Staff Basic Functions: Defines, directs, and coordinates efforts of staff, coordinates with State and local emergency control centers, and advises Radiological Support Manager with regard to off-site radiological conditions and need for emergency action offsite. Located at Crisis Management Center. . Primary Resoonsibilities:
- 1. Direct the activities of the Off-Site Radiological Coordination staff in the development of field monitoring strategies, s' ample collection and analyses requirements, dose projections, and protection recommendations.
! 2. Assure adequate staffing and resources to provide necessary support to Radiological Support Manager in off. site radiological matters.
- 3. Review staff results and r(commendations and draw conclusions concerning of f* site radiological conditions.
- 4. Advise Radiological Support Manager of existing and potential radiological conditions and reco;nmend protective measures.
Princioal Workino Relationshios:
- 1. Station Emergency Coordinator & Radiological Support Manager regarding status of defacto and potential releases, radiation levels, and plant status.
- 2. State and local emergency response centers.
8 Rev. 5 October 22, 1982
- 3. Administration and Logistics Manager regarding personnel, equipment, and supplies procurement.
- 4. Scheduling / Planning Manager regarding coordination of plans and schedules of the Group with other functional groups.
- 5. NRC Advisory Support regarding off-site conditions.
- 6. Arrange for radiological surveillance by airborne monitoring teams.
G. Field Monitoring Coordinator Reports to: Off-Site Radiological Coordinator Supervises: Field Monitoring Crews Basic Functions: Directs efforts of crews to obtain required field measurements and environmental samples. Advises Off-Site Radiological Coordinator of results of field measurements. Located in Cr' sis Management Center and may travel to field or off-site analytical laboratory. Primary Responsibilities:
- 1. Direct the activities of the field monitoring crews; implement monitoring strategies and sample collection requirements.
- 2. Assure adequate staffing and resources for field ,
Crews.
- 3. Review and compile field monitoring results and advise Off-Siti Radiological Coordinator.
Principal Working Relationships:
- 1. Laboratory Analyses Coordinator regarding sample collection for analyses.
- 2. Dose Assessment Coordinator regarding mor.itor'ng results used to calculate cases and develop distribution maps.
9 Rev. 7 June 15, 1983
p a .3. H. Laboratory Analyses Coordinator Reports to: Off-Site Radiological Coordinator Supervises: Laboratory Technicians (2 people) Basic Functions: Directs the efforts of the laboratory staff to assure quality of and expedite sample analyses. Advises Dose Assessment Coordinator (primarily) and Off-Site Radiological Coordinator (secondarily) of results of laboratory analyses. Located at off-site analytical laboratory. In telephone or radio contact with Crisis Management Center. Primary Responsibilities:
- 1. Direct the activities of the laboratory staff; assure implementation of analytical requirements.
- 2. Assure adequate staffing and resources for laboratory.
- 3. Review and compile laboratory results and advise Dose Assessment Coordinator (primarily) and Off-Site Radiological Coordinator (secondarily).
Principal Workino Relationships:
- 1. FieldMonitoringCoordinatorregardingsamkle collection for analyses.
- 2. Dose Assessment Coordinator regarding laboratory results used to calculate doses and develop distribution maps.
Lab Analysis Group Operations: The Laboratory Analyses Coordinator (LAC) will direct and coordinate the Environmental Radiological Laboratory - (ERL), which will participate in the Crisis Management Plan by analyzing environmental samples for their radioactive content. The results of the analysis will indicate the quantity of radioactivity present in the sample by radionuclides and/or by gross alpha beta activity. As these results are obtained, they will be transmitted (by telephone or radio) to the Off-Site Radiological Coordinator and Dose Assessment Coordinator for use in determining the status of the environment. 10 Rev. 5 October 22, 1982
' In the event of an accident, the ERL would go to a 24-hour per day operation. There would be two 12-hour shifts with each shift manned by the LAC or his alternate, one of the two technicians regularly assigned to the ERL, and one additional technician supplied by the Environmental Chemistry Group. This setup would assure smooth and continuous operation of the ERL. There would also be alternate technicians available (from the Chemistry Group) if the need arises.
The ERL would receive its samples from the Field Monitoring Teams, either by company mail for low priority samples or by a courier dispatched to deliver high
. priority samples. The Field Monitoring Coordinator would have the responsibility of getting the samples to the ERL. Some of the sample types which could be received are ground water, surface water, drinking water, air particul_ ate filters and iodine cartridges, vegetation, soil and milk. All liquid samples should be at least one gallon. Air volumes or meter readings off the air sampler should be included with any air filter / cartridge samples.
Vegetation samples should contain approximately one kilogram (2 lb.) of vegetation. Soil samples should be i
!' able to fill a one liter bottle. All saniples should be well labeled as to the collection, location, and time.
! All samples received by the ERL will be gamma scanned using the Nuclear Data 6620 and GeLi detectors. High
. priority samples would be counted first depending on the urgency. Counting times for the gamma scan would vary according to the sample volume and its radiation level.
! The counting time for a sample could be as low as 10 i minutes for a sample with a large volume and high activity f in respect to natural radiation, to a couple of hours for a sample with a small volume and relatively low activity. Most samples can be gamma scanned without any special . preparations. All that is required to transfer the sample to the proper counting configuration and follow the steps in procedure ER/0/B/4100/04 (Operation of the Nuc) ear Data 6600 Computer-Based Gamma Analysis System) in th'e control procedures for the ERL. i The gamma results, printed out by the Nuclear Data System, would indicate the quantity of each gamma emitting radionuclide present in the sample. These results could then be forwarded to the ORC or QAC. ' 4 Some samples would require gross alpha / beta and/or low level iodine analysis. These samples would have to be , prepared for counting according to the procedures in the
" Radiological Lab Procedure Manual". All samples which 3
require alpha / beta analysis will be counted on the i . . 11 Rev. 5
- October 22, 1982
alpha / beta counter. From the time the sample is received to the time the results could be obtained would require 8 to 20 hours, depending on the type of preparation needed for the sample. , A final report would be printed for each sample which would include sample location,, sample type, collection date, all activities of the radionuclides present and the
.results of any.special analysis performed on the sample.
The original report will be kept on file at the ERL and a copy will be sent to the ORC for his use. I. Dose Assessment Coordinator Reports to: Off-Site Coordinator Supervises: NA Basic Functions: Performs required dose calculations under direction of ORC and develops radioactive material (contamination) distribution raps. Advises Off-Site Radiological Coordinator of results. Located at the Crisis Management Center. Primary Responsibilities:
- 1. Directs the efforts of one technician who assists in performance of calculations, runs computer programs, and plots charts and maps. -
- 2. Computes doses based on release data, meteorology, monitoring results, and analytical results using dose calculation models.
- 3. Review and compiles results into a concise form and advises Off-Site Radiologica'l Coordinator.
Princioal Workina Relationshics:
- 1. Field Monitoring Coordinator regarding monitoring results.
- 2. Laboratory Analyses Coordinator regarding laboratory results.
- 3. General Office Meteorology Group regarding meteorologicai consultation and forecasts.
- 4. Design Engineering Radiation Analysis Group regarding dose calculation consultation.
12 Rev. 5 October 22, 1982
General Description of Dose Assessment Grouc Operations A. Nature & Scope The Dose Assessment Coordinator and his assistant will be located at the Crisis Management Center (CMC) i during the accident. His primary responsibility is to advise the Off-Site Radiological Coordinator of the doses to the population'in the vicinity of the station during an accident. The Dose Assessment coordinator calculates the doses based on release i a data, meteorology, monitoring results and analytical j results using dose calculation models. B. Principal Working Relationships In additiona to reporting directly to the Off-Site Radiological Coordinator, the Dose Assessment Coordinator must interact with other groups to obtain 4 the information he needs to perform his job. The s four principal groups he will be interacting with during the emergency situation are the Field , - Monitoring Coordinator, the Laboratory Analyses , ! Coordinator, the General Office Meteorology Group and the Design Engineering Radiation Analysis Group. From the Field Monitoring Coordinator, he will gather results of direct field radiation measurements being
'made during the emergency . The Laboratory Analysis Coordinator will provide him with all laboratory results. The Dose Assessment Coordinator will use the field ineasurements and laboratory results to confirm his dose calculations. The G.0. Groups (Meterology and Design Engineering Radiation Analysis
~ Groups) will be available for consultation as ! needed. i Emergency Actions <.ad Response: A. Notification of Personnel In the event of a crisis, the Dose Assessment Coordinator will be manned as described in Table 2. j If the primary cannot be reached either at his office
- or at home, then the alternates should be contacted.
If the accident occurs after regular working hours, , it is recommended that the ONS representative be contacted if the accident occurs at ONS. Similarly, if the accident occurs at MNS, then the MNS l representative should be called. These people live I closer to their respective stations and can be at the i 4, CMC faster than the others.
- I 13 Rev. 5 October 22, 1982 ,
1 i l l
--- ,, a----,-,w- . - ,, .m , am - ~ . , - , , - ~ - .m.,n.wn.,-, -,,----,--,a- , , - , - , , , - , - , - - - - - . . , ~ . - - , ~ , , ,
If the accident occurs at ONS and the ONS alternate cannot he reached, then anyone of the other three alternates can be called since they all live at approximately the same distance from ONS. However, it is recommended that if the emergency is at MNS and the MNS alternata cannot be reached, the G.0. alternates should be called because they live closer to MNS. Regardless of the situation or where it occurs, the primary will be called before any of the alternates are notified. B. Dose Ascessment Coordinator's Arrival at CMC (Initial Evaluation) It is expected that the initial evaluation of the magnitude of the release and the dose projections will be performed by station personnel. As soon as the Dose Assessment Coordinator arrives, he should establish contact with the Off-Site Radiological Coordinator and with the other groups with whom he will be closely interacting to inform them of his arrival. He then should review the available information with the Acting Dose Assessment Coordinator. As part of his initial evaluation of the accident, the Dose Assessment Coordinator should review the following information: .
- 1. Date and time of accident
- 2. Class of emergency
- 3. Type of actual release (i.e., airborne, waterborne, surface spill) and estimated duration time -
- 4. Estimate of quantity released or being released and height of release
- 5. Isotopic composition of material and relative g quantities (i.e., noble gases, fodines and particulates)
- 6. Prevailing weather (i.e., wind velocity, direction, temperature, atmospheric stability dhta form of precipitation, if any)
- 7. Calculated dose rates and integrated doses from release
- 8. Estimate of any surface contamination
- 9. Emergency response actions underway (e.g.,
evacuation)
- 10. Recommended emergency actions including protective measures
- 11. Prognosis for worsening or termination of event based on plant information.
14 Rev. 5 October 22, 1982
The initial review of the situation should be* performed as quickly and efficiently as possible. After the initial review, the Dose Assessment Coordinator will be ready to assume his responsibilities and can take over the dose assessment role. Table 5 will be updated every 30 to 60 minutes and provided to the ORC and the Scheduling / Planning Manager. C. Dose Evaluation and Confirmatory Measurements Once the Dose Assessment coordinator assumes his role, he will calculate the doses to the population in the vicinity of the station using the dose isopleths, release data and meteorology data; He will also use the field measurements to confirm his dose calculations. The method of dose assessment can be genarstly described in the following steps:
- 1. From the meteorological data available, choose proper overlays and sector. ,
- 2. Using release rate data, calculate dosas and plot on maps.
- 3. Keep Off-Site Radiological Coordinator informed and up-to-the minute on all dose estimates.
- 4. Follow up dose estimates with environmental measurements.
All projected environmental doses / rates should have follow up field measurements mace to confirm. Hence, extensive field measurements should be made
, continuously during the entire course of the emergency.
During the first several hours of the accident, it is expected that the Dose Assessment Coordinator (and , his alternates) will work 12-hour workshifts until the emergency is under full control and the accident does not pose a threat to the population. J. Special Assistance Coordinator Functional Responsibilities: r Location /Backaround Reauirements/ Basic Function - There will be two Special Assistance Coordinators (as a minimum) on each shift. One Special Assistance Coordinator will be located in the Crisis Management Center with the Off-Site Radiological Coordination Group, and the other is in the Recovery Manager's office. They work together to stay abreast of the Radiological and 15 Rev. 7 June 15, 19,83
^
'-4 '.?lant Operations status, respectively. Based on the inf rmation \ gathered, they are responsible for keeping the State / Count'y agencies ' ' 'up-to-date.
The person filling this description shall have a solid Health
- Physics' background, and be knowledgeable of the site location, personnel and surrounding area.
The bas'ic function of the Special Assistance Coordinator will be to assist the Off-Site Radiological Coordinator (ORC) as an individual contributor on any matter which.the ORC cannot handle due to priorities. Responsibilities "
- 1. Assist the ORC through coordination with other g'roups to bandle administrative task and technical needs. This could include such items as --
a) berthing, messing of ORC Group personnel b) procurement of consumable supplies c) arranging assistance / alteration for maintenance of equipment or facilities '
- 2. Maintain contact with federal and state agencies (e.g.,
BRH-S.C., RPS-N.C., NRC, EPA, etc.) on environmental matters. . Update State and Counties periodically (approx. 30 to 60 minutes) on the preformatted message sheet, s 3. Be familiar with site facilities includir.g location of CMC and ORC facilities. l 4. Assure phones, furniture, necessary drawings, etc. are i available on-site for ORC in case of emergency. 1
- 5. BefNmiliarwiththelocalnuclearstationenvirons, civil defense personnel, and, established communications networks.
l
- 6. Respond to material / supply requirements for ORC group members that they are not responsible for providing in case of an emergency.
- 7. Work closely with ORC to assure smooth fur.ctioning of ORC Group on 24-hour basis.
- 8. Attend meetings for ORC which he cannot attend and be prepared to respond to needs of requirements requested of ORC Group.
- 9. Work on special projects arsigned by ORC.
- 10. Perform other functions as assigned by ORC.
s 16 Rev. 7 June 15, 1983
K. Radio Operator Reports to: Field Monitoring Coordinator l Supervises: N/A Function / Responsibilities: This position prov. ides radio communication support for the Off-Site Radiological Coordinator and his staff in the field and with supporting agencies. L. Local Agency Liaison Reports to: Off-Site Radiological Coordinator I Basic Functions: ! Serves as company representative first at local Emergency l Operations Center and then at State center, as required. l Primary Responsibilities:
. 1. Provides answers to local / state E0C staff regarding company-related questions.
- 2. Interprets information sent to E0C from Crisis Management Center.
- 3. Keeps ORC informed on E0C actions.
Princioal Working Relationships:
- 1. State EOC staff regarding questions and information.
- 2. County EOC staff and agencies regarding questions and information.
- 3. Receives information updates on questions regarding plant status by centacting the Systems Analysis Coordinator in Technical Support. This person can be reached at numbers for Technical Support available in procedures 5.3.10 and 5.3.11.
I 17 Rev. 5 October 22, 1982
[ III. GROUP ACTIVATION A. Radiolooical Supoort Manager Notification of an emergency or accident situation initiating the implementation of the overall Crisis Management Plan will be by the
. Manager of the Recovery Operation or by his designee.
B. Health Physics /Radwaste/ Chemistry Section Notification will be by the Radiological Support Manager and/or designee by using the call tree described in Table 3. Members of this section and their office and home phone numbers are included in the plan in Table 2. Upon Notification of an emergency or accident situation and the Reccvery Manager decides to activate the CMC at Oconee/McGuire/ Catawba Nuclear Stations or the backup CMC at Oconee Nuclear Station, W. A. Haller, l R. H. Charest, R. T. Simril, J. B. Sigmon, J. G. Weinbaum, R. C. Futrell and J. I. Wyant shall proceed to the specified CMC. All other personnel shall report to Wachovia Center WC-2390. J. E. Cole will assume the l responsibilities of the Group Manager until the nearsite or backup CMC is activated. The Station Health Physicist is the person designated for Health Physics / Radwaste Group personnel to obtain information about the incident (sequence of events, present status, apparent causes, etc.) C. Offsite Radiological Coordinator and Group The OSRC will be contacted by the Radiological Support Manager or designee. l The OSRC will contact his section according to the call tree in Table 4. l Table 2 lists the office and home phone numbers for members of this section. , Activation of the OSRC group will be in room 1222 of the Wachovia Center for McGuire and Catawba or at the Oconee Training Center, or the Liberty, j South Carolina retail office for Oconee.* O. Message Format Table 6 will be used to relay the emergency information. Inforcation on this form will direct each incividual to their duty station. It is the responsibility of the Off-Site Radiological Coordinator to direct his section's response appropriate to the incident. E. Call Tree The " call tree" for use in initiating the Group Plan is described in Tables 3 and 4. The person contacted by the Recovery Manager or his 18 Rev. 7 June 15, 1983
- a. . - . - _ ._ - . _ - . . - _ - . . - . . .--
designee will call the primary coordinator in each area and the alternate manager. The primary coordinators will contact their alternates. If the Radiological Support Manager is unable to reach a primary coordinator he j- will contact all of the alternates in that area. ! l J 'I t
. 19 Rev. 5 -
October 22, 1982
IV. FACILI'IES, EQUIPMENT, AND RESOURCES A. Facilities - The Radiological Support Manager is located in the Crisis Management Center (location as specified by the Recovery Manager upon initial notification). This center is the headquarters of the Recovery Mnager and his staff and from here all emergency and recovery activities will originate. The near-site and backup CMC for Oconee Nuclear Station are the Oconee Training Center and Liberty Retail Office, respectively. - The CMC location for McGuire and Catawba Nuclear Stations is in the General Office. The Recovery Manager is in Room WC-1010. The Health Physics / Radwaste/ Chemistry Section will operate out of Wachov.ia Center 2390. The Offsite Radiological Coordinator and his section will operate out of room WC-1222 for McGuire and Catawba and at the Oconee Training Center for Oconee. B. Equipment and Resources
- 1. Communication
- a. Crisis Management Center - redundant two-way communications with the Emergency Operation Center, the Control Room, other appropriate off-site agencies and telephone.
- b. Alternate Crisis Management Center - Has some communications capability as described for Crisis Management Center.
- c. Support Group Personnel at Site - Telphone connections with Crisis Management Center and Alternate Crisis Management Center, and with the station.
- d. Personnel at General Office - Telephone, public or. private.
- 2. Technical and Professional Personnel
- a. Health Physics -
(1) Coordinator - 1 (2) ALARA Planning / Engineering - 8 For HP Organization: (a) D. T. Parsons (b) 1 Vendor supplied engineer / i professional For Oconee: (a) D. Davidson (b) H. Smith (c) W. Stengel (d) J. Ferguson (e) R. Cole (f) 2 Vendor suppiied engineer / professionals 20 Rev. 7 June 15, 1983 t
I For McGuire: (a) J. Ferguson , , (b) D. Davidson (c) H. Smith (d) R. Cole
, . (e) G. Rawn
- i. (f) 2 Vendor supplies engineers /
i professionals (3) -Dosimetry Service - 9 (a) 1 Technician Oconee or McGuire supplied (b) 3 Clerks Oconee or McGuire supplied (c) 2 Clerks Vendor supplied (4) Training and Respiratory Fitting - 3 (a) 3 Technicians Oconee or McGuire supplied (5) Instrument Calibration (long term) - 2 (a) 2 Technicians Oconee or McGuire supplied.
- b. Radwaste (1) Coordinator - 1 (2) Planning / Engineering - 3 For Oconee -(a) D. L. Vaught -
(b) M. G. Case (c) M. S. Terrell For McGuire (a) D. L. Vaught (b) M. S. Terrell (c) B. Wood
~
(3) Offsite Releases - 2 (a) J. M. Stewart (b) H. J. Dameron (c) K. Jones (4) Vendor Interfaces - 1 (a) Vendor Representati're (5) Shipping / Receiving - 4 (a) M. G Kriss (b) C. F. Lan (c) 2 Technicians Oconee or McGuire supplied 21 Rev. 5 October 22, 1982
c.. Chemistry (1) Coord,inator - 1 (2) Sample Collection - 10 (a) 10 Tichnicians Oconee or McGuire supplied (b) 5 alternates: P. W. Downing C. L. Hathcock W. M. Funderburke S. Biswas T. P. Lee (3) Data Evaluation - 3 (a) W. H. Rasin (b) 1 Westinghouse representative for McGuire (c) 1 B&W representative for Oconee (4) Special Projects - 5 (a) W. M. Funderburke (b) C. L. Hatncock (c) J. C. Morcock (d) P. W. Downing (e) S. Biswas (f) T. P. Lee
- 3. Equipment and Supplies
- a. Computer input / output capability including dedicated phone lines
- b. Calculators - batteries, chargers
- c. Stationery Supplies
- d. Recorders - extra tapes, batteries, chargers
- e. Floor plans of station projected radiation levels electrical outlets breathing air header outlets instrument air header outlets demineralized water outlets sampling locations radiation monitor location high radiation area doors
- f. Flow Diagrams of Processing Capabilities including storage capacity 22 Rev. 7 June 15, 1983
- g. System Descriptions for waste and ventilation systems
- h. ' Technical Specifications and 10CFR, 49CFR, State Reg.
- i. Elevator Capacities and Floor Loading *
- j. Station Organization Charts - names and phone numbers
- k. Emergency mobile counting capabilities . -
- 1. Lists of vendor / utility contacts for services, equipment and supplies
- 4. HP/Radwaste Emergency Kits HP/Radwasts Emergency Kits are located in Roem 2384 of Wachovia Center. Should the naar-site CMC be activated, these kits will be delivered to the CMC by the Administration and Logistics Group.
Contact personnel will be R. B. Baker and C. F. Lan in HP/Radwaste and S. M. Kessler in Administration and Logistics. 23 Rev. 7 June 15, 1983 l
V. LONG RANGE RECOVERY FUNCTIONS As described in Table M-1 cf the- Crisis Management Plan, the Radiological Suppcrt group plays a vital role in recovery from a major incident. The group responsibilities during recovery be will in:
- h. ' Direct chemistry and radiochemistry support
- b. Coorcinate sample analysis
- c. Implement radiological work control checklists d.- Assure regulatory compliance in radwaste storage
- e. Radwaste reduction
- f. Maintaining budgetary control in these areas.
24 Rev. 5 October 22, 1982 P l
I VI. PROCEDURE REFERENCE The following procedures are carried out by the referenced coordinators during an incident: Special Assistance Coordinator ^ 5.3.12 " Initial and Followup Emergency Messages - Oconee" 5.3.13 " Initial and Followup Emergency Messages - McGuire" Field Monitoring Coordinator 5.3.14 " Crisis Management Center Environmental Monitoring For Emergency Conditions Within The Ten Mile Radius of McGuire Nuclear Station" 5.3.15 " Crisis Management Procedcure - Environmental Monitoring - Oconee Nuclear Station" Dose Assessment Coordinator Oconee Procedures: HP/0/B/1009/10 HP/0/B/1009/11 HP/0/B/1009/14
. HP/0/8/1009/15 McGuire Procedures: HP/0/B/1009/02 1
HP/0/B/1009/06 HP/0/B/1009/08 HP/0/B/1009/09 . HP/0/5/1009/10 25 Rev. 5 : October 22, 1982
,_ . _ _. - , , _. . ._.~ _ _ _ _ . _ . - - . _ _ . . . _ . _ _ . . _ . _ . -
? TABLE 1 RADIOLOGICAL SUPPORT GROUP i
lRadiolooical Sucoort Manager
, ResourceCoordinatorl 7
1 1 Health Physics , Radwaste ,_ Chemistry Offsite Radiological Coordinator Coordinator Coordinator Coordinator Alara Planning _ Planning - Secretary (Long Term) Engineering Dosimetry Offsite Release Locpl Agency Service Verification Liaison (LAL) Respiratory Tr. _ Installed Rad. Special Assistance
& Fitting Monitors Coordinator (SAC)
Instrument Vendor Interface Dose Assessment Control (Long b - Coordinator (DAC) Term Only) , i Field Monitoring Coordinator , Lab Analysis Coordinator O l Field Teams Radio Coerator 2 Technicians l t l
?
26 Rev. 6 l February 28, 1983 l l 1 i(
V
>~ ./ - TABLE 2 4
RADIOLOGICAL SUPPORT GROUP PERSONNEL I 4
~
Po_sition Name Business Phone Home Phone
~ Manager W. A. Haller R. C. Futrell L. Lewis ,
R. T. Simril J. E. Cole Resource Coordinator J. I. W' yant R. B. Baker J. C. Wimbish J. S. Sigmon - 1 Health Physics C. L. Thames - Coordinator ! r.'{ . D. T. Parsons
- b. .
J. G. Weinbaum R. L. Clemmer . Radwaste Coordinator M. L. Birch
- 0. L. Vaught R. M. Propst W. Neuman H. J. Dameron M. S. Terrell C. F. Lan J. M. Stewart
-Chemistry- R. W. Eaker Coordinator
- s. . ;
2=~- 27 Rev. 6 February 28, 1983 ,
a
;O -
9
, s TABLE 2 (cont'd) 'i, :- ~~- I RADIOLOGICAL SUPPORT GROUP PERSOflNEL ^
Position Name - Business Phone Home Enone } Chemistry- . P. W. Downing i Coordinator (cont.) W. M. Funderburke i R. H. Charest Off-Site Radiological Coordinator Primary: L. Lewis (All) Alternates: W. P. Deal (MNS or DNS) M. S. Tuckman (MNS or CNS) 1 4 C. T. Yongue [ (MNS or CNS) i T. J. Keane (CNS cr CNS)
.i- Field Monitoring Coordinator Primary: J. J. Sevic ;
(0conee) J. R. Lecnard (McGuire) C. V. Wray ,.- (Catawba) Alternatds: C. V. Wray (ONS or MNS) J. R. Leonard (ONS or CNS) J. J. Sevic (MNS or CNS) Laboratory Analyses Coordinator Primary: J. S. Isaac'on s . (All) ' 5:" , 2S Rev. 6 February 28, 1983
---w-- n,+ -,w,. - . . - - - - - . . ..---,,w.,.--,w,- - , , - - - , , , - ,ye,.y , .w,--,,,,--7.,,,-, --3-.--.----,-,w-- - r +------w -y,-
TABLE 2 (cont'd) [ ' RADIOLOGICAL SUPPORT GROUP PERSONNEL
~
Position Name Business Phone Home Phone Alternates: G. T. Mode , (ONS or MNS) W..F. Byrum (ONS or CNS) Technicians: B. A. Broadway (All) C. W. Kinsey (All) > < Dose Assessment Coordinator i Primary: R. E. Sorber (All) 4 Alternates: D. J. Berkshire j (MNS or CNS) . !~ H. D. Brewer . (All) G. L. Courtney
~
(MNS or ONS) S. A. Coy (MNS or CNS) C. L. Harlin 1 (MNS or CNS) . h F. G. Hudson (All) R. D. Kinard - (MNS or ONS) W. B. McRee (ONS or CN5) C. C. M2uney 3 (ONS or CNS)
. i bNSor I l NOTE: Each shift requires 3 dose assessment staff members.
29 Rev. 7 June 15, 1933 a-
TABLE 2 (cont'd) RADIOLOGICAL SUPPORT GROUP PERSONNEL Position Name ' Business Phone Home Phone Consultants: S. T. Apple l (All) M. A. Casper . (All) Special Assistance Coordinator J. W. Cox (ONS or MNS) M. Sample (ONS or CNS) F. N. Mack (ONS or MNS) E. Estep (ONS or CNS) R. T. Bond , (MNS or CNS) . Radio Operator Primary: R. L. Rivard , 4 (ONS or MNS) : i S. E. Foreman (ONS or CNS) I , Alternates: P. W. Sturgis
~
(ONS or MNS t F. D. Theriault (ONS or MNS) G. Sain (MNS or CNS) J. Head (MNS or CNS) S. E. LeRoy (ONS or CNS) D. E. Sexton 5, 1983
k
~ - TABLE 2 (cont'd)
RADIOLOGICAL SUPPORT GROUP PERSONNEL Business Phone Home Phone Position Name G. M. Harrison (ONS or CNS) I Local Agency Liaison Primary: R. N. Casler (All) Alternates: C. A. Majurc (All) R. E. Harris (All) D. Patterson (All) SERT (State Emergency Re ponse Team) Civil Air Patrol (111th Air Rescue Squad) Lt. Eric Karnes L t. Eric Karnes (ALERT-BEEPER) Airport WATS Operator REACTS Karl Hubner ( To obtain helicopter (s) for emergency service cc.' tact: ,, 7
- 1. D. M. Staggs
- 2. L. W. Johnson
- 3. L. M. Whisonant
- 4. B. A. Turpin These contacts are in Duke Power Lcmpany Transmission Department, Line Division.
31 Rev. 5 Feb rua ry 28, 1983
f f. 'Q
-ca TABLE 3 - II. P./RADWASTE/CilEMISTRY " CALL TREE" Recovery llanager Radiological Support flanager I
Alters. ate ll.P./Radwaste Ret.uurce Coordinator llealth Physics Coordinator Managers (Primary *) (Primary *) s Alternate Resource Alternate llealth Physics Coordinators Coordinators l I I Radwaste Coordinator . Chemistry Coordinator' Of f-Site Rad. Coordinator (Primary *) (Primary *) See Table 4 M Alternate Radwaste Alternate Chemistry Coordinator Coordinators
*The llealth Physics /Radwaste Manager will attempt to contact the primary Coordinators, who will then contact the alternates for their position. If the primary coordinators cannot be reached, the llealth Physics /
Radwaste Manager will contact all of the alternates in that area. 32 Rev. 6 l'chruary 28, 1983
i c - -
;b .;.
TABLE 4 0FF-SITE RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR " CALL TREE" . L. LEWIS W. P. DEAL M. S. TUCKMAN T. J. KEANE C. T. YONGUE FFM C LAC DAC J. J. SLVIC - (ONS) MONITORING TEAMS J. S. ISAACSON R. E. SORBER J. R. LEONARD (Mils) PER PROCEDURE l / \ ' C. V. WRAY (CNS) G. T. MODE F. G. Il0DSON W. B. MCREE
. I C. C. MAUNEY (PRIMARY NOTIFES Al.TERNATES) W. F. BYRUM ll. D. BREWER R. D. KINARD G. L. COURNEY \
I P. N. MCNAMARA , B. A. BROADWAY a l C. J., llARLIN
- C. W. KINSEY / \
D. J. BERKSilIRE S. A. 00Y . S. T. APPLE M. A. CASPER RADIO OPERATOR SAC . J. W. COX D. E. SEX 10tl S. E. FORCHAN - S. E. LER0Y LAL M. SAMPl.E F. fl. ItACK P. W. STURGIS G. SAIN llEAD,.1. , I I I E. ESILP R. I . 110110 F. D. TillERAULT R
/ . N. CASLERN I C. A. MAJURE R. E. IIARRIS D. PATTERSON 1 33 Rev. 6 Feliruary 28, 1983
01:r.t 20 c C U:7 $!$:$ ".*.::AGi*!*.? Pt.A'i C171*TE C0tt 2[7C27
.. /
- 2esee :*e ares ty: _
Cate/ Time Repor: Prega se / Pete***3**r vtes stee[ men Wine ciree.: ten (fren) (CMS) Alve Wine trec ton (fr =1
'F/1:0 ft l*MS) . ."- ver:+ cal *eec. Otff. 'C/1:0 f t (*':1; Plu'e 2,3f rettton(s) ' , .c,{ 5:a: **:/ !as: (;fr:te) A S C 3 E F Pre:':t:a fon '
To:e-et. e g.g*e, - M *e-se
- "ete a'-t ' e ?+ s te *ae .
Cent. lat. ?:ntter R/hr Cont. Sample uC1/mi E **f/ Dis. vC1/mi I+131 ec. Unt: vent nC1/mi l "eV/Cis. vCl/el 1 121 et. , fle. rate efs C:*4e . Deve see+eetie-s .
$tte Souncary I at $ at IC mi -
Prefected 2 Mr. dose (rn) W.S. . Bases .;:n :esign Lena 2ata Chtle Thyreta Caiculatec ! nr. cose (re ) U.3. __ hasac upon unit vent release Child Thyroid Mas. I hr. dose (rt=n) W.S.
=tta :ntainment Tallure pg , .p,y, g CtMer (1:ecify) W.I.
Child Thyrcid , , Ff f t ? wa :f **e "l0 OaTA Potats monitores since last uccate:
- 2. M ur Cose 2.deur Oose Comst ent Cerm ::en:
(rem) Surface (re) $srfa:e Child con:amir.a:1cn Child Centa-t sa tt en Pete: Dis:acce Ctreett:n W.S. Thyrets c;m/100 c=2 point -Distance Direction W.3. Thyrc t s c;m/1C ::::
! / /
ln*! :. -
/ / ~ / /
ke1(ceo:e* tra:ktag of pime (c:inents) . arrt- t; !;:ti: (Deck appresriate tones) Zene for C:t Al II C1 C1 El F1 A2 22 C2 C2 E2 F2 for Mns A 8 C D E F G M I .1 E L M ft 0 7 Q R $ T u v Potential
! = r.P 3 se Chile 1.!f l l l r f l f l l lllf l eacetes Acalt 5.25 l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l fl l l l Ac:ni 2.ar em one l.5 l l l l l l l l l l l l lll llll l r
es et s A.a:$.:sT I i i i fI i i i i iifI i iiTii l
- ,es mentiany offeste. y i e: I **
Zanes ac:ually affe::ec sy plute: I 1 2:ces estee to se evacates: I Ic"es aC:W IIf evaCW:ee! t t it + e-* tter-t' es ee " ***e M reitsee
, ! I
(
'Og I .I To.We E' ~~
KGu. la _%. . na. aspn
TABLE 6 CRISIS MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION (CMO) EMERGENCY ACTIVATION MESSAGE The Nuclear Production Outy Engineer is contacted by the Nuclear Station in an emergency with information as shown in Figure E-4. The Duty Engineer contacts the Recovery Manager with that information. If the CM0 is to be activated, the Duty Engineer uses this format.to contact at least one person from each group shown in Figure B-12 of the Crisis Management Plan. Each group in the CM0 uses this format to alert its members. Your name , 4 Person who contacted you Your Group Persons you contacted with this message
. (If Any)
Message Format
- 1. This is (caller's name).
- 2. 'I am notifying you of a drill / actual emergency at Nuclear Station, Unit No. .
- 3. At this time the class of emergency is:
Alert Site Area Emergency General Emergency
- 4. You are to activate your portion of the Crisis Management Organization and have them report to: the Charlotte General Office the Oconee Training Center the Liberty Retail Office
- 5. Specific Instructions (if any)
- 6. Please return a c0py of this completed format to the Emergency Response Coordinator.
35 Rev. 7 June 15, 1983
TABLE 7 HEALTH 9HYSICS/RADWASTE/ CHEMISTRY SECTIJN GROUP PHONES I Room 2390 l (Speaker Phone) l I Room 1010 - MNS/CNS / Recovery Manager's Office l Oconee Training Center ( ._ 0FF-SITE RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR SECTION PHONES I WC-1222 ! l t Oconee T-aining Center or ext. off of s
~
switchboard 36 Rev. 7 June 15, 19S3 d
e Crisis Management Plan Implementing Plans 5.3.7 - Technical Support Group Rev. S Revision Number June 15, 1983 Date a w
~
5.3.7 - Technical Support Group t l Table of Contents I. Scope i II. Functional Responsibility A. Technical Support Manager B. Staff Support C. Administrative Supervisor D. Data Coordinator E. Licensing Support Coordinator F. Systems Analysis Coordinator G. Core Physics Coordinator III. Technical Support Group Activation IV. Emergency Facilities - Equipment and Reso,urces V. Implementation of facility and Equipment VI. Long Range Recovery Function's ( VII. Emergency Conclusion
~
l i Rev. 4 October 22, 1982 I
- . e .
I. SCOPE
- . :a-The Technical Support Group provides support to the Recovery Manager in matters relating to maintenance, licensing, core analysis, and systems analysis.
P
- a
.e-1 Rev. 4 October 22, 1982
- -e e e ,e es. e.. e, w . . - .., e eme..
.% 4 .,.. . , . . , . . . - . - . .ee + e_
3-
,,, II. FUNCTIONAL RESPONSIBILITY x - 1/ A. TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER .
Reoorts To: Recovery Manager Sucervises: Technical Support Staff functions of System Analysis, Core Physics Support, Licensing Support, Procedures Support and the Data Facility. (See Figure 5) Basic Functions [ He is responsible for analysis and the development of plans and procedures in direct succort of Ocarations personnel with the objective of taxing the plant to a safe shutdown condition in a manner wnich minimizes the effect on the health and safety of the public. - He provides a central facility for 'the collection, retention, retrieval, and transmitting of plant and local environmental parameters. . Primary Rescensibilities:
- 1. Analyze conditions and develop guidance for shift opera-tions personnel on protection of the core.
(f.3;, 2. Develop out-of-normal operation and emergency procedures (' - in direct support of shift operations personnel. ..
- 3. Provide a central facility for the collection, retention, retrieval, and transmitting of plant and local environ-mental parameters.
- 4. Resolve questions concerning licensing requirements with NRC representatives.
Princiole Working Relationshics:
- 1. Superintendent of Operations regarding implementation of emergency plans and procedures.
- 2. Emergency Coordinator regarding any plant manipulations that might affect off-site doses.
- 3. Waste Systems Radiation Control Manager regarding any plant manipulations that might affect in plant radiation or waste inventory levels.
- 4. Scheduling and Planning Manager regarding planned and scheduled activities of the Technical Support Group.
/(,~?s (j 2 Rev. 4 October 22, 1982 ,9p--m-,e-y + T T E--"--T- - P *-*te7- t- *m --- "'-' - " ^ '
B. STAFF SUPPORT (r?_3
?:n1 '~
Recorts To: Technical Support Manager Sucervises: N/A Basic Functions: Planning, scheduling, and directing internal to the Technical Support Group. Primary Resconsibilities: Planning, scheduling and directing assignments made within the Technical Support Organization as required. Princiule Working Relationshics:
- 1. Technicai Support Manager regarding critical technical problem assignments.
- 2. All Technical Support Group Coordinators / Supervisors regarding planning, scheduling and directing assignments within the Technical Support Group.
- 3. Scheduling / Planning Manager regarding the scheduling of
..s Emergency Response objectives within the Technical Support ~.- Group.
q;u 3 Rev. 1 Sept. 10, 1981 a--- - - - - - - - , - - , - _ - - - - - - - - - _ _ _ - . - - - - - - . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - , - - - _ . - - - - - - - - . - -
~
I rg C. TECHNICAL SUPPORT ADMINISTRATIVE SUPERVISOR
"~ .f..
Recorts To: . Technical Support Manager Sucervisas: Administrative personnel in the Technical Support Group Ba' sic Functions: Supervises the Technical Support Group clerical personnel and coordinates the Technical Support Group needs for work space, communications, office supplies, personnel, office equipment, etc., with the Admin / Log. Group. Primary Resconsibilities:
- 1. Provides typing, filing, office equipment operation to all areas within the Technical Support Group.
- 2. Coordinates with the Admin / Log. Group the Technical Supcort Group needs for skilled support personnel to staff tne various Group functions.
- 3. Coordinates with the Admin / Log. G'roup the Technical Support Group needs for additional work space, commcai-cations, equipment, office supplies, office equipment, etc.
^
Princiole Workino Relaticnshics:
- 1. Techn.ical Support Manager and all Technical Supp' ort Coordinators regarding administrative support needs and staffing needs.
- 2. Admin / Log. Manager regcrding filling of the Technical Support Group administrative nesds and staffing needs.
4 Rev. 1 Sept. 10, 1981
...c..m-so =====-es.- .w. .w -
D. DATA COORDINATOR
- (...
Recorts To: Technical Support Manager Sucervises: All Data Facility Personnel Basic Functions: Accumulation, retention, retrieval and retransmittal of information needed by the emergency response organization. Primary Resconsibilities:
- 1. Provide a central facility for the accumulation, reten-tion, and retrieval of plant information and local environmer.tal parameters.
- 2. Retransmit automatically and by request information needed by the emergency response organization.
- 3. Serve as a single location for the acquisition of data resulting in minimum interference with plant operations.
Princiole Workino Relationshics:
- 1. Superintendent of Operations regarding acquisition of
(. needed plant information.
- 2. Emergency Coordinator regarding acquisition of environ-mental parameters.
- 3. All groups requiring information regarding request for transmittal of information.
l (y 5 Rev. 1 Sept. 10, 1981
-.ist, E. LICENSING SUPPORT CCORDINATOR ;,4 Recorts To: Technical Support Manager Coordinates: Support personnel providing ALARA review, Plant Operations review and resolution of license requirements with NRC representatives.
Basic Functions: Resolve questions of FSAR and Technical Specifications commit-ments, abnormal operating modes and other license requirements with NRC representatives. l
. Primary Resconsibilities:
- 1. Work with NRC representatives to resolve questions con-cerning FSAR and Technical Specifications commitments in light of existing plant conditions.
- 2. Work with NRC representatives to resolve license require-ments associated with proposed abnormal operating modes or plant modifications.
l 3. Function as a member of the Station Review C.ommittee. !
\
l
\
l , Princiole Working Relationshics: Ik[yt, :
- 1. NRC representatives regarding all license requir.ement areas.
l
- 2. Superintendent of Operations and all Technical Support Coordinators regarding out-of-normal operating ~ modes and modifications to the plant.
l 3. Design and Construction Support Manager regarding modifications to the plant. [ l ! l
%.I. n 6 Rev. 1 Sept. 10, 1981 .--.a . . . . . * . . . --. . . . . . ~ . .~. .
F. SYSTEMS ANALYSIS 'C0dRDINATOR (f-:.]
. .u:
Reoorts To: Technical Support Manager Coordinates: Support personnel analyzing problems and developing emergency plans in the areas of systems and equipment operations. Basic Functions: Analyze problems and develop emergency plans associated with
-the operation of plant systems and equipment.
Primary Responsibilities: Analyze problems associated with the operations of plant systems and equipment and develop out-of-normal or emergency plans for how the operations personnel can best contend with the problems. Princiole Working Relationshios:
- 1. Operations Scoport Coordinator regarding systeins and equipment problems that need resolution and required out-of-normal or emergency procedures.
- 2. Tecnnical Support Manager and Recovery Manager regarding recommendations on how to contend with systems and equip-(,.-.o,j ment problems. -
(ldt \ 7 Rev. 1 Sept. 10, 1981
. - - - - - -y - . - , - - n -
,. u. C.n- - e. .:. .a.v. ... e , .e ..- . n a...n... ....q <
Reco-ts -:: Tecnnical Sup:Or: "anager C rc' rates: Sc::or :ersonnel analy:ing ::re carameters anc ceveic::en: guitance f:r One sr: ::ers-i:ns :erscenei en Or: acti:n
= .= .e :. -. .e..., - n. . 4 . . e ...
2 , .- - a .. .f . ,. ... . . .=.._....
. ...- ,. 2. .- s....2. ,_ ... '. . = r-. =. '. r . . . a. ..'.i'.'.
- erati:ns perscnnei :n .:r::ectica f :ne : Ore.
Primary Resconsibil' ties:
- 1. AnalyzeOre barameters to determine current c:nditions of tne core.
- 2. Review pr: posed ciant coerations wita res ect :: the effect on core concitions.
- 3. Develoo rec: mendations for piant operations that would effect safer core concitions.
Princiale Wor'<ino Relationshics:
- 1. Shift Supervisor regarding acproved plant operations to 8 affect safer core concitions.
- 2. Technical Support Manager and Recovery Manager r'egarding proposed plant operations to affect safer core conditions.
- 3. NSSS Supplier regarding all activities.
.;.. g 8 Rev. 1 Sept. 10, 1981
w 2; III. TECHNICAL SUPPORT GROUP ACTIVATION C': :
~~
1. Once it has beeh determined that an event has degressed to an emergency situation, the Recovery Manager, or his designee, will contact the Technical Support Manager.
- 2. The Technical Support Manager will relay to the Administrative Supervisor the information that is noted on Figure 1.
- 3. The appropriate members of the group will be notified (Figure 2) and relayed the information of Figure 1 by the Administrative Supervisor.
- 4. Activation of the Technical Support Group will be in the Wachovia Center, Room 1704, unless otherwise noted on initial callout.
f ... - Q.- 2 i l l, l s.-; , I 9 Rev. 4 j October 22, 1982 1 r { \
- - - - a w -
IV. EMERGENCY FACILITIES - EQUIPMENT AND RESOURCES A. Fac'ilities - The Technical Support Manager is located in the Crisis Management Center. This center is the headquarters of the Recovery Manager and his staff and from here all emergency and recovery activities will originate. Supporting personnel for the Technical Support Group will be located in Room 1704 of the Wachovia Center in Charlotte, N. C. The CMC for McGuire and Catawba is in designated conference rooms in the General Office. The Oconee CMC is located at the Oconee Training Center. The Recovery Manager operates out of room WC-1010 for McGuire and Catawba and out of his designated room in the Oconee Training Center. , B. Equipment and Resources
- 1. Communication
- a. Crisis Management Center - Redundant two-way communica-tions with the Emergency Operation Center, the Control Room, other appropriate off-site agencies and telephone.
- b. Alternate Crisis Management Center - Has some communica-tions capability as described for Crisis Management Center.
- c. Support Group Personnel at Site - Telephone connections with Crisis Management Center and Alternate Crisis Manage-ment Center, and with the station.
- d. Personnel at Main Office - Telephone.
- 2. Equipment and Supplies
- a. Word processing equipment, i.e. , typewriters, copy machine, telecopier,' portable dictating machines.
- b. System descriptions.
- c. FSAR and Technical Specifications.
i d. Station operating, maintenance and emergency procedures.
- e. Drawings, i.e., P&ID, EE, general arrangement.
- f. Organization charts for the station and general office.
- 3. Personnel Resources l In addition to the primary and alternate members of the Tech-
! nical Support Group, support personnel will be required de-I pending on the accident situation. At least four secretaries / l clerks will be needed for typing, making copies, etc. Two or three data runners will also be needed. I 10 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
- - - , - - , . - - . , , - - . - - , - . . - - ,-n , , , , ,, . _ , , , --
--r.. V. IMPLEMENTATION OF FACILITY AND EOUIPMENT (IC
- 1. Figure 4 provides a checklist of equipment and resources to be used while the Technical Support Group is activated.
- 2. To establish promot, accurate telephone ccmmunications with the other members of the Crisis Management functions; obtain two phones per checklist (Figure 4). The phones are to be plugged in Room 1704 by matching numbers on the phone with the number on the wall.
- 3. Additional equipment may be procured through the Administrative Supervisor.
- 4. Functional responsibilities for each unit in the Technical Succort Group is supplied in the Crisis Management Plan and in Part II of the Technical Support Group Plan.
..b3 i
(kSi 11 Rev. 4 October 22, 1982 Y e , e * *
- f. ?- VI. LONG-RANGE RECOVERY FUNCTIONS Q:S 4
- l. As an event moves into a long-range recovery, aporcpriate kork schedules will be developed, anc individuals notified.
- 2. Figure 3 identifies supplementary telephone numbers and contacts for services.
- 3. Arrangements for food and services needed for icng-range recovery will be handlad as the need arises.
t ( i t l l i 12 Rev. 4 October 22, 1982 9 y-gy .
- g. o y-e --~*.e 9 y. e --e- .g. . ., y--- 9-3 ~n,.,,,,%. y-w-.- _. -: -+m----m- i--ym y er - - - --
-,m4.-@.my ,orn=y*
.. VII. EMERGENCY CONCLUSION GO:
A. As the plant is brought to a stable condition and it has been determined the Technical Support Group is no longer needed, the Technical Support Manager may then deactivate the group. Notifi-cations of other groups in the Crisis Management Plan will be made as warranted.
- 8. The Administrative Supervisor will assure the equipment used will be returned to its designated area.
) (. - 13 Rev. 4 October 22, 1982 4
.s9-.,9 -. .,.--, - -, ._ -,,,y -,%-,. ,, y, , _. m__% --..m, ,e-.- y +-.,. +,- w-,.- -
p , , .-
Figure 1 CRISIS MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION (CMO) EMERGENCY ACTIVATION MESSAGE The Nuclear Production Duty Engineer is contacted by the Nuclear Station in an emergency with information as shown in Figure E-4. The Outy Engineer contacts the Recovery Manager with that information. If the CMO is to be activated, the Duty Engineer uses this format to contact at least one person from each group shown in Figure 8-12 of the Crisis Management Plan. Each group in the CMO uses this format to alert its members. 4 Your name . Person who contacted you Your Group Persons you contacted with this message t
. (If Any)
Message Format
- 1. This is -
(caller's name).
- 2. I am notifying you of a drill / actual emergency at Nuclear Station, Unit No. .
- 3. At this time the class of emergency is:
Alert Site Area Emergency General Emergency ,
- 4. You.are to activate your portion of the Crisis Management Organization and have them report to: the Charlotte General Office the Oconee Training Center the Liberty Retail Office
- 5. Specific Instructions (if any)
- 6. Please return a copy of this completed format to the Emergency Response Coordinator.
4 14 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
-,---,..w-..,- % ,, . , , - y. , ,-..e,_ ,3 ,___m,_ _ , . .7-,,_m -..m y, y, _ . _ ,-__,._-%,. ,,,-_,m .,,.e-,,e ,, , , ,
[.. - 5v - Figure 2
~([di
TECHNICAL SUPPORT GROUP Telechone List Position Name Office -Home Manager K.-S. Canady R. M. Koehler H. T. Snead Administrative J. W. Simmons Supervisor J. A. Reavis
.0ata Facility R. C. Pacetti Supervisor G. C. Rogers M. F. Simpson W. B. Davis Licensing Support N. A. Rutherford Coordinator R. L. Gill (Oconee)
G. A. Copp (McGuire) R. O. Sharpe (Catawba) System Analysis P..M. Abraham
<. Coordinator S. D. Alexander -Oft ' ~ '
D. L. Canup (McGuire) R. M. Gribble R. L. Weber Core Physics R. H. Clark Coordinator- L. H. Flores J. H. Randles
- 13. P. Horne R. P. Wood J. L. Eller Staff Support R. D. Groux 1 .
i t-i L.... * . S . A. 15 Rev. 5 j Februa ry 28, 1983
i; i c . Figure 2 3 TECHNICAL SUPPORT GROUP Teleohone List Position Name Office _ Home L
~
Technical Support Group' Emergency Phones (WC-1704)
\ \
HP Radwaste (WC-2390) Design Construction (EC3-32)
\
i Recovery Manager-(WC-1010) - MNS/CNS
~
Scheduling / Planning (WC-1010) - MNS/CNS Offsite Radiological Coordinator - WC-1522 , f Tech. Support Manager '4C-1010 I i 1 16 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
L <a Figure 3 LONG RANGE RECOVERY SUPPORT l Data Coordinator Office Home R. David Deese J. W. Zweig Sarah Lee System Analysis G. B. Swindlehurst Bob Breen (NSAC) Fred Burke (G&W) R. S. Hubbard (W) Licensing I. Ratsep (W) F. Burke (B&W) 17 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983
Figure 4 TECHNICAL SUPPORT GROUP Ecuipment Location Checklist Oconee McGuire Catawba FSAR Room 1703 Room 1785 Room 1787 Technical Specification Room 1703 Room 1785 Room 1787 P. O. Drawing Room 1780 Room 1780 Room 1780 Station Directives Room 1725 Room 1725 Room 1725 Station Organization Room 1725 Room 1725 Room 1725 El.ectrical Elementary Room 1780 Room 1780 Room 1780 Instrument Detail Steam Table Room 1780 Room 1780 Room 1780 System Description Room 1780 Room 1780 Room 1780 Emergency Phones Room 1727 Room 1727 Room 1727 Computer Terminals Room 1778 Room 1778 Room 1778 Stationery Supplies Room 1782, Plus Storeroom on 15th Floor Copy Room Room 1782, Print Shop, Reproduction Items on this list are identified in each room by a tag attached to each item or drawer where it is stored. Location Checklist Health Physics Wachovia Center Room 2390 Design and Construction Electric Center Room 3-32 Administration and Logistics Wachovia Center Room 0925 Offsite Radiological Coordinator Wachovia Center Room 1222 Recovery Manager Wachovia Center Room 1010 18 Rev. 6 June 15, 1983 L
Figure 5 Technical Support Managar (:Ch
<t:P . Staff Support Admin. Supervisor Supervisor NSSS Supplier Data Licensing Support System Analysis Core Physics Coordinator Coordinator Coordinator Coordinator e ::
ni- 7 t )
-V Q,,A 19 Rev. 4 October 22, 1982 8 - * * *
- a . s ome , e+ e,eare- - rone = tme emm* = * * * * + = * - * * * * * * * *-e* * *"
, , - - ..,-- . ,,.--,-..,..,---.-..-..-.-..-..--.-n..,--. . . - . , - . - - - - . -
DUKE POWER COMPANY CRISIS MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 5.3.10 OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION-CRISIS TELEPHONE DIRECTORY i l c I l i l-Rev. 4 June 15, 1983 L t
OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION CRISIS MANAGEMENT TEAM TELEPHONE DIRECTORY TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE Incoming Lines To Oconee . ................................... ... 1 Microwave Dial Codes ............................................... 1 Emergency Numbers (Pickens & Oconee Counties) ................ ... . 2 Cri sis Mgt Center - General Office Staging Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Crisis Mgt Center at Oconee ........................................ 4-5 Crisis News Center at Oconee ....................................... 5 Crisis Mgt Center at Liberty Retail Office ......................... 6 Techni cal S uppo rt Cente r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Notification of Agencies, Crisis Mgt Team, Key Companies ........... 9-13
~
NRC Health Physics Network Telephones .............................. 14 Emergency Radio Use Instructions ................................... 15-16 INCOMING LINES TO OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION DIAL CODE - MICRO-WAVE From Dial Ssneca 882-5363 Charlotte General Office 80 882-5368 882-5369 Catawba Steam 80-188 882-5370 882-5371 Catawba Construction '80-104 882-5621 McGuire 80-212 Easley 859-0108 , 859-0113 Cherokee 80-115 859-0116 Attendant (To access Bell Line) 0 Anderson 224-8376 Seneca 9 Six Mile Island 868-2717 Easley 60 Anderson 61 Six Mile 63 Rev. 2 October 22, 1982
6
~
EMERGEHCY NUMBERS OCONEE AND PICKENS COUNTIES PICKENS COUNTY Primary Numoer 878-7808 EXECUTIVE GROUP
- Civ.il Defense 878-7527 County Administrator .
County Council Legal Officer OPERATIONS GROUP
- Law Enforcement 978-7494 Rescue Squad EMS Fire Service 878-7409 Medical Service Health Service Dept. of Public Works ASSESSMENT
- Trar.sportation 855-1020 Emergency Welfare Service Shelter Service Red Cross Supply and Procurement 878-4886 RADEF Mental Health 878-7499 Damage Assessment Public Information ALTERNATE NUMBER (to any group) 868-9207 PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER CRISIS NEWS CENTER-ONS*
State of South Carolina 882-6746 l Oconee County 882-4505 Pickens County 882-6744 NRC 882-8094 882-5537 CRISIS N'EWS CENTER LIBERTY RETAIL OFFICE
- State of South Carolina 843-2753 Oconee County 843-2754 Pickens County 843-2755 NRC l
- Call any one of the listed numbers to reach group desired.
Rev. 4 June 15, 1983 l p - -- - - - - - , _ , . , - . , , -.- , , - , - - - - -- - --
EMERGENCY OPERATION CENTER Oconee County Primary Number (24-hour) . . . . . . . ........... 638-3097 OPERATIONS
- Fire Protection .................... 638-2633 Police'. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638-2864 638-3002 Public Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emergency Medical Services . . . . ........... Rescue Squads ..................... ASSESSMENT
- Emergency Welfare Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638-2177 638-2482 t
Radiological Defense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Damage Assessment ................... EXECUTIVE GROUP
- Supervisor / Chairman County Council . . . . . . . . . . . 638-2540 EOC Director . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........
Financial Officer ................... FNF Representative . . . . . . . . ........... i PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER CRISIS NEWS CENTER-ONS 882-6746 State of South Carolina 882-4505 Oconee County 882-6744 i Pickens County 882-8094 4 NRC 882-5537
*This is the dedicated line on a speaker phone tied to 654-9363 at the Clemson
, Armo ry. Rev. 4 June 15, 1983
-_- _ - ~ __ _.._ ._ _- .
a a... -
- .a .-a-3.. a _ . _ ,_.s_ - .a,x;.- s. a.a_ ._ . . g..
i i I CRISIS NEWS CENTER LIBERTY RETAIL OFFICE 843-2753 i State of South Carolina 843-2754
, Oconee County 843-2755 Pickens County i
NRC i
- Call any one of the listed numbers to reach group desired.
i i l . i i i , t 6 1 i i ! l i ? l l I i Rev. 4 June 15, 1983
-,,-e- w, c- v w -, w,,,,,w.--=w',we-,--+w-w,wrvmwm,,w-- warvy w --w --ww ev w -w ,*e--wee-$-e-m++---rvM**P--We----tw*-wtvTw=-'"*
MCGUIRE/ CATAWBA CRISIS MANAGEMENT CENTER (GENERAL 0FFICE RESPONSE LOCATIONS) Administration and Logistics (Wachovia Room 0925)---------------------373-3121 3122 3123
. Design and Construction-(Electric Center 3-32)------------------------373-4662 5304 5305 Radiological Support (Wachovia 2390)----------------------------------373-7790 5444 Offsite Radiological Coordinator (Wachovia 1222)----------------------373-6150 6265 7578 HPN phone Selective Signaling System Recovery Manager / Scheduling and Planning (Wachovia 1010)
Recovery Manager: Centrex to TSC Emerg. Coord.------------------373-5743
, Dedicated Line to State EPO Director---------- 7951 Ringdown Line to TSC Emergency Coordinator Scheduling / Planning: Two Centrex Lines--------------------------373-5731 7949 Other Groups:
Selective Signaling System Phone for SAC------------------------- Administration & Logistics---------------------------------------373-3126 Crisis News------------------------------------------------------373-3125 Design & Construction--------------------------------------------373-3127 Radiological Support---------------------------------------------373-3128 O f f s i te Radi ol ogi ca l Coo rd i nato r---------------------------------373-3129 Technical Support------------------------------------------------373-3124
" Red Phone" to NRC-----------------------------------------------
NRC, States and Counties (Wachovia 1488)------------------------------373-2689 7405 7406 5- Rev. 4 June 15, 1983
-, _ , . , , , - . , - , _,__m- ,_ .-m,,m,.--,%y--.-w_,y ._. c,,.---.,_m,.-- .. -,,.,y, , , - , , . - - -. y-. ---
Technical Support (Wachovia 1704)----------------------- -------------373-5177 5235 5236 CRISIS NEWS GROUP - POWER BUILDING STH FLOOR Rooms PB 5014, 5012, 5010 - Duke Crisis News Staff--------------------373-5584 4023 3107 2864
'73c3 Rooms PB 5020/5022 - 5.C. PIO's----------------------------------- '--373-9818 9824 0970 7302 Room PB 5018/- N.C. PI0's----- ---------------------------------------373-3788 Sof(. 2812 2846 8138 2677 News Media Phones (O. J. Miller Auditorium----------------------------373-7946 - Electric Center) 7947 7948 2620 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2641 2642 l
Rev. 4 June 15, 1983
CRISTS MANAGEMENT CENTER POSITION PRIVATE LINE ONS SWITCHBOARD
^
RECOV%Y MANAGER - _ \
\
f SCHEDULING / PLANNING MANAGER.
\
RADIOLOGICAL SUPPORT MANAGER
\.
TECHNICAL SUPPORT j OESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION SUPPORT . MANAGER t 0FFSITE RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR
,i ADMINISTRATION AND LOGISTICS ,
j MANAGER l i i i ADVISORY SUPPORT ! i Nuclear Reaulatory Commission I I , Babcock & Wilcox (NSSS Sucolier) ) - CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
- IFoiltact with Governor) l A. C..Thies i
Alternate: W. H. Owen k }j DATA COORDINATION j (Telecopier)
- l. *These circuits are kept open throughout an emergency as dedicated lines on speaker phones. .The Recovery Manager is connected to the EPD Director at
- 654-9367. The Special Assistance Coordinator is teid to DHEC on 654-9371.
Rev. 4 June 15, 1983
(: CRISIS NEWS CENTER Telephone Number 882-5363 Private ONS Position /Name Line Switchboard CRISIS NEWS DIRECTOR '(
\ } i i ^'
I. - COMMERCIAL NEWS MEDIA !__
+
(Active Numbers)
.For drill purposes only f
. COMMERCIAL NEWS MEDIA
- (Inactive Numbers)
Activated only during an actual emergency f M v \ ! ~ NRC/ STATE / COUNTIES PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICE Y j !
- *This circuit is kept open throughout an emergency as a dedicacea sine on a speaker phone. It connects the S.C. PIO's at the News Center to the State News Staff at the Clemson Armory at 654-9363.
Rev. 4 June 15, 1983
g-- . p . _ . . PHONE NUMBERS FOR LIBERTY RETAIL OFFICE 1
\
Rec cery Manager - Scheduling / Planning Crisis News & State / County \ PIO's i i Design and Construction !
' Technical Support Offsite Radiological Coordinator Administration & Logistics Radiological Support Manager NRC/ State and Counties l \
i i Rev. 3 February 28, 1983 L
TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER
. Telephone Number 882-5363 Outside Station Position /Name Line_ Number Emergency Coordinator
(_
- Supt. of Operations Supt. of Technical Services ,
Supt. of Maintenance Supt. of Administration NRC Resident Engineer B&W Resident Engineer Station Health Physicist 1 HEALTH PHYSICS CENTER , 4 Environmental Surveillance Coordinator Data Evaluation / Report Preparation Supervisor i (Off-Site 00se Projection) Surveillance and Control Coordinator Support Functions Coordinator TECHNICAL SERVICES GROUP Performance Licensing and Projects i Chemistry OPERATIONAL SUPPORT CENTER
- (Support group consists of Health Physics, Chemistry, Maintenance, Safety and Operations personnel) 4 10- Rev. 4 i June 15, 1983 t--, -- w - - . . , . - - - , . , -
y - - - - ., , , , - , ,.. , , , , ---r, -
,,,y-., . , - , - , _y -mc4-m_.,,.-e.y..----9 . . . , . - . , , - , eg,r--e- '
e.'cw--
( E: Telephone Number 882-5363 L Station Position /Name Number
~
Operational Succort Center Coordinator------------------------------- Mec ha n i ca l Ma i n te nan c e Eng i n e e r-------------------------------------- Mechanical Maintenance Supervisor--------------------------------- C h e m i s t ry S u p p o r t- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - -- - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - I&E Encineer------------------------------------------------------- I&E Supervisor-------------------------------------------------- He al th P hy s i c s S up po r t------------------------------------------ Dose Control---------------------------------------------------- Ooerations Grouc Un i t #3 Op e ra t i o n s O f f i ce s ------------------------------------- . Nuclear Equipment Operators (Unit 1 & 2 Emergencies)---------- Nuclear Equipment Operators (Unit 3 Emergencies)-------------- Medical Assistance-------------------------------------------- r CONTROL ROOM Unit 1-------------------------------------------------------- Unit 2-------------------------------------------------------- Unit 3-------------------------------------------------------- Shift Supervisor (Unit 1 & 2)--------------------------------- Unit 3-------------------------------------- TELECOPIER . Technical Support Center--------------------------------------- DATA TRANSMISSION Coordinator-----------------------------------------------------
' Data Release (Vax Program)--------------------------------------
TSC COMMUNICATOR (with outside agencies)----------------------------- Rev. 4 June 15, 1983
5 Telephone Number 882-5363 Station' Position /Name Number ADM I N I STR ATO R C LE R ICA L S U P PORT------------------ ----------------- EMERGENCYCOUNTROOM(LOCATEDINVISITORSCENTER)----------------k
~
l i l i l Rev. 4 June 15, 1983 t
DUKE POWER COMPANY OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION
- NUMBER CODE FOR IDENTIFYING PERSONNEL / ACTIVITIES TO BE NOTIFIED CODF
- 1. NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION by Red Phone within one. hour.
- 2. UNIT COORDINATOR /0PERATIONS DUTY ENGINEER who will notify:
A. Superintendent of Operations B. Sta' tion Manager / Emergency Coordinator (or alternate as listed in number 11) , C. Nuclear Production Duty Engineer ................... T
- 3. STATION MANAGER J . Ed Sm i th , O f f i ce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
i Home ....................................... l
- 4. BABC0CK AND WILCOX RESIDENT ENGINEER B i l l S t re e t , O f f i c e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . !
Home ....................................... . a (If Bill Street cannot be reached, call) L. H.. Williams, Office .................................. l f Home .................................... j
- 5. STATION H ALTH PHYSICIST / DUTY HEALTH PHYSICIST C. T. Yongue, Office .................................... l l
Home ............................... ...... v
- 6. SOUTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL, BUREAU OF RADIOLOGICAL HEALTH (Warning Point 5 tate of South Carolina)
Bureau of Radiological Health (0800-1700) ............... Answering Service After Hours, weekends, holidays State E0C Columbia, S.C.................................. Forward EOC Clemson, S.C................................. Selective Signaling System Rev. 4 June 15, 1983
~ . 7. COUNTY EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AGENCIES Oconee County Emergency Preparedness .......(pager 251)........ Selective Signaling System,,or or )
Pickens County Emergency Preparedness ......(pager 76)......... Selective Signaling System. or
- 8. COUNTY SHERIFF'S DEPARTMENTS Oconee County (24 hours) ...................................... Selective Signaling
- Svstem, or Pickens County (24 hours) ..................................... Selective Sigraling System, o,r ! or / or %- .1
- 9. MEDICAL ASSISTANCE Oconee Memorial Hospital Ambulance Service ................... !
l Oconee Memorial Hospital Switchboard / Emergency Room .......... I 1
- 10. FIRE ASSISTANCE Oconee County Rural Fire Protection Association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (
Woods or Forest Fire (Oconee County, Oakway Tower) ........... _ ,,)1 Woods or Forsst Fire (Pickens County, Woodall Mt. Tower) .....
- 11. TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER ACTIVATION (If the first person cannot be reached, go to the next person down the list until one person is contacted) i
( . Emergency Coordinator / Station Manager d J . E . S m i t h , O f f i c e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eytf " Home ........................................ ( Superintendent of Technical Services T. 8. Owen, Office ............................................ Ex)<' , Hcme ..... ....................................... V
- ' Rev. 4 -
June 15, 1983 ,'j
, - . . ., . . , , . . , r,. ,, , - . , , , , , , _ , . _ . . , . , _,,_.,____m, _ , ,- - _ , _ . - _ , , _ , . . , _ . _ , , , _ , _ . - , _ , . ,
( Superintendent of Maintenance . J. M. Davis, Office .......................................... Home ............. .............................. Superintendent of Operations J.' N. Pope, Office ........................................... Home ............................................. g,
- 12. WATER DEPARTMENTS .
Should releases of radioactive effluent into Lake Keowee or Lake Hartwell potentially affect municipal water intakes or exceed technical specifi-cations. Contact the appropriate authorities as indicated below: Lake Keowee Seneca,H.J. Balding, Office.......................f Home ......................... Lake Hartwell ( City of Clemson . Mayor o f Cl emson , O f fice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Home (If the mayor cannot be reached, call one of the following) I Clemson Administrator's Office ................. Home ................... t Clemson Filter Plant (0700-1700) ............... ! i Clemson University k 1
,P re s i d e n t ' s O f f i c e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home ................................ Security (24 hours) ..................... ....... (If the President cannot be reached, call) Clemson University Physical Plant (0800-1630) Anderson Water Works (24 Hr. Number) , (AGENCIES THAT MAY RESPOND TO AN EMERGENCY AT OCONEE NUCLEAR STATI0s~~~
-LAW ENFORCEMENT S. C. Highway Patrol (Greenville, S. C.) ..................
Rev. 4 June 15, 1983
a S. C. Enforcement Division (Columbia, S. C.) .............. ,
\
Ccmmunications Check-Of ficer-of-the-Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 BOMB DISPOSAL l Explosives Ordinance Disposal Control ..................... j l (Forst Jackson, Columbia, S. C.) i RADIATION'AND C0tiTAMIflATION REACTS,DepartmentofEmergency(OakRidge, Tennessee)....k (24 hr. number - af ter 1700 ask for Beeper number). . . . l 00E Emergency Radiological Monitoring Team (Aiken, S. C.). 8 L (24 hrs.) ; a s N. C. Division of Emergency Management .................... (North Carolina State Warning Point - 24 hours) . r Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Radiation Program ..................... c
. I 4
Georgia Civil Dofense (0800-1700) - Operations Section ... f After Hours - Outy Officer .......................... l I NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION ,
- NRC Operations Center (via Bethesda Central Office) ......
NRC Operations Center (via Silver Spring Central Office .. i Health Physics Network to: NRC Operations Center ......... ; ! : NRC Region II NRC Operator (Via Bethesda Central- Office) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , l US NRC, Region II ..............................(24 hr.). ; US NRC, Oconee Resident Inspector ........................ , l Jack Bryant (Home)... l Doublan Falconer (Home)... l BUS TRANSPORTATION f Anderson Retail Of fice (24 hr. number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Contact Ken Kernodle, George Wilson) ] NATIONAL WEATHER SERVICE - METEOROLOGICAL BACK-UP SOURCE i f Greenville-Spartanburg Weather Service . . . . . . . . (24 hour). . . l Rev. 4
- June 15, 1983 T .
i ,.
NRC HEALTH PHYSICS NETWORK TELEPHONES - The NRC's Health Physics Network (HPN or Black Phone) connects all Nuclear Power Plants and Fuel Facilities to NRC Regional Offices and to NRC Head-quarters Operations Center. The phone is intended to support Health Physics Operations in an emergency but can be used for daily voice traffic and fac-simile transmittal. There are two points at Oconee Nuclear Station'which can access the HPN network. The station has jacks for the HPN in the Units 1&2 Control Room performance office, and in the training center. The phone is used'normally with the exception; NO DIAL TONE OR RINGING IS HEARD. In addition, ringing only lasts 30 seconds, so after 30 seconds if the party has not answered, you must hang up and redial. For convenience, the cords most often used are listed below: HPN Phone Code
- 1. NRC region 2'(Atlanta) office 23
- 2. NRC headquarters . 22
- 3. B&W Research Center 83
- 4. Oconee NRC Resident Inspector 72
- 5. Oconee Nuclear Station 73
- 6. All NRC region 2 Resident Inspectors 26
- 7. All region 2 Operating Nuclear Plants 25 In addition, the calling party may " conference" any phones during conversation by simply dialing the appropriate code (s). Any number of stations may be added in this manner.
i c Rev. 3 February 28, 1983
- , - , . , - . _ - . . . . , ~ . . - . , - . . _ - , - . - . . , _ - - . , _ . - - - - - - , - - - . _ , _ -
F OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY RADIO The call letters WQC699 identify the Emergency Event Radio frequency. The following is a listing of radio locations, unit call letters, and identifiers Use identifiers only in transmission (for example, message may start with
" Control Room to Alpha" and response will be Alpha to Control Room).
ONS Base Station Remotes Location Unit Call Letters Identifier
~~'
- 1. Unit 1 & 2 Control Room Control Room
- 2. Crisis Management Center i \ CMC (Training Center) \
- 3. Technical Support Center \ TSC Coded Sauelch Radios (Note above 3 Base Stations can activate squelch to the following radios by dialing encoding numbers.)
Location Encode Unit Call Letters Identifier m
- 4. Pickens Co. LEC 35 \' Pickens Co. LEC Pickens Co. 31 Pickens Co.
(Courthouse) (Courthouse) Pickens Co. 31 Pickens Co. CD (C.D. Office) -
- 5. Oconee Co. LEC 32 \ Oconee Co. LEC
- 6. State FEOC - 34 \ State FE0C Clemson - L-ALL ABOVE RADIOS MAY BE ACTIVATED BY DIALING ENCODING NO. 30 Field Monitoring Teams Location Unit Call Letters I_denti fie r
. ~,
- 8. Field Monitor Coordinator Leader
- 9. Field Moni. tor Team Alpha
- 10. Field Monitor Team \ Bravo Location- Unit Call Letters Identifier
- 11. Field Monitor Team N Charlie
- 12. Field Monitor Team f I
Delta
- 13. Field Monitor Team l Echo
- 14. Field Monitor Team \ Foxtrot y__
TO COMMUNICATE BETWEEN BASE STATION REMOTES (1, 2, 3), THE INTERCOM MUST BE USED: The following procedure must be used:
- 1. Push INTERCOM buttan and hold.
-2. Push MIKE button and hold.
- 3. Send message (example, CMC to TSC).
- 4. Release both buttons to receive a response.
Rev. 3 February 28, 1983
DUKE POWER COMPANY CRISIS MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 5.3.11 MCGUIRE/ CATAWBA CRISIS TELEPHONE DIRECTORY Rev. 4 June 15, 1983
r
~
. TABLE OF CONTENTS Pace Crisis Management Center / Crisis News Center 2-3 Technical Support Center - McGuire 4 t Techncial Support Center - Catawba 5 i McGuire Offsite Agency Telephone List 6 4 Catawba Offsite Agency Telephone List 7 f J 1 k i i l-l l l l l l l
- Rev. 4 i June 15, 1983 i
N - o MCGUIRE/ CATAWBA CRISIS MANAGEMENT CENTER (CHARLOTTE GENERAL OFFICE) Administration and Logistics (Wachovia Room 0925) ------ Design and Construction (Electric Center 3-32) -------- Radiological Sucoort (Wachovia 2390) ------------------ Offsite Radiolooical Coordinator (Wachovia 1222) ------ Dedicated Line to State (s) Rad. Heal th Di rector (s) ----- Recovery Manager / Scheduling and Planning (Wachovia 1010) Recoverv Manacer: Centrex to TSC Emerg. Coord.--------- Dedicated Line to State EPO' Director - Ringdown Line to TSC Emergency Coordinatoi Scheduling and Planning: Two Centrex Lines ----------- ' Other Grouns: . Selective Signaling System Phone for SAC ---------- Administration & Logistics ------------------------ Crisis News --------------------------------------- Design & Construction ----------------------------- Radiological Support ------------------------------ O f f s i te Radiol ogi ca l Coo rdi na tor ------------------ l Technical Support ---------------------------------
" Red Phone" to NRC --------------------------------
NRC, States and Counties (Wachovia 1488)----------------- l l l Technical Support (Wachovia 1704) ---------------------- Rev. 4 i June 15', 1983 l
CRISIS NEWS GROUP (INDIVIDUAL OFFICES ON FIFTH FLOOR OF POWER BUILDING) Rooms PB 5014, 5012, 5010 - Duk'e Crisis News Staff ----- I l Rooms PB 5020/5022 - 5.C. PIO's ------------------------ f I I Room PB 5019/- N.C. PIO's ------------------------------ sco s ; i News Staff and Media (Electric ~ Center Auditorium) ------ i
'\
i t Rev. 4 June 15, 1983
a TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER
~ '
MCGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION 875-1357 (McGuire Switchboard) Tie Line from Training Center 6 + 4 digit extension or 81 + 212 + extension Extension Station Manacer Administration Suoerintendent Coordinators / Admin., Trng. Safety Contract Coordinator (Security etc.) Maintenance Superintendent Mechanical Engineer i IAE Engineer l Planning l Operations Superintendent Technical Services Superintendent Performance Engineer , Reactor Engineer l Chemistry l Health Physics i Projects and Licensing Engineer Support Functions Coordinator r Surveillance and Control Coordinator , ENS /HPN NRC Telecopier/ Computer Room l Rev. 4 ) June 15, 1983 , i
. l I
TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER - CATAWBA (Available by 9-1-83) k 1 l l l l l Rev. 4 June 15, 1983
MCGuire Offsite Acency Telechone List Counties. Mecklenburg Warning Point Ringdown, or hEmergencyRadioCode Gaston Warning Point Ringdown, or pr Emergency Radio Code j Iredell Warning Point Ringdown, or 3r Emergency Radio Code ! Catawoa Warning Point
~
Ringdown, or hr Emergency Radio Code I Lincoln Warning Point Ringdown, or 'or Emergency Radio Code , Cabarrus Warning Point Ringdown, or /orEmergencyRadioCode NOTE: Radio Code 20 activates all county radio units States
~
N.C. (E.0.C. Raleigh) N.C. Warning Point N.C. (SERT Headquarters, Air Ringdown Phone or . National Guard Armory) S.C. Emergency Preparedness 803/758-2826 Division - S.C. Department of Health and 8:30 A.M.-5:00 P.M. weekdays) j(After
;( hours and weekends /
Environmental Control - holidays) 00E - Savannah River ! NRC - Ooeration Center , ! I American Nuclear Insurers i
\
INPO '
\'
Rev. 4 June 15, 1983
CATAWBA 0FFSITE AGENCY TELEPHONE LIST (Available 9-1-83) Rev. 4 June 15, 1983 /
CRISIS MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 5.3.12 " Transmission of Followup Emergency Information To Offsite Agencies - Oconee Nuclear Station" Rev. 2 June 15, 1983
{.1 I.P. 5.3.12 o TRANSMISSION OF FOLLOWUP EMERGENCY INFORMATION TO 0FFSITE AGENCIES OCONEE NUCLEAR STATION CRISIS MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION
- 1. 0 PURPOSE To provide a procedure for transmitting followup emergency information to the state and counties in the ten mile area around Oconee Nuclear Station.
2.0 REFERENCES
2.1 Crisis Management Plan, Part E. 2.2 Oconee Nuclear Station Emergency Plan 3.0 LIMITS AND PRECAUTIONS 3.1 The Offsite Radiological Coordinator (OSRC) or his designee will
. assure that the Technical Support Center Staff is aware that his group is ready to perform the information updates and the time of the first update to be made by his group.
12 The ringdown phone to the counties and the dedicated Bell line to the state headquarters are the primary communications mediums. If they should become unavailable, normal bell lines, plant extensions, and the radio should be used for the transmissions, in that order. 3.3 The verification part of the procedure must be followed or the county / state representatives will not take the message. 3.4 After the State of South Carolina has assembled its organization at the Clemson Armory and declares that it is in operational control, information will be provided to the state (only) via this format. They will then be responsible for updating the counties. (Prior to this time, the counties are updated on the ringdown phone. The state headquarters in Columbia is updated on a private line.) The SAC will use a private Bell line s ., for updates to the Armary at this time rather than the ringdown phone. The State number is . ~These lines are on speak 3r phones and are to be'kept open on mute throughout an incident. The Recover Manager or designee must review and approve the sheet prior to its release. 3.5 At some period of time (1 to 2 hours at most) after the State FE0C (Forward Emergency Operations Center) is established, use of this preformatted sheet for updates will cease. Updates will be made by the Special Assistance Coordinator (SAC) according to the situation at hand and based upon discussions between the SAC and the state's representative in OHEC (S.C. Department of Health and Environmental Control). The SAC will continue to use Iinefortheseupdates. 1 Rev.,2 June 15, 1983
I.P. 5.3.12 l As th'e preformatted sneet is not used after this time, the SAC will log all calls made including date, time, callers' name, receivers' name, and a brief description of the information provided. The OSRC or designee should be made aware of information provided in the update. 4.0 PROCEDURE a 4.1 Fill out the emergency message format sheet (Enclosure 5.2) according to the " senders" instructions on the first page. Acquire necessary data from the Dose Assessment Coordinator, the Technical Support Group, and the Field Monitoring Coordindtor. This is a followup message. Before you make the call, have the message approved by the Recovery Manager or his designee. a 4.2 Using the communications medium mentioned in 3.2, 3.4, and 3.5 above, call the,offsite agencies. A telephone listing of those agencies to be contacted and the numbers for each is found in Enclosure 5.2. a 4.3 The verification procedure is to have the counties / state ask for verification of a number on the " code sheet." You then respond with the word corresponding to that number. The OSRC or Emergency Response Coordinator hat this list. a 4.4 Read the message sheet to the offsite agency representative allow-ing time to fill in the information. Make certain that the person taking the ~ message has a copy of the form in front of him/her. (Federal & other agencies will not have a copy of this form). a 4.5 Provide these updates at approximate 1 hour intervals. However, should the emergency class be upgraded, this information must be transmitted to these agencies within 15 minutes. 5.0 ENCLOSURES 5.1 Followup Emergency Information Sheet 5.2 Offsite Agencies And Their Telephone Numbers l l l l i l l 2 Rev. 2 June 15, 1983 i:
5 { I.P. 5.3.12 l Enclosure 5.2 Oconee Offsite Acency Telechone List
- 1. Counties
'**Uconee Ringdown or er Emergency Radio Code *** Pickens Ringdown or or Emergency Radio Code i
- 2. States
** 5.C. DHEC, Bureau of Rad. Health (Columbia)
(Note: DHEC will update N.C. and Ga.) Ringdown (Clemson Armory) (Clemson Armory-CHEC)
- 3. Federal /0ther Agencies
+ 00E - Savannah River ** NRC Operations Center and " Red Phone" or or NRC Region 2 + Health Physics Network Dial To NRC Operations Center + - Call only if monitoring team support is required. ** - Contact at each update. *** - Contact at each update until S.C. establisnes its FEOC. After that time contact S.C. DHEC and they will update their counties.
Note: Should the emergency class be upgraded, provide information on the new situation to those agencies above listed with a "**", within 15 minutes of the time the new classification is declared. Enclosure 5.2 Rev. 2 June 15, 1983 y _ __
CRISIS MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 5.3.13
" Transmission of Followup Emergency Information To Offsite Agencies - McGuire and Catawba Nuclear Stations" Rev. 2 June 15, 1983 i:
p I.P. 5.3.13 3 TRANSMISSION OF FOLLOWUP EMERGENCY INFORMATION TO OFFSITE AGENCIES MCGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION CRISIS MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION
- 1. 0 PURPOSE To provide a procedure for traasmitting followup emergency information to the state and counties in the ten mile area around McGuire Nuclear Station.
2.0 REFERENCES
2.1 Crisis Management Plan, Part E. 2.2 McGuire Nuclear Station Emergency Plan 3.0 LIMITS AND PRECAUTIONS 3.1 The Offsite Radiological Coordinator (OSRC) or his designee will assure that the Technical Support Center Staff is aware that his group is ready to perform the information updates and the time of the first update to be made by his group. 3.2 The ringdown-phone to the counties and the state headquarters is the primary communications medium. If this should become un-available, normal bell lines, plant extensions, and the radio should be used for the transmissions, in that order. 3.3- The verification part of the procedure must be followed or the county / state representatives will not take the message. 3.4 After North Carolina has established its organization at the Douglas Air Guard Armory and declares that it is assuming operational control, information will be provided to the state (only) via this format. They will be responsible for updating the counties. (Prior to this time, the counties are updated on the ringdown phone. The state headquarters in Raleigh is updated on a private line.) The SAC will use a private Bell line s , for updates to the Armory at this. time, rather than the ringdown phone. The State numbers are not yet established. These lines are on speaker phones and are to be kept open on mute throughout an incident. The Recovery Manager or designee must review and approve the sheet prior to its release. 3.5 At some period of time (1 to 2 hours at most) after the Air Guard Armory is established as the nearsite headquarters, use of this preformatted sheet for updates will cease. Updates will be made by the Special Assistance Coordinator (SAC) according to the situation at hand and based upon discussions between the SAC and the state's representative in BRH (Bureau of Radiological Health). The SAC will continue to use a private Bell line .)~ for these updates. 1 Rev. 2 June 15, 1983 y g - y g -e -
-,.--9 -ay + ----eg-.,7---.-n m,9- m.,-.pp, ,, - .,__.,._---+y- y . g .w-,,.,y ,.- myw.,._--=-----
I.P. 5.3.13
~
As the preformatted sheet is not used after this time, the SAC will log all calls made including date, time, callers' name, receivers' name, and a brief description of the information provided. The OSRG or designee should be made aware of information provided.in th'e update. - 4.0 PROCEDURE o 4.1 Fill out the emergency message format sheet (Enclosure 5.1) accor-ding to the " senders" instructions on the first page. Acquire necessary data from the Dose Assessment Coordinator, the Technical Support Group, and the Field Monitoring Coordinator. This is a followup message. Before you make the call, have the message approved and signed by the Recovery Manager or his designee. o 4.2 Using the communications medium mentioned in 3.2, 3.4, and 3.5 above, call the offsite agencies. A telephone listing of those agencies to be called and the numbers for each is found in Enclosure 5.2. 4.3 The verification procedure is to have the state / county ask.you for verification of a number on the " code sheet." You then respond with the word corresponding to that number. The code word is available from the Offsite Radiological Coordinator or his alternates. 4.4 Read the message sheet to the offsite agency representative allow-ing time to fill in the information. Make certain that the person taking the message has a copy of the form in front of him/her. (Federal and other agencies will not have a copy of this form). 4.5 Provide these updates at approximate 1 hour intervals. Hcwever, should the emergency class be upgraded, this information must be transmitted to these agencies within 15 minutes. 5.0 ENCLOSURES 5.1 Followup Emergency Information Sheet 5.2 Offsite Agencies And Their Telephone Numbers i I l 2 Rev. 2 June 15, 1983
I.P. 5.3.13 Enclosure 5.2 McGuire Offsite Agency Telechone List
- 1. Counties *** _
Cabarrus Ringdown or or Emergency Radio Code Mecklenburg Ringdown or lor Emergency Radio Code Gaston Ringdown or or Emergency Radio Code Iredell Ringdown or :or' Emergency Radio Code Catawba Ringdown or or Emergency Kadio Code Lincoln Ringdown or or Emergency Radio Code NOTE: Radio Code activates all county radio units
- 2. States **
N.C. (E.0.C.) - Raleigh .
~
N.C. (SERT Headquarters Ringdown Phone or private line (number available "at at Douglas Airport) the time") or Emergency Radio Code N.C. Rad. Protection Section (Raleigh) (Note: N.C. will update S.C.)
- 3. Federal /Other Agencies
+ 00E - Savannah River ;If support is to be requested) ** NRC-Operations Center and " Red Phone" or NRC Region 2 + Health Physics Network Dial To NRC Operations Center + - Call only if monitoring team support is required. ** - Contact at each update (Contact.N.C. at Raleigh numbers until SERT is established) *** - Contact at each update until N.C. establishes its SERT Headquarters.
After that time, contact BRH at SERT Headquarters and they will update these counties. Note: Should the emergency class be up3raded, provide information on the new situation to those agencies above listed with a "**", within 15 minutes of the time the new classified is declared. Enclosure 5.2 Rev. 1 July 2, 1982
~
I IP/5.3 16 Attachment 5.3 QUARTERLY INVENTORY COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT
' Catawba /McGuire CMC /CNC Telephone /
Room Radio /Headchones Inolace? Ooerational?" Recovery Manager / Scheduling & Planning WC-1010 Offsite Radiological Suoport Wr-1222 b Administration & Locistics WC-0925 , t , i Data Coordination WC-1704 - Design & Congruction Technical Suppen EC-3-32 Radiological Support , _ . , WC-2390
*0perationally check one phone per room at each quarterly inventory.
i Rev. 4 June 15, 1983
. , - _ - . _ . . . _ . . . - - - _ _ . - - - . _ . , . . . _ . . - . . _ , . . . _ _ , _ , . . _ . . . _ , , . ~ . . _ . . - _ . . . _ . - _ _ . . . _ - . _
I.P. 5.3.13 Enclosure 5.3 Catawba Offsite Agency Teleph'one List (To Be Provided By 1-1-84) ( Enclosure 5.3 Rev. 2 June 15, 1983
DUKE POWER COMPANY CRISIS MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 5.3.16 SEMI-ANNUAL INVENTORY Rev. 4 *
- June 15, 1983
4 IP/5.3.16 QUARTERLY INVENTORY PROCEDURE .
- 1. 0 Purcose 1.1 To ensure that emergency supplies designated for use by the Crisis
. Man,agement Organization are maintained up-to-date through a semi-annual inventory.
2.0 References 2.1 Crisis Management Plan Section H 3.0 Limits and Precautions 3.1 None 4.0 Procedure
'4.1 Between the 15th and the end of each of the following months, the Emergency Response Coordinator will send out a letter to groups listed below for an inventory of each of tne listed kits or stored supplies.
Inventory Letters To Go Out In June December Groups Responsible For Inventory Hp/Raowaste Attachment 5.1 Admin. & Logistics-Medical Attachment 5.2 Admin. & Logistics-Communications Attachment 5.3 Admin. & Logistics-Trailer Attachment 5.4 Admin. & Logistics-G.O.' Stationary Attachment 5.5 Scheduling / Planning Attachment 5.6 Offsite Radiological Coordinator Attachment 5.7 4.2 The letter to the group will indicate a date for completion of the inventory. This date will be no more than 30 days after the last day of the subject month indicated above. 4.3 All inventories performed will be attached to a copy of the letter transmitting the request and a copy of this procedure indicating a completion date and stored in the Emergency Response Coordinator's files as well as Wachovia Center - master file. Rev. 4 June 15, 1983
. . _ . - . -= . .
IP/5.3.16 5.0 Attachments 5.1 - HP/Radwaste Emergency Kits 5.2 First Aid Supplies ' 5.3 CMC /CNC Communications Equipment ; 5.4 Registration Trailer Supplies 5.5 G.O. Stationary Supplies 5.6 C,5eduling/ Planning Maps & Decisional Aids
- 5. 7 Offsite Radiological Coordinator Decisional Aids 1
i I i f l i I l Rev. 1 June 30, 1982
1P/5.3.16 Attachment 5.1-QUARTERLY INVENTORY HP/RADWASTE EMERGENCY KIT #1 Ouke Power Company General Office Item Number In Plan Number In Inventory
- 1. All Purpose Markers 1
- 2. Cotton Gloves-Bundle 1
- 3. Coins for Telephone-Roll of Dimes 1
- 4. Flashlight and Extra Batteries 2
- 5. KI Tablets (14 per Bottle)--Bottles 19
- 6. Marking Tape: 1" Roll; 2" Roll 1 each
- 7. Protective Clothing: Coveralls, Disposable 4
- 8. Poly Bags 6
- 9. Radiation Waste Signs (4" x 6") 25
- 10. Caution: Radiation / Radioactive 6 Material Tags
( 11. Respirator Mask w/ Filters, (MSA) 1
- 12. Rubber Gloves, Pairs 6
- 13. Scotch Tape Roll and Dispenser 1 -
- 14. Surgeon's Gloves, Box 1
- 15. Wet Suit Disposable 1
- 16. Weather-Proof Caution Signs w/ inserts 4
- 17. Box A i
RM-14 w/DT-260 or DT-210 Probe J __ Box B Beta-Gamma Probe (Thyac-Victoreen) 390, 0-20 mR/hr) 2 ( Gamma Detection Instruments Ion Chamber) 0-1000 R/hr 1 Box C TLD Badges (& 1 Record Card) 5 Steno Pad with 2 Pencils 1 Personnel Dosimeters 10 i Dosimeter Charger 1 s' j Inventory Performed By: Date: l Rev. 2 l October 22, 1982
8P/5.3.16 Attachment 5.1 (continued) QUARTERLY INVENTORY HP/RADWASTE EMERGENCY KIT #2 Duke Power Company General Office Item Number In Plan Number In Inventory
- 1. Binoculars 1
- 2. Cotton Gloves, Bundle 1
- 3. Contact Pyrometers 2
- 4. Hard Hats 3
- 5. Hoods, Disposable 4
- 6. 50 yard roll of barricade type 1
- 7. Marking Tape: 1" roll
_1 __
- 8. Nucon Smears 25
- 9. Protective Clothing: Coveralls, Disposable 4
- 10. Plastic Sample Bottles 12
- 11. Roll of Duct Tape 1
- 12. Rubber Shoe Covers, Pairs 4 l
l 13. Safety Glasses 5
- 14. Box of Small Kimwipes 2
- 15. Shoe Covers, Disposable Pairs 6
- 16. Step Off Pads 3
! 17. Surgeon's Caps, Disposable 4
- 18. Wet Suit, Disposable _1 __
Inventory Performed By: l Date: Rev. 2 October 22, 1982
. IP/5.3.16 Attac'hment 5.1 (continued)
QUARTERLY INVENTORY HP/RADWASTE EMERGENCY KIT #3 Duke Power Company General Office Item Number In Plan Number In Inventory
- 1. Tool Kit- 1
. 2. Portable Air Sampler 1
- 3. Silver Zeolite Cartridges 10
- 4. Copy of NAC-1 Drawings (Prints) 1
- 5. Copy of Loading and Unloading Instructions 1
- 6. Respirator Mask w/ filters 1 Inventory Performed By:
Date: l l i i l l l Rev. 0 l April 16, 1982 l
.--c.. - - - - - , . . - g.,., -.~.,,,.,.-r--, .v--. - _ ,r------. . - , , ,. , , . , ,
IP/5.3.16 Attach.4ent 5.2 CRISIS MANAGEMENT QUARTERLY INVENTORY ADMINISTRATION AND LOGISTICS FIRST AID SUPPLIES Location - Catawba Warehouse #2/ Level A Storage Item No. In Plan No In Inventerv On Order 2 x 2's 4 Boxes ---- 4 x 4's 8 Boxes ---- - 8" x 7h" ABD's 2 Boxes ---- 8" x 10" ABD's 2 Boxes ---- 10" x 30" Multi-Trauma Dressing 24 each ---- 2" x 3" Telfa Pads 2 Boxes ---- 3" x 4" Telfa Pads 2 Boxes ---- 2" x 3" Adhesive Telfa Pads 2 Boxes ---- 3" x 4" Adhesive Telfa Pads 2 Boxes ---- 2" Kling 1 Case ---- 3" Kling 1 Case ---- 4" Kling 1 Case ----
~
6" Kling 1 Case ---- 2" Ace Elastic Bandages 2 Boxes ---- 3" Ace Elastic Bandages 2 Boxes ---- 4" Ace Elastic Bandages 2 Boxes ---- 2" Coban 4 Boxes ---- 3" Coban 4 Boxes ---- 4" Coban 2 Boxes ----
" Dermicel Cloth Tape 2 Boxes ----
1" Dermicel Cloth Tape 2 Boxes ---- 2" Dermicel Cloth Tape 1 Box ---- 1" Dermicel II Paper Tape 1 Box ---- 1" Waterproof Adhesive Tape 1 Box ---- 2" Waterpro'of Adhesive Tape 1 Box ---- Oval Eye Pads 1 Box 1" x 3" Coverlet Bandaids 4 Boxes ---- Coverlet Knuckl( Dressings 4 Boxes ---- Rev. 2 October 22, 1982
IP/5.3.16 Attachment 5.2 (continued) Item No. In Plan No. In Inventory On Order Coverlet Large Digit Dressing 2 Boxes ---- Non-sterile Cotton Tipped Applicators 4 Boxes ---- Sterile Cotton Tipped Applicators 2 Boxes ---- Tongue Blades 1 Box ---- Burn Sheets 24'each ---- Disposable Ice Packs 48 each ---- Alumafoam Finger Splints 2 Boxes ---- Steri-Strips 2 Boxes ---- 10-Pack 4 x 4's 10-10 packs ---- Visine 2 Btis. ---- Dacroise (Isotone) 4 Btis. Neosporin Ophthalmic 2 Btis. ---- Vasocon-A 1 Btl. ---- 2 Boric Acid Eye Ointment 3 Tubes ---- Zephiran Antiseptic 1 Gal. ---- Alcohol 3 Btis. ---- Hydrogen Peroxide 3 Btis. _ _ _ Merthiolate 3 Btis. Silvadene (1 lb.) 1 Jar ---- Neosporin 2 Boxes ---- i Naosporin-G 1 Tube ---- Betadine Ointment , 3 Boxes ---- l Betadine Prep Swab 3 Boxes ---- i Alcohol Prep Swab 4 Boxes ---- j Betadine Scrub 1 Gal. ---- Tincture of Benzoin 1 Btl. ---- Oil of Cloves 1 Btl. ---- l ! Topical Anesthetic 2 Cans ---- Irrigating Saline 6 Btis. Aspirin 1 Btl. Acetaminopnen 1 Bag l Rev. 3 l February 28, 1983
-6 IP/5.3.16 ~ ' , Attachment 5.2 (continued) .
Item No.-In Plan No. In Inventory On Order Maalox 2 Btis. ---- Pepto Bismol 2 Btis. ---- Ralk Splinter 1 Pr. ---- Bandage Scissors 2 Pr. ---- Kelly-Murphy Hemostat, Straight 1 Pr. ---- Kelly-Murphy Hemostat, Curved 1 Pr. ---- Halstead Mosquito Forceps, Straight 1 Pr. ---- Halstead Mosquito Forceps, Curved 1 Pr. ---- Bard-Parker Survical Handle, #3 1 each ---- Bard-Parker Blades, #11 & 15 2 Boxes ---- Opthalmoscope 1 ---- Thermometers, Oral 12 each ---- Folding Stretchers 4 each ---- C-Cell Flashlights 4 each ---- 7 Volt Lanterns 2 each ---- Maps from Charlotte to All Sites 1 each ---- Maps from Site to Nearest Hospital 1 each ---- Disposable Coveralls 8 Prs. ---- Safety Belts 2 each ---- 3/4" Rope in 100 ft. Sections 2 sections ---- 1/2" Rope in 50 ft. Sections 4 sections ---- Leather Gloves 8 Pr. ---- 5 Gal. Drinking Water Containers 2 each ---- Meals Pre-Packed Food 48 ---- 2 Burner Propane Stove 1 each ---- Propane Gas 2 Btis. ----
, Cots 2 each ----
Blankets -12 each ---- Hand Towels 24 each ---- Assorted Plastic Bags 24 each ---- Pot 1 each ---- Fry Pan 1 each ---- Rev. 2 - October 22, 1982
IP/5.3.16 Attachment 5.2 (continued) Item No. In Plan No. In Inventory On Order Paper Plates 1 Pkg. (100) ---- Styrofoam Cups 100 ---- Knives, Forks & Spoons 1 Box ____ Item No. In Plan No. In Inventory On Order l Full-Face Respirators 2 each ---- ---- HEF Cartridge Filters 10 each ---- ---- Additional Items on Hand No. In Inventory 8 C-Cell Bat.teries 2 7h Volt Batteries 1 30-cup coffee pot 4 extra disposable coveralls 1 emesis basin Inventory Performed By: Date: Rev. 3 February 28, 1983
f
$ IP/5.3.16-Attachment 5.3 (continued)
QUARTERLY INVENTORY COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT OCONEE CMC Telephone / Room Radio / Headset Inolace? Geerational?* Recovery Manager / Schedulinc & Planning
- plant ext.
~ -} g plant ext. I plant ext. \-
(spkr. phone)'~ Red Phone Headsets & lights From other rooms Radiolooical Succort plant ext. , plant ext. I plant ext. l plant ext. ! Headset & Technical Succort/ j Design & Construction plant ext. plant ext. plant ext. plant ext. plant ext. plant ext. plant ext. l Headset & light'~
~
' Offsite Radiological _ Radio System Coordinator Headset & light Ringdown phone plant ext. plant ext. Administration & 882-9028 Logistics plant ext. - plant ext. plant ext. plant ext. Headset & light Rev. 3 February 28, 1983 i
k IP/5.3.16 Attachment 5.3 (continued) QUARTERLY INVENTORY CCMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT CATAWBA /MCGUIRE CMC /CNC Telephone / Room Radio /Headchones Inolace? Ocerational?*
~
Technical Succort WC-1704 NRC/ State / WC-1488 Counties News Staff PB-5014, 5012, 5010 S.C. News staff _ _ _ _ _ PB-5020/5022 ( N.C. News Staff PB-5018 l Media Lines 0. J. Miller ! . i Inventory Performed By Date
*0perationally check one phone per room at each quarterly inventory.
Rev. 4 June 15, 1983
IP/5.3.16 Attachment 5.3 (continued) . QUARTERLY INVENTORY COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT OCONEE CMC Telephone / Rocm Radio / Headset Inolace? Ocerational?*
'T NRC/ State / Counties plant ext. j plant ext. I plant ext. l i
Data Coordinators plant ext. j plant ext. . plant ext. j Inventory Performed By Date
*0perationally check one phone per rocm.
Rev. 3 February 28, 1983
IP/5.3.16 Attachment 5.3 (continued) , QUARTERLY ItWENTORY COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT OCONEE CNC Telechone Inolace? Operational?* Room Crisis News Group plant ext. plant extj . plant ext.l plant ext.1 plant ext. plant ext. plant ext-State / County Public l Information . Officers i l Media Lines I i
- 0perationally check one phone per room.
Invent'ory Performed By Date
.Rev. 3 February 28, 1983 1
s
IP/5.3.16 Attachment 5.3 (continued) QUARTERLY INVENTORY COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT LIBERTY OFFICE Room Telechone Inolace? Goerational?* { l Recovery Manaoer/ j Scheduling & Planning ; + Crisis News ! Design & Construction Technical Sucoort Offsite Radiological Suocort Administration & Logistics Radiological Sucoort NRC/ State / Counties
, ~ ~ . . - *0per.ationally check 4 of the 17 phones.
Inventory Performed by Date Rev. 3. February 28, 1983-l1
IP/5.3.16 Attachment 5.3 (continued) , QUARTERLY INVENTORY COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT j. OCONEE CNC Room Telephone Inolace? Ooerational?*
' Crisis News Grouc s
plant ext; 4 plant extt
- plant ext.!
plant ext.I plant ext. plant ex".. plantext-{ State / County Public Information < Officers i. Media Lines I l
*0perationally check one phone per room.
Invent'ory Performed By Date l Rev. 3 1 February 28, 1983
~
s - -. . . _ . - - - - . _ _ , . , _ . . . . _ . . . _ , _ _ _ _ . , _ _ _ _ , _ _ _ . _ . . _ _ . . . _ , _ _ . _ . - _ _ . -
IP/5.3.16 Attachment 5.3 (continued) QUARTERLY INVENTORY COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT LIBERTY OFFICE Room Telechone Inolace? Ocerational?* Recoverv Manacer/ I
' Scheduling & Planning i , Crisis News o - Design & Construction Technical Supoort 4 Offsite Radiological 4 Sucoort 3
i -Administration & Logistics
. Radiological Sucoort NRC/ State / Counties
{. *0perationally check 4 of the 17 phones. Inventory Performed by Date r } l l Rev. 3 February 28, 1983 , f ,. e
- - - ~ y,, , , -..--.._,,,,.,,,,.-,mw,,m..._s_- .. ...mm.,m .r,_, m.,y,, u.,r-y, . ...mw,
IP/5.3.16 Attachment 5.4 QUARTERLY INVENTORY ACMINISTRATION & LOGISTICS EMERGENCY SUPPLIES Location: In Dedicated Trailer Item Number In Plan -Number In Inventory
- 1. Transoortation
- a. Spare Tires 2
- b. Jack Stands 8
- c. Plywood Pads 8
- d. Screw Jacks 8
- e. Screw Jacks Handles _4,
- f. Fire Extinguishers J
- g. Set of metal steps J
- h. Boxes of wooden wedges 2 I
- i. 50 lb. box nails J
- 2. Commissary
- a. Trash Cans and Lids 2_2
- 3. Administration
- a. 7 volt batteries M each
- b. D size flash lights ,1_2,
- c. 7 volt lanterns H
- d. Spotlights 25 each
- 4. Security
- a. Security Foot Locker J Contents: 6 volt batteries M Blinking beacons 14 0 size directional flashlights 10 Vests 9 Rev. 3 February 28, 1983
IP/5.3.16 Attachment 5.4 (continued) QUARTERLY INVENTORY ADMINISTRATION & LOGISTICS EMERGENCY SUPPLIES Location: In Dedicated Trailer Item Number In Plan Number In Inventory
- 4. Security (continued)
- b. Road Barriers & Signs _6
'. c. Security Signs 10
- 5. Communications
- a. Cord Assemblies 14
- b. Phones _3
- c. Phone Amplifiers _2
- 6. Human Resources
- a. Wind Sock _1
- 7. Other
- a. Metal Sign Stands 37
- b. Informational Signs 27
- c. Small Informational Signs 14 . .
- 8. Accommodations
- a. ID Camera _1
- b. Extra Plate (Duke Power) _1
- c. Plain Plate _1
- d. Chairs 16
- e. Wire Baskets _6
- f. Hole Punchers _2
- g. Pencil Sharpeners _2
- h. Ink Pads _2 Rev. 3 February 28, 1983
- , __ - .__ - -_ - . __ _ _ .-. _ - - _= - .. . , . - . - .
~
ZP/5.3.16
. Attachment 5.4 (continued)
QUARTERLY INVENTORY ADMINISTRATION & LOGISTICS
- EMERGENCY SUPPLIES Location: In Dedicated Trailer
' Item Number In Plan Number In Inventory
- 8. Accommodations (continued)
- i. Bottles of Ink 3
- j. " Temporary" Stamps _ 2_
- k. " Press" Stamps _2_
- l. " Recovery Team" Stamps 2 m.. Package of ID cards (Form 08027) J
- n. Box Insurance Info. Pouches _1_
- o. Boxes of Pouches 33
- p. Standard Box Staples 'J
- q. Broom 3
- r. IBM Selectric Typewriter J
- s. Carolina Ribbon & Carbon J
- t. Ribbon for IBM Selectric J
- u. Boxes of Black Ball Point Pens 23
- v. Tape Dispensers 2
- w. Liquid Paper _4
- x. Pair Scissors 3
- y. Telephone Directories
-Seneca 3 -Charlotte 3 -Anderson 3 -Greenville 3 -Easley 3 -Statesville 3 -Concord 3 -Mooresville 3 -North Mecklenburg J Rev. 3 February 28, 1983
IP/5.3.16 Attcchment 5.4 (continued) . QUARTERLY INVENTORY ADMINISTRATION & LOGISTICS EMERGENCY SUPPLIES Location: In Dedicated Trailer
~ '
Item Nember In olan Number In Inventory
- 8. Accommodations (continued)
- z. Dots (packages)
-Red 3 -Navy 2 , -Black _2_ -Gold 2 -Light Blue 2 -Green 2 - -Yellow J -Silver J aa. Boxes of Pencils 2 ab. Boxes of Spring Clips 2 ac. Pack of Rubber Bands j ad. Standard Pads J ae. Small Pads J af. 1 Roll (Partial) Filament Tape J ag. 1 Roll (Partial) 2 Sided Tape J ah. Blank ID Cards 3 packs af. Training Packages 199 af. Box Paper Clips J ak. Reams of Bond Paper j al. Boxes of Carbon Paper J am. Ouophone 101 Electronic Telephone Amplifier System J an. ITT Desk Telephone J Rev. 3 February 28, 1983
IP/5.3.16 Attachment 5.4 (continued) QUARTERLY INVENTORY ADMINISTRATION & LOGISTICS EMERGENCY SUPPLIES Location: In Dedicated Trailer Item Number In Plan Number In Inventory
- 8. Accommodations (continued) ao. Motel Verification Forms 200 ap. Registration Forms '200 aq. Motel Room Assignment Forms 200 ar. Copies of Registration Forms 200 as. Motel Space Availability Forms 45 at. Screw Eyelets 60 au. Boxes with 2 @ Balkamp Fastners 12 i
e f i Inventory Performed By: Date: i Rev. 3
. February 28, 1961 l - . - . _ _ _ _ _ .~
IP/5.3.16 Attachment 5.5 i QUARTERLY INVENTORY ADMINISTRATION & LOGISTICS EMERGENCY SUPPLIES LOCATION: GENERAL OFFICE Item Number In Plan Number In Inventory Letter Size File Folders 1 Box
#10 Plain White Envelopes 100 ea. #10 Envelopes w/ Charlotte Address 100 ea.
Reusable Interoffice Envelopes 1 Box Steno Notebooks 12 ea. . 5 x 8 White Scratch Pads 24 ea. 4 x 6 White Scratch Pads 12 ea. 8 x 11 Wht. Ruled Pads 12 ea. 8% x 11 Yellow Legal Pads 12 ea. Telephone Message Pads 20 Pads Ltr. Size Typewriter Carbon Paper 1 Box 8 x 11 Xerocopy Paper 2 pks. Blue Copy Sheets 1 pk. Yellow Copy Sheets 1 pk. Letterhead w/ Char. Return Address 1 pk. Typewriter Ribbons (Cor. Selectric) 12 ea. Lift Off Tapes (for Cor. Selectric) 6 ea. White Correction Fluid 2 Btis. 12 ea. Typewriter Erasers
#2 Pencils 48 ea.
Black Med. Point Pens 36 ea. Blue Med. Point Pens 36 ea. Red Med Point Pens 36 ea. Scissors 2 ea. Vacuum Mount Pencil Sharpeners 4 ea. Desk Top Staplers 3 ea. Standard Staples 3 Bx. Staple Removers 4 ea. 3 Rev. 3 February 28, 1983
IP/5.3.16 Attachment 5.5 (continued) Item Number In Plan Number In Inventory Medium Paper Clips 2 bx. Tape Erase w/ Dispenser 2 ea. Transparencies 100 ea. Rubberbands (#18) 1 pack Letter Openers 2 ea. 12" Wooden Rulers 10 ea. Legal Size Clipboard 1 ea. Letter Size Clipboard 1 ea. 8 x 14 Xerocopy Paper 1 pack , File Folder Labels Wht. w/ Blue 1 Bx.
. Name Tags (Hello My Name Is) 1 Carton Trash Can Liners 30 ea.
Black China Markers 10 ea. Red - Watercolor Markers 12 ea. Blue - Watercolor Markers 12 ea. Black - Watercolor Markers 12 ea. Dictionary 1 ea. Wire Ltr. Size File Trays 15 ea. Disposable Ash Trays 1 Case Flashlight Batteries D Size 72 ea. Safety Wands 1 Bx. Flashlights 24 ea. Metal Name Card Holders 6 ea. Telecopiers 2 ea. Typewriter Table 1 ea. l Bulldog Forms 1 bx. I Envelope Containing Stamp Pads, 1 ea. Holders and ID Stamps for VISITOR CONSTRUCTION Wooden Placecard Holders and 1 Carton l Placecards Inventory Performed By: Date: l Rev. 3 February 28, 1983 m- sW - we'-- '* >=w i--+ g zvy e -e v y-&-- *rw rr we-v- - +-
ZP/5.3.16 Attachment 5.6 QUARTERLY INVENTORY SCHEDULING / PLANNING SUPPORT GROUP EQUIPMENT / SUPPLIES LOCATION: GENEot.L OFFICE ROOM WC-1010 Item Number In Plan Number In Inventory Crisis Management Plan 1
, Crisis Management Implementing Plans 1 ^
Oconee Emergency Plan 1 McGuire Emergency Plan 1 __ Oconee Implementing Plan 1 Telephone 3 Speaker Telephone 1 McGui're CMC Directory 4 Oconee CMC Directory 4 G.O./McGuire/Oconee Directory 4 N.C. County Maps' 1 set S.C. County Maps 1 set GA. County Maps 1 set McGuire 10 Mile Radius Wall Map 1 Oconee 10 Mile Radius Wall Map 1 Oconee Wall Data Sheet-Set 1 Oconee Wall Aerial Photograph 1 Wall Trending Sheets 3 l McGuire Wall Data Sheet-Set 1 l McGuire Wall Cata Sheet-Auxiliary 1 McGuire Wall Data Sheet Extension 2 ea. McGuire Wall Aerial Photograph 1 [ Scheduling / Planning Manager's Kit 1 l I i i . Rev. 4 June 15, 1983 l
IP/5.3.16 Attachment 5.6 (continued) I QUARTERLY INVENTORY SCHEDULING / PLANNING SUPPORT GROUP
~
EQUIPMENT / SUPPLIES LOCATION: GENERAL OFFICE ROOM WC-1010 Item Number in Plan Number In Inventory Large Compar., Mailers 6 Small Company Mailers 6 Administration / Logistics Manual 1 Empty File Folders 10 Masking Tape ,1 roll Telephone Message Pads 6 5x7 Paper Pads 4 3x5 Paper Pads 4 Chalk 1 box Chalk Dispensers 2 Legal Paper Pads 6 _ Felt Tip Markers (Black) 6 Rubber Bands 1 box , Grease Pencils 1 set Dry Erase Markers 2 sets Transparent Tape 2 rolls Transparent Tape Dispensers 2 N.C. State Map 1 S.C. State Map 1 GA. State Map 1 l VA. State Map 1 Thumb Tacks 2 boxes Paper Clips-Assorted 1 box Water Color Markers 1 set [ { Blank Oconee Data Sheets 1 file ( Blank McGuire Data Sheets 1 file Table E-1 Message Forms 1 file Dry-Erase Rags 3 Rev. 4 l June 15, 1983 i
IP/5.3.16 Attachment 5.6 (continued) QUARTERLY INVENTORY SCHEDULING / PLANNING SUPPORT GROUP EQUIPMENT / SUPPLIES LOCATION: GENERAL OFFICE ROOM WC-1010 Item Number In Plan Number In Inventory 24 Ho.ur Clocks 1 _ Stapler 2
- Staples 1 box Scissors 2 No. 2 Pencils 1 box 10 mile radius county overlay maps 1 set Inventory Performed By:
Date: i Rev. 4 June 15, 1983
IP/S.3.16
. Attachment S.6 (continued) -
I QUARTERLY INVENTORY SCHEDULING / PLANNING SUPPORT GROUP EQUIPMENT / SUPPLIES LOCATION: SCHEDULING / PLANNING MANAGER'S KIT Item Number In Plan Number In Inventory Crisis Management Plan (CMP) 1 Crisis Management Implementing Plans 1 Oconee CMC Telephone Directory 1 McGuire CMC Telephone Directory 1 - G.O./McGuire/0conee Directory 1 Scheduling / Planning Manager's File 1 Scheduling Coordinator's File 1 Planning Coordinator's File . _1 Performance Monitor's File 1 Clipboard / Pad 1 Large Envelopes 8 Small Envelopes - 3 Large Company Mailers 3 Small Company Mailers 3 N.C. County Maps 1 set S.C. County Maps 1 set Telephone Message Pads 2 Chalk Marker 1 Pointer 1 Scissors 1 Transp. Tape / Dispenser , 1 Rubber Bands 1 bag Rev. 3 February 28, 1983
IP/5.3.16 Attachment 5.6 (continued) (- QUARTERLY INV NTORY SCHEDULING / PLANNING SUPPORT GROUP EQUIPMENT / SUPPLIES LOCATI0t!: SCHEDULING / PLANNING MANAGER'S KIT Item Number In Plan Number In Inventory 8b x 11 Paper Pads 3 Felt Tip Pen Set 1 Paper Clips-No. 1 1 box Adhesive Note Pads 1 Inventory Performed By: Date: Rev. 3 February 28, 1983 l!
~
IP/5.3.16 Attachment 5.6 (continued) QUARTERLY INVENTORY SCHEDULING / PLANNING SUPPORT GROUP EQUIPMENT / SUPPLIES LOCATION: OCONEE CRISIS MANAGEMENT CENTER Item Numcer In Plan Number In Inventory Oconee Emergency Plan ,1 , Oconee Implementing Plan 1 Oconee 10 Mile Radius Wall Map 1 Oconee Wall Data Sheets 1 set Wall Trending Sheet 1 Large Company Mailers 6 Small Company Mailers 6 Empty File Folders 10 Masking Tape 1 roll Telephone Message Pads 6 5x7 Paper Pads 4 3x5 Paper Pads 4 Chalk 1 box Chalk Dispenser 1 8 x11 Paper Pads 6 Felt Tip Markers (Black) - 6 Rubber Bands 2 bags Grease Pencils 1 set Dry Erase Markers 2 sets Transparent Tape 2 rolls Transparent Tape Dispensers 2 Thumb Tacks 1 box f Paper Clips-No. 1 1 box l l 29- Rev. 4 June 15, 1983 c, w - -n, ,r-m , m m, .m-n-- g
.- - ~
IP/5.3.16 Attachment 5.6 (continued) I QUARTERLY INVENTORY SCHEDULING / PLANNING SUPPORT GROUP EQUIPMENT / SUPPLIES LOCATION: OCONEE CRISIS MANAGEMENT CENTER Item Number In Plan Number In Inventory Paper Clips-Large 1 box Water Color Markers ~ 1 set Blank Oconee Data Sheets 1 file Table E-1 Message Forms 1 file Dry Erase Rags 2 . Stapler 1 Staples 1 box Scissors 2 No. 2 Pencils 1 box Water Bottle 1 i I i
' Inventory Performed By:
s Date: Rev. 4 June 15, 1983 i
IP/5.3.16 , Attachment 5.6 (continued) (' QUARTERLY INVENTORY SCHEDULING / PLANNING SUPPORT GROUP EQUIPMENT / SUPPLIES LOCATION: LIBERTY CRISIS MANAGEMENT KIT Item Number In Plan Number In Inventory Oconee Emergency Plan 1 Oconee Implementing Plan 1 Oconee 10 Mile Radius Wall Map 1 Oconee Wall Data Sheets 1 set Wall Trending Sheet 1 Large Company Mailers 6 Small Company Mailers 6 Empty File Folders 10 Masking Tape 1 roll Telephone Message Pads 6 5x7 Paper Pads 4 3x5 Paper Pads 4 Chalk 1 box Chalk Dispenser 1 8 x11 Paper Pads 6 Felt Tip Markers (Black) 6 Rubber Bands 2 bags Dry Erase Markers 1 set Transparent Tape 2 rol'Is Transparent Tape Dispensers 2 Thumb Tacks 1 box Paper Clips-No. 1 1 box Rev. 4 June 15, 1983
IP/5.3.16
/
e . . . Attachment 5.6.(continued) 7 "j ,'
~
i ' ' .2 g7 QUARTERLY JNVENTORY e
- i. -
^
SCHEDULING / PLANNING SUPP0gT GROUP I , s f ; s . EQUIPMEIIT/ SUPPLIES -
' i 's ' .) , , , LOCATION: LIBERTY CRISIS MANAGENENT KIT .
1 ,' . , . - !
- 1. -- i ', , ,
~I ter. Number In Plan Number In Inventory / /. '['e
- Paper Clips-Large' 1 box A .(
Water Color Markers , 1 set , - / Blank Oconee' data SIeets 1 file ,
,1 ? ,
Table E-1 Message Forms' <' 1 file -
/,
Dry Erase Rags 7 2I ,, t"'
.l ." '
Stapiar l ,
,j - t ! i , ,
Staples - 1 box = c.'J"
~ / /
( Scissors 2
~ .. No. '2 Pen::ils
- 1 box .
" 1 $ Water Bottle , - f s f, * - r /i i. * ' t i e , , ,u / ./' l 1
r .c b_
- z .t , i .? =
( 4 Inventory Performed Dj: - ,
'N Date:
i
. Rev. 4 June 15,'1983 s .
6 s
IP/5.3.16 Attachment 5.7 I QUARTERLY INVENTORY OFFSITE RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR DEC'ISIONAL AIDS l Item Number In Plan Number In Inventory McGuire Dose Assessment Procedures 1 each Oconee Dose Assessment Procedures 1 each Dose Calculation and Reporting Forms 15 RIA/ EMF Descriotions And Correlations For Each Station 1 Porthble Battery Operated Calculator 1
, Offsite Dose Calculation Manual 1 ,
Reg. Guide 1.4 - Release Factors 1 Site Specific Info. (Containment Volume, Core F.P. Inventory) 1 10 mile radius map - Oconee 1 10 mile radius map - McGuire 1 (Maps to include monitoring points, regular environmental sampling sites, evacuation zones) Plume Shape Overlays For Maps 1 set Pencils 5 Pens 5 Pads of Paper 5 18" Ruler 1 Stapler 1 Radiological Health Handbook I G.O. Phone Directory 1 Form 34966 10 Inventory Performed By: Date: Rev. 4 June 15,.1983
i i i i 1 CRISIS MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 5.3.14 i .
" Duke Power Company, Crisis Management Center, -
Environmental Monitoring for Emergency Conditions Within the Ten Mile Radius of McGuire Nuclear Station" i I h l I I 1 . l Rev. 7 July 1,1983 3
+ " " * ~ ~ - * " ' ~ ~ " - + ' ' " - - " ' - * - ' * - " - * * " - " " " * - ' ' " ' " ^ - ~ ~ ~ " - "
. o I.P. 5.3.14 DUKE POWER COMPANY CRISIS MANAGEMENT CENTER ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING FOR EMERGENCY CONDITIONS WITHIN THE TEN MILE RADIUS OF McGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION
- 1. 0 PURPOSE 1.1 To provide long term coordination of environmental monitoring following an unplanned release of radioactive material in excess of McGuire Nuclear Station Technical Specifications to the environ-ment. This procedure will replace station Health Physics Manual Section 18.2 once the Crisis Management Center is activated.
2.0 REFERENCES
2.1 Station Directive 3.8.1 (Site Assembly and Evacuation). 2.2 HP/0/8/1009/09, Release of Radioactive Materials Thru the Unit Vent
- Exceeding Technical Specifications.
2.3 HP/0/8/1009/10, Release of Liquid Radioactive Materials Exceeding Technical Specifications. i 2.4 RP/0/A/5700/02 (Alert) 2.5 RP/0/A/5700/03 (Site Area Emergency) 2.6 RP/0/A/5700/04 (General Emergency) 2.7 Station H.P. Manual Section 18.2 3.0 LIMITS AND PRECAUTIONS 3.1 The Field Monitoring Coordinator (FMC) shall report to the Station Health Physicist (Technical Support Center) once the Emergency Plan and Organization has been implemented. 3.2 The FMC shall report' to the Off-Site Radiological Coordinator (System Health Physicist or designee) once the Crisis Management Center has been manned and is operational. 3.3 Environmental sampling during emergency conditions shall not replace, but rather supplement normal environmental monitoring. 3.4 Survey teams shall don particulate masks when airborne particulate activity is >3 x 10 9 pc/ml gross py, or 6 x 10 ta pc/ml a. 3.5 If team; expect to be exposed to Iodine-131 in excess of 10 MPC (9 x 10 a pc/ml) they shall ingest 150 milligrams (1 tablet) of potassium iodide, utilizing the supply in the environmental survey kit. 1 Rev. 7 July 1, 1983
, , I.@. 5.3.14 3.6 . Survey teams shall den protective clothing at contamination levels >1000 dpm/100 cm2 Beta gamma, >20 dpm/100 cm2 alpha. ;
3.7 Survey teams shall wear high range personnel dosimetry provided in the kits when entering areas where suspected radiation levels may warrant. 3.8 Where teams stop along the road to sample, the vehicle should be parked far enough off the road for safety purposes. 4.0 PROCEDURE 4.1 Upon receiving a call to activate the CMC, the FMC will notify the Field Monitoring Organization (Enclosure 5.1) to assemble at trailer
#7 at McGuire to relieve the station monitoring teams of offsite sampling responsibilities.
4.2 Upon notification by the Technical Support Center Field Monitoring Coordinator that members of the Crisis Management Center have assembled, the assigned emergency environmental monitoring survey teams from the station will report in to trailer #7 at McGuire to meet the CMC replacement teams in order to turn over the offsite sampling responsibilities at the earliest convenient time'. NOTE: The emergency environmental monitoring survey teams from the station will have already assembled and commenced emergency sampling per station Health Physics Manual Section 18.2 under direction of the Technical Support Center. 4.3 The Crisis Management Center monitoring teams will assume the responsibility of offsite sampling at the earliest convenient time to allow the station monitoring team to return to the station. 4.4 Five field monitoring teams consisting of two (2) technicians per team and one (1) helicopter team, the pilot and (1) H.P. Technician shall be formed as follows: Teams Call Sign Transportation A " Alpha" Chemistry Vehicle #4352 Chevrolet Surburban B " Bravo" Health Physics Vehicle Jeep Cherokee
#7632 C " Charlie" Administration Vehicle Station Mgrs. Vehicle #3937 0 " Delta" Planning Pickup #8031 E " Echo" 1978 Dixie Emergency Boat F " Foxtrot" Helicopter 2 Rev. 7 July 1, 1983
I.P. 5.3.14 4.5 Coordinator Action 4.5.1 The FMC shall shall obtain meteorological information from the Dose Assessment Coordinator, who is in contact with the Corporate Meteorologist, and from the plant status sheet. 4.5.1.1 The FMC shall be located in the Crisis Manage-ment Center (once established) and report to the Off-Site Radiological Coordinator.
. 4.5.1.2 The FMC shall direct environmental surveillance and the preparation of status reports.
4.5.1.3 The FMC shall direct the efforts of the Field Teams in obtaining pertinent field measurements and implement monitoring strategies and sample collection requirements. 4.5.1.4 The FMC shall advise the Dose Assessment Coordinator of results of field measurements.
- 4. 5.1. 5 The FMC shall assure adequate staffing and resources for the Field Teams.
4.5.1.6 The FMC shall inform the Technical Support Center (Station Health Physicist) of sampling results once received from the monitoring teams or the Laboratory Analysis Coordinator. 4.6 Team Action 4.6.1 The FMC shall dispatch Field Teams A, B, and C to pre-determined survey points within the downwind sector.
- 4. 6.1.1 The predetermined sampling locations are listed in Enclosure 5.2. The sector to be monitored or the " plume" patch shall be determined by placing nomograph overlays on a map in the opposite direction. The sectors to be monitored are subject to change based on wind and meteorolog-ical conditions.
4.6.2 The survey teams shall maintain open communications with the FMC of the Crisis Management Center informing him of sample results at each predetermined survey point. Record all sample results on appropriate survey forms (Enclosure 5.6). NOTE: The monitoring teams shall use proper radio proto-col when using the two-way radios for communica-tions. 3 Rev. 7 July 1, 1983
y I.P. 5.3.14 4.7 At each survey point, the survey teams shall: 4.7.1 Perform a general area py survey at 3' from the ground. Record results . 4.7.1.1 Report results to the FMC in mR/hr. If the dose rate is less than 5 mR/hr do not take an air sample but proceed to the next point. 4.7.2 If the general area survey exceeds 5 mR/hr, take an air sample (108 ml) utilizing a Silver Zeolite (CP-100G) cartridge and particulate filter. 4.7.2.1 Using the SAM-2, count the sample for (2) two minutes for I131 and record results. 4.7.1.2 Report air sample results in corrected counts per minute. 4.7.3 Take smears and water samples as directed by the FMC. Record time and location. Results will be recorded on appropriate sample forms. (Enclosure 5.6) when samples are processed. 4.7.4 Retain all samples for future analysis. 4.7.5 Place TLD's at locations designated by the FMC and record the time. 4.7.6 Collect air samples and TLD!s that are located in the environment as part of the normal environmental monitoring program as instructed by the FMC. Record locations and
- related times. Locations of air samplers and TLD's are listed in Enclosure 5.7.
l l 4.7.7 Label all samples and return them to the Crisis Management Center for analysis as directed by the FMC. The teams ! shall be supplemented, relieved, or secured as directed by l the Field Monitoring Coordinator. 4.7.8 Review the dose received on pocket dosimeters periodically. 4.8 In the course of their monitoring, the survey teams may be utilized to inform unknowing persons they encounter in the area, snould area j evacuations become imminent. NOTE: This (informing person) is not to interfere with emergency monitoring. 4.9 Once the extent of the release is known, survey teams shall continue to monitor survey points as directed by the FMC in order to observe changes in radiation / contamination levels and/or locations. 4 Rev. 7 July 1, 1983
I.P. 5.3.14 4.10 The emergency environmental survey teams shall be supplemented, relieved, or secured as directed by the FMC upon conferring with other members of the Offsite Radiological Sampling Group of the. Crisis Management Center. 5.0 ENCLOSURES 5.1 Field Monitoring Organization (Names & Telephone Numbers of Members). 5.2 List of Designated Survey Points. 5.3 List of Designated Limnological Sample Points. 5.4 Map of 10 Mile Radius with Predetermined Survey Points 5.5 List of Contents of Survey Kits. 5.6 Survey Form. 5.7 Location of Env. TLD's and Air Samplers. 5.8 Procurement of Helicopter for Emergency Environmental Surveillance. 5.9 Map of Designated Survey Points Inside t'he 2500' Exclusion Area Boundary. 5.10 Field Monitoring Teara Log Sheet. l l l l l 5 Rev. 0 October 9, 1981 i i
k 3 IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 5.3.14 ENCLOSURE 5.1 . FIELD MONITORING ORGANIZATION LABORATORY FIELD DOSE ANALYSIS MONITORING ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR COORDINATOR COORDINATOR J. S. Isaacson J. R. LEONARD R. E. SORBER SURVEY SURVEY SURVEY SURVEY SURVEY SURVEY TEAM TEAM TEAM TEAM TEAM TEAM "A" "B" "C"' "D" "E" "F" Catawba Nuclear Station Personnel Microwave No. Phillip Deal, Station Health Physicist Bell Line Maurice McClettie \ Fletch Wilson
\
Rick Green i Tammie Hindman Rick Dove Robert D'eshazo i Jerry Mode * '
; Grady Lane John Threatt Barry Kimray Rich Wright Cue Williamson I
Tim O'Donohue' , ! Sam,Powell Ron Rivard ! Doug Baysinger Mike Moses , l Nancy Strickland i Steve Jones Harold McCullough l Scott Ledford - Brenda Wells Dean Thames Barbara Jones Henry Cuthbertson Linda Thompson Dough Parrott Alton Johnson Gloria Waddell Eddie Bendfield b Robin Swails
- Alternate Field Monitoring Coordinator 6 Rev. 6 Feb. 1, 1983
k-D ENCLOSURE 5.1 (cont.) SYSTEM ENVIRONMENTAL LABORATORY PERSONNEL Jan Williams Bill Foris Paulie Whitcomb Aileen Lockhart-Steve Johnson Larry Miller Jerry Harris Bill Piercy . Herb. Magill Wayne Harden Paul White I
- Cindy Knox Tom Yocum j
[__.- i i i 7 Rev. 5 October 22, 1981
. . . - . . - . ,..y --.--c. , , _ - -,_. , - , . , - - - - .,m . , . . . , , . . . . . . . . . . - . , - - , . . . . . . _ _ _ _ . - . _ _ _ _ . . . . _ . _ - - - _ _ _ . - . . - - . . - . - _ . . - - . - -
b ENCLOSURE 5.2 List of Designated Survey Points (McGuire Nuclear Station) Example: A 3 - 1 Mile Evacuation Sample
. Zone Radius Point X-1 Flagpole at Technical Training Center.
X-2 South end of bridge over discharge canal. X-3 Intersection of Construc"fon Access Road and SR2182 (Hager Ferry Road). X-4 Construction Access Road at the construction yard just north of the clearing, viewing the Standby Nuclear Service Water Pond. X-5 Entrance to McGuire firing range on N.C. Highway 73. X-6 South side of N.C. Highway 73, 20 yards east of the McGuire Steam Production entrance. X-7 North side of N.C. Highway 73 where railroad tracks and the highway become parallel. . X-8 Dam at Waste Water Collection Basin. Access through 0.C. Gate #5 (South River Gate)*. A 1 Southwest end of Belle Isle Drive off SR 2149. A 1 West end of SR 2151. A 2 Intersection of SR 2151 and SR 2149. A 3 Sou,th end of SR 2148 (Nance Road). A 1 Intersection of SR 2189 (Bethel Church Road) and Staghorn Drive. ! A 2 Knox Grill at intersection of N.C. Highway 73 and 3R 2159 (Knox
- Road).
- Contact the Shift Lieutenant at Ext. or via emergency radio for access.
NOTE: Sample locations denoted with "X" indicate locations within the Exclusion Area Boundary. 8 Rev. 4 July 9, 1982
ENCLOSURE 5.2 (cont.) 8 1 One mile from plant on Lake Norman. B 2 One mile from plant on Lake Norman. B 3 One mile from plant on Lake Norman. B 4 One mile from plant on Lake Norman. B 5 One mile from plant on Lake Norman. B 6 Emergency boathouse at boat dock. C 1 Approximately one mile on Hubbard Road off Highway 73. C 2 End of Hubbard Road. C 3 Approximately one mile west on SR 2133. C 4 'atawba C River, access through 0.C. Gate 7 (Lower Dam Access)*.
- 5 River bank at north tip of island, access thru 0.C. Gate 7 (Lower Dam Access)*.
C 1 Intersection of SR 2138 (Beatties Ford Road) and SR 2133 (Stevens Road). C 2 West end of SR 2132. D 1 Intersection of SR'2128 (Beatties Ford Road) and SR 2136 (Gilead Road). D 1 East end of SR 2148 (Babe Stillwell Farm Road). D 2 Intersection of SR 2136 (Gilead Road) and SR 2131 (Bud Henderson Road). D 3 Intersection of SR 2128 (Beatties Ford Road) and SR 2129 (Jim Kidd Road).
- D 4 Intersection of SR 2074 (Meck Road) and SR 2127 (Allison Ferry Road).
D 5 West end of SR 2127 (Allison Ferry Road). D 1 Intersection of SR 2136 (Gilead Road) and SR 2139 (Remson Road). D 2 Intersection of SR 2117 (Hambright Road) and SR 2120 (McCoy Road). D 3 Intersection of SR 2074 (Beatties Ford Road) and SR 2117 (Hambright Road). 9 Rev. 4 July 9, 1982
ENCLOSURE 5.2 (cont'd) D 4 Intersection of SR 2074 (Beatties Ford Road) and SR 2125. E 1 Intersection of SR 2004 (Mt. Holly-Huntersville Road) and SR 2075 (Riverview Road). E 1 Intersection of SR 2004 (Mt. Holly-Huntersville Road) and SR 2001 (Pump Station Road). E 1 Intersection of SR 2025 (Miranda Road) and SR 2043. E 2 Bridge over Long Creek on N.C. Highway 16 between SR 1664 and SR 2005. E 1 Intersection of SR 2619 (Peachtree Road) and SR 2027 (Cora Ave.). E 2 Intersection of SR 1771 (Cathey Road) and SR 1769 (Tom Saddler Road). F 1 Intersection of U.S. Highway 21 and SR 2004 (Mt. Holly-Huntersville Road). F 1 Intersection of SR 2004 (Mt. Holly-Huntersville Road) and SR 21_6 (Alexanderana Road). F 1 Intersection of Interstate 77 and SR 2110 (Reames Road). F 1 Intersection of SR 2442 (Asbury Church Road) and.SR 2426 - (Huntersville-Concord Road). F 2 Intersection of SR 2442 (Asbury Church Road) and SR 2445. F 1 Intersection of SR 2459 (Eastfield Road) and SR 2475 (Prosperity Church Road). F 2 Intersection of N.C. Highway 115 and SR 2631 (Beechwood Mobile Home Park Road). G 1 Intersection of U.S. Highway 21 and SR 2145 (Sam Furr Road). G 1 South end of SR 2438 (Hagers Road) - right fork. G 2 Intersection of N.C. Highway 115 and SR 2416 (Bailey Road). G 1 Bridge over Rocky River on N.C. Highway 73 between SR 2420 and SR 2422. G 2 Intersection of SR 2427 (McCord Road) and SR 2439 (Ramah Church Road). G 1 Intersection of SR 2418 (Shearer Road) and SR 2419.
. 10 Rev. 4 July 9, 1982
f ENCLOSURE 5.2 (cont.) H 1 Intersection of U.S. Highway 21 and SR 2147. H 1 Intersection of Interstate Highway 77 and SR 2158 (Goodrum Drive). I 1 South end of SR 2160. I 1 Intersection of SR 1100 (Mayhew Road) and SR 2065. I 1 Intersection of SR 3100 (Mayhew Road) and SR 1111 (Tom White Road). I 2 South end of SR 1113 (Isle of Pines Road). I 1 South end of SR 1459. I 1 Intersection of SR 1100 (Mayhew Road) and SR 1177 (Chuckwood Road). I 1 Intersection of SR 1115 and SR 1455. J 1 West end of SR 1102 (Williamson Chapel Road) in All Seasons Campground. J 1 Intersection of N.C. Highway 115 and SR 1137 (Midway Lake Road). J 1 West end of SR 1194. J 2 Intersection of SR 1132 (Midway Lake Road) and SR 1136 (J.P. White Road). L 1 Barclay's Mini-Market and Texaco on SR 1373. L 2 South end of SR 1841 (Webbs Chapel Road). M 1 Highway 16 at Turbyfill Nursery. M 1 Beatties Ford Access Area on SR 1439. M 2 Picnic Area south of railroad crossing on N.C. Highway 16 between SR 1394 and SR 1397. M 1 East (qd of SR 1495 in Westport Community. M 2 Railroad Crossing east of Forney Creek on SR 1380 (Triangle Road) between SR 1386 and SR 1387. M 3 East Lincoln High School at intersection of N.C. Highway 73 and SR 1386. M 4 Bridge over Killian's Creek on SR 1545 (Old Plank Road) between N.C. Highway 16 and SR 1398. 11 Rev. 4 July 9, 1982 lI
ENCLOSURE 5.2 (cont.) M 1 Bridge over Anderson Creek on SR 1385 (Anderson Branch Road) between N.C. Highway 73 and SR 1383. N 1 Intersection of SR 1379 and SR 1376. N 2 Intersection of SR 1380 (Triangle Road) and SR 1381. N 8-1 Bridge over Anderson Creek on SR 1360 (Tucker's Campground Road) between SR 1382 and SR 1384. N 2 Bridge over Killian's Creek on SR 1373 (Denver Road) between N.C. Highway 16 and SR 1360. N 3 Intersection of SR 1375 and SR 1635. N 1 Intersection of SR 1360 (Tucker's Campground Road) and SR 1349. 0 1 Intersection of SR 1362 (Mechpelah Coad) and N.C. Highway 73. P 1 Intersection of SR 1545 (Old Plank Road) and SR 1412 (Mariposa Road). P 1 Bridge over Leeper's Creek (North Branch) on SR 1404 between SR 1535 and SR 1403. P 1 Intersection of SR 1360 (Tucker's Campground Road) and SR 1361. Q 1 Cowans Ford Dam - east end, access ~through 0.C. Gate #10*. Q 2 SR 1395 at Lake Norman Overlook. Q 3 Intersection of Highway 73 and SR 1528. Q l' Bill's Marina on SR 1395. Q 2 Intersection of N.C. Highway 73 and SR 1393. Q 3 Intersection of N.C. Highway 73 and SR 1528. Q 4 Railroad crossing on SR 1386 (Killian Road) between SR 1397 and SR 1909. Q 1 East end of SR 1441. Q 2 Intersection of SR 1393 and SR 1568 (Nixon Heights entrance). Q 3 Bridge over Johnsons Creek on SR 1397 (Sifford Road) between SR 1396 and SR 1652. R 1 Intersection of SR 1902 (Mariposa Road) and SR 1906. 12 Rev. 6 Feb. 1, 1983
ENCLOSURE ' 5.2 (cont.) R 1 Intersection of N.C. Highway 27 and SR 1903 (Lawrence Road). S 1 Intersection of SR 1935 (Stanley Road) and SR 1923 (Old N.C. 27). U 1 Intersection of N.C. Highway 273 and N.C. Highway 27. V 1 Intersection of SR 1968 and SR 1909 approximately 0.5 mile past Gaston County line. V 1 Intersection of N.C. Highway 16 and SR 1911. V 2 Lucia Fire Department in Lucia on N.C. Highway 16. V 3 Water tower across from Riverbend Steam Station on SR 1912. V 4 Intersection of SR 1912 (Horseshoe Bend Beach Road) and SR 1913. V 1 Bridge ~over Leepers Creek on SR 1820 (Alexis-Lucia Road) between SR 1907 and SR 1902. V 2 Bridge over Dutchman's Creek on SR 1905 (Upper Suanley Road) between SR 1820 and SR 1919. V 1 Intersection of SR 1919 (Stanley Road) and SR 1918 (Sandy Ford Road). V 2 Pinewood Elementary School on N.C. Highway 273 south of entrance to Mt. Island Dam. l 13 Rev. 4 July 9, 1982 l
ENCLOSURE 5.3 List of Designated Limnological Sample Points Huntersville Intakes - Sector D (East-Northeast) 2-3 miles. Sample elevation - 742' Accessable by land on SR 2145 (Norman Island Road) Davidson Intakes - Sector B (North-Northeast) 5-6 miles Sample elevation - 736' Accessable by land on SR 2195 (Torrence Church Road) Charlotte Intakes - Sector I (South) 5-6 miles Sample elevation 635' - Unit 1 intake 640' - Unit 2 intake . 637' - Unit 3 intake Accessable by land on SR 2004 (Mt. Holly-Huntersville Road) NOTE: 1. Full lake elevation is 760'
- 2. Catawba River spillway elevation (for Charlotte intakes) is 647' 6" 14 Rev. 4 July 9, 1982
ENCLOSURE 5.4 MAP of 10 mile Radius with Predetermined Survey Points. (See attached map)
\ \
f 4
- p. '
( Rev. 5 15 October 22, 1982
- ,}}